Evaluasi Bahasa Inggris Kelas Viii Semester 1 2i346x

Copyright © 2009 by Tim Penyusun and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher. © Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor 016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/80/2009. Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun, elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit. Kode file IP2_BING8A_PG09. Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati, Yuniarti D. Arini; Editor: Marta Yuliani, Sugeng Aryanto; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Andina Risky D., M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti. Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana. Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan). PT Intan Pariwara Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia, Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: [email protected]

Bapak/Ibu Guru tentu sudah memahami bahwa Pemerintah telah menetapkan buku-buku yang layak dipakai di dalam proses belajar mengajar. Buku-buku (BSE) itu dapat diunduh melalui internet oleh siapa saja dan tidak dipungut biaya. Siapa pun bisa menggunakannya. Namun ternyata, itu saja belum cukup. Siswa masih memerlukan bahan latihan agar kompetensi mereka benar-benar terukur. Kenyataannya tidak banyak buku latihan yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan siswa dan guru. Salah satu buku yang selalu ditunggu kehadirannya adalah buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang dilengkapi Pegangan Guru (PG). Buku PR Bahasa Inggris sudah terbit dalam beberapa edisi. Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan buku latihan ini beserta PG-nya mengakui kebergunaan materi yang ada dalam buku ini pada saat mengajar. Mereka merasa sangat terbantu dengan adanya buku PR Bahasa Inggris karena materinya selalu aktual dan mendukung tercapainya kompetensi. Dengan demikian, siswa mempunyai banyak kesempatan berlatih mengembangkan kemampuan mereka, baik secara lisan (spoken) maupun tertulis (written). Kali ini buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang juga dilengkapi PG kembali hadir dengan beberapa peningkatan mutu. Perubahan itu atas masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan buku latihan ini. Salah satunya adalah disediakannya materi akhir unit di buku siswa (disebut Assessment) dan juga di Pegangan Guru (disebut Review). Materi akhir unit di buku Pegangan Guru (Review) tidak ada di buku siswa. Dengan demikian, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan akhir unit yang berbeda dengan yang ada di buku siswa. Kedua materi itu belum ada di buku Pegangan Guru PR Bahasa Inggris edisi sebelumnya. Penyusun sangat berharap buku latihan ini sesuai dengan keinginan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Buku ini juga kami harapkan benar-benar dapat membantu siswa meningkatkan kompetensi mereka dan membantu Bapak/Ibu Guru menciptakan generasi penerus yang cerdas. Penyusun tetap mengharapkan masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru guna penyempurnaan dan pengembangan buku latihan ini.

Klaten, April 2009 Penyusun

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

iii

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs

Komponen

Alokasi Waktu

Minggu Efektif Per Tahun Ajaran

Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (jam pembelajaran)

Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit)

Jumlah Jam Per Tahun (@ 60 menit)

A. Mata Pelajaran 1.

Pendidikan Agama

2

34–38

68–76

2.720–3.040

45–51

2.

Pendidikan Kewarganegaraan

2

34–38

68–76

2.720–3.040

45–51

3.

Bahasa Indonesia

4

34–38

136–152

5.440–6.080

91–101

4.

Bahasa Inggris

4

34–38

136–152

5.440–6.080

91–101

5.

Matematika

4

34–38

136–152

5.440–6.080

91–101

6.

IPA

4

34–38

136–152

5.440–6.080

91–101

7.

IPS

4

34–38

136–152

5.440–6.080

91–101

8.

Seni Budaya dan Keterampilan

2

34–38

68–76

2.720–3.040

45–51

Pendidikan Jasmani, Olahraga, dan Kesehatan

2

34–38

68–76

2.720–3.040

45–51

10. Keterampilan/TIK

2

34–38

68–76

2.720–3040

45–51

B. Muatan Lokal

2

34–38

68–76

2.720–3.040

45–51

32

374–418

1.088–1.216

43.520–48.640

725–811

9.

Jumlah

Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah: Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar. Keterangan: 1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan. 2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit. 3. Cara menghitung: a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahun b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit) c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit 4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah. 5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.

Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Semester 1

4.

iv

Mata Pelajaran

Alokasi Waktu

Bahasa Inggris

4

Minggu Efektif Per Semester 17–19

Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (jam pembelajaran) 68–76

Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas VIII SMP/MTs

Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (menit) 2.720–3.040

Jumlah Jam Per Semester (@ 60 menit) 45–51

Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah Lampiran 2 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs) Kelas VIII, Semester 1 Standar Kompetensi Mendengarkan 1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar

2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar

4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar

Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive, dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar

Kompetensi Dasar 1.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat 1.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat 2.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar 2.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount 3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat 3.2 Memahami dan merespon percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat 4.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar 4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount 5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptive dan recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar 5.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar 5.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount

6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar 6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

v

SILABUS

1– 44 – – – –

UNIT

1

2

3

4

101–162

Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Help Complimenting Genre: Recount The Simple Past Tense The Present Perfect Tense Announcements and Letters

163–236

itting and Denying Facts Congratulating Genre: Descriptive Question Words Indefinite Pronouns Announcements and ments

Recount – – – – – – –

45–100

Asking for and Giving Opinions Agreeing or Disagreeing Genre: Descriptive The Simple Present Tense Adjectives The Present Continuous Tense Short Descriptions and Labels

Descriptive – – – – – –

UNIT

Descriptive Recount Descriptive Recount

Recount – – – – – –

UNIT

1 2 3 4

Descriptive – – – – – – –

UNIT

Unit Unit Unit Unit

237–292

Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Things Inviting, Accepting or Declining an Invitation Genre: Recount The Past Continuous Tense Relating/Linking Verbs Reflexive Pronouns Spoken Messages and Invitation Cards

Latihan Ulangan Semester

293–302

Reading Materials

303–313

Daftar Pustaka

314

vi

Kegiatan Daftar Isi Tatap Muka

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

1

1.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang,

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui.

4. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah.

3. Menyimak berbagai ungkapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menulisnya.

2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan ungkapan yang dipelajari.

1. Memahami percakapan dalam gambar serta berbagai ungkapan yang dipelajari.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui.

Indikator

•

•

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

Non tes

Teknik

•

•

•

•

Benar/Salah

Dikte

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

Listen to your teacher. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard.

Listen to your teacher. Write down the expressions you have heard.

Answer the questions below.

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 1–4. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

SMP/MTs . . . VIII/1 Bahasa Inggris 1 Descriptive Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 1. Memahami makna

Unit 1 Descriptive

SILABUS

2

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive

1.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

•

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

•

6. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasarkan percakapan yang diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

7. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru.

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

Indikator

5. Melengkapi percakapan berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

Pilihan ganda

Jawaban singkat

Isian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dia Task C. Answer the questions orally.

Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

3

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: short descriptions.

Monolog descriptive.

•

•

2.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

2.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

•

8. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan monolog yang disimak pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

•

7. Menyimak monolog descriptive yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan isinya.

6. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan teks descriptive.

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

Non tes

•

Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks descriptive.

5. Membaca dan memahami contoh dan penjelasan teks descriptive lisan. •

Tes tulis

•

3. Menyimak short description yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan isinya. 4. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan short description pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

Non tes

Tes lisan

•

•

Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana berbentuk short description secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Teknik

Tes lisan

•

Indikator

•

2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan short description.

1. Memahami contoh dan penjelasan tentang short description lisan.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

•

Pernyataan benar/salah

Jawaban singkat

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Pernyataan benar/salah

Uraian

Jawaban singkat

•

•

Uraian objektif

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the monolog you have heard in Task A.

Listen to your teacher. What does he/she talk about?

Answer the questions below.

Read the monolog and understand the explanation.

State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.

Listen to your teacher. What is it about?

Answer the questions below.

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 6, 10–11. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 15–16. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

4

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

•

•

10. Melengkapi teks berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru.

Indikator

9. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

•

Isian

Jawaban singkat

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

Fill in the blanks while listening to your teacher.

Look at the picture and listen to the teacher. Answer the questions based on the monolog you have heard.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang melibatkan tindak tutur meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyetujui/tidak menyetujui.

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

3. Melengkapi percakapan dengan kata-kata dalam kotak. 4. Memperagakan percakapan tersebut dengan teman.

2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

1. Memperagakan percakapan dengan lafal dan intonasi yang tepat.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

Mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal

Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: meminta dan memberi pendapat serta menyetujui/tidak menyetujui.

Indikator

Tes tulis

Tes unjuk kerja

•

Tes lisan

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

•

Teknik

•

•

•

•

Unjuk kerja

Isian

Jawaban singkat

Unjuk kerja

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

Complete the dialog with the correct words in the box. Then, practice the complete dialog with your friend.

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.

Contoh Instrumen

2 x 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 4–6. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

5

3.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Tes unjuk kerja

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

6. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan panduan yang tersedia, lalu memperagakan percakapan tersebut. 7. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu memperagakan percakapan tersebut.

Teknik Tes tulis

pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.

Indikator

•

5. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Jawaban singkat

Unjuk kerja

Unjuk kerja

•

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

Make dialogs based on the situations. Then, practice the dialogs.

Make a dialog based on the guideline. Then, practice the dialog.

Answer the following questions based on the dia Task C.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

6

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: short descriptions.

Monolog descriptive.

•

•

4.2 Mengungkap-kan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

4.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

4. Melakukan monolog descriptive tentang tokoh yang ada dalam gambar.

3. Melakukan monolog berdasarkan teks yang tersedia.

2. Mendeskripsikan benda dalam gambar secara singkat.

1. Mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara singkat berdasarkan data yang tersedia.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk short description dengan lancar dan berterima.

Melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima.

•

•

Indikator

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

Tes unjuk kerja

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

•

•

Teknik

•

•

•

•

Unjuk kerja

Unjuk kerja

Uraian

Uraian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Read the text. Deliver a monolog based on the text. Find the data about this man, then describe him orally in front of the class.

•

Look at the picture and find some references about it. Describe it briefly.

Describe a thing based on the data below.

•

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 11–12. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 17. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

7

5.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptive dan recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

Teks tulis fungsional pendek: label.

Teks descriptive.

Teks tulis fungsional pendek: label.

•

•

•

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

6. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks.

5. Menyatakan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan teks yang ada.

Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk label dengan benar. •

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

•

•

Tes lisan

•

3. Membaca nyaring teks descriptive dengan lafal, tekanan, dan ucapan yang benar. 4. Mengidentifikasi struktur teks tersebut.

•

Tes lisan

Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana. •

1. Membaca contoh dan memahami penjelasan tentang label. 2. Membaca nyaring label dengan lafal dan ucapan yang benar.

Teknik Non tes

•

Indikator

•

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

•

•

Pilihan ganda

Pernyataan benar/salah

Identifikasi

Membaca nyaring

Membaca nyaring

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the text. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

•

•

Read the text with proper pronunciation. Identify the structure of the text.

Read the text. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Read the text and understand the explanation.

•

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

1 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 16–17. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 12,16, 17. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

8

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive

5.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk decriptive dan recount.

Kompetensi Dasar

Teks descriptive.

The simple present tense.

Adjectives.

The present continuous tense.

•

•

•

•

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

Tes tulis

•

•

•

11. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata dalam kotak, lalu membaca teks yang telah lengkap. 12. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks soal. 13. Melengkapi kalimat dengan kata sifat yang tersedia di dalam kotak.

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

•

Non tes

Non tes

10. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks.

•

•

Tes tulis

Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, ing ideas, details.

Teknik

•

•

Indikator

9. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

8. Mempelajari tata bahasa yang terkait, yaitu the simple present tense, adjectives, dan the present continuous tense, serta memahami contohcontohnya.

7. Membaca contoh dan penjelasan tentang teks descriptive.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Pernyataan benar/salah

Jawaban singkat

Isian

Pilihan ganda

Isian

•

•

•

•

Uraian objektif

Uraian objektif

•

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Complete the text with the correct words in the box, then read it aloud.

Read the text and answer the questions.

State whether the statements are True (T) or False (F) based on the text in Task A.

Read the dialog and understand the explanation.

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 7–10, 12–14. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

9

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

•

•

15. Mengubah kata-kata dalam kurung ke dalam bentuk the present continuous tense untuk melengkapi kalimat.

Indikator

14. Mengoreksi dan membetulkan kalimat yang tersedia.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik Uraian

Isian

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Correct the sentences below.

Change the words in brackets into the present continuous tense.

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

10

Silabus Unit 1 Descriptive

•

•

6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Kompetensi Dasar

Teks descriptive.

Teks tulis fungsional pendek: label.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

3. Menulis teks descriptive berdasarkan gambar dan informasi yang diperoleh.

2. Menulis teks descriptive berdasarkan data.

1. Menulis label produk yang digunakan seharihari.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Menulis berbagai teks fungsional untuk komunikasi sehari-hari seperti label dengan benar dan berterima.

Menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk descriptive dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima.

•

•

Indikator

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

•

Tes tulis

•

•

Teknik

•

•

•

Esai

Esai

Uraian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Write a descriptive text based on the data. Write a descriptive text based on the picture. Find some relevant resources to get the information about him.

•

Write the label of a product that you use daily, such as shampoo, soap, cosmetics, etc.

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 15. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 18. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

11

1.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang,

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal untuk meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, dan memuji.

5. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

3. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menirukannya. 4. Memperagakan percakapan tersebut dengan teman.

2. Mengingat ungkapanungkapan yang telah dipelajari pada unit sebelumnya, dan menjawab pertanyaan tentang ungkapanungkapan tersebut.

1. Membaca percakapan dan memahami ungkapan-ungkapan yang tersedia.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: untuk meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, dan memuji.

Indikator

Tes lisan

•

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

•

•

Non tes

•

Teknik

•

•

•

•

Jawaban singkat

Unjuk kerja

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer the questions orally.

Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/ her.

Unit 1, then answer the questions below.

Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 21–24 Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

SMP/MTs . . . VIII/1 Bahasa Inggris 2 Recount Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 1. Memahami makna

Unit 2 Recount

SILABUS

12

Silabus Unit 2 Recount

8. Menentukan pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

1.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

6. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 7. Melengkapi percakapan soal sesuai dengan percakapan utuh yang telah didengar.

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Kompetensi Dasar Indikator

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

•

Pernyataan benar/salah

Isian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

Read the complete dia Task C. Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialog based on what you have heard.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

13

2.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: announcement (pengumuman).

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Tes lisan

Tes tulis

•

•

3. Menyimak pengumuman yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan pengumuman tersebut. 4. Mencari kata-kata dalam teks yang telah diperdengarkan sebelumnya yang sesuai dengan arti yang disediakan. •

•

5. Melengkapi kalimat dengan kata-kata yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 6. Menyimak pengumuman yang dibacakan guru, lalu menentukan topik pengumuman tersebut.

Tes lisan

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dalam bentuk pengumuman secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima. •

2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan pengalaman siswa.

1. Membaca pengumuman dan keterangan mengenai pengumuman tersebut.

Non tes

•

Teknik •

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Indikator

Jawaban singkat

Identifikasi

•

•

•

Uraian

Isian

Jawaban singkat

•

•

Uraian objektif

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?

Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task B.

Find the words which have the following meanings in the text in Task A.

Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Answer the questions.

•

•

Read the text and understand the explanation.

•

Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 35–36 Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

14

Silabus Unit 2 Recount

2.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Monolog recount.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Tes lisan

•

•

•

11. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasarkan teks yang diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

12. Menyimak monolog yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan isi monolog tersebut. 13. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan monolog yang telah didengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

Tes tulis

•

10. Melengkapi teks sesuai dengan teks yang dibacakan guru.

9. Menjawab pertanyaan mengenai genre yang dibahas pada unit sebelumnya.

Tes lisan

Tes tulis

•

Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks recount.

•

Teknik

Non tes

•

Indikator

•

8. Membaca nyaring monolog yang tersedia dan memahami keterangan mengenai monolog tersebut.

7. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasar pengumuman yang telah diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Pilihan ganda

Uraian

Jawaban singkat

Isian

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Jawaban singkat

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the complete text in Task A. Answer the questions orally. Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about? Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text you have heard in Task C.

•

•

Complete the text while listening to your teacher.

Unit 1 and answer the questions.

Read the monolog and understand the explanation.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text you have heard in Task D. Answer the questions orally.

•

•

•

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 27, 30– 31. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

15

3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan untuk meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, dan memuji.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

6. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan gambar dan situasi yang tersedia menggunakan ungkapan-ungkapan yang telah dipelajari, lalu memperagakannya.

5. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

4. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang runtut.

3. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

2. Memperagakan percakapan yang telah lengkap.

1. Melengkapi percakapan dengan ungkapan-ungkapan yang tersedia.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: untuk meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, dan memuji. Mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.

•

•

Indikator

•

Tes unjuk kerja

Tes lisan

•

Tes tulis

•

Tes tulis

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

Tes tulis

•

Teknik

•

•

•

•

•

•

Unjuk kerja

Jawaban singkat

Menyusun kalimat acak

Pilihan ganda

Unjuk kerja

Isian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

In pairs, make dialogs based on the pictures and the situations. Use expressions of asking for/ giving/refusing to give help and complimenting. Then, practice the dialogs.

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.

Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.

Choose the correct answer based on the dialogs in Task A.

Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions in the boxes. Then, practice the dialogs.

Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 24–26. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

16

Silabus Unit 2 Recount

3.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

7. Membuat percakapan berdasar situasi. 8. Memperagakan percakapan yang telah dibuat dengan bantuan teman.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Indikator

•

Tes unjuk kerja

Teknik •

Unjuk kerja

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

Make dialogs based on the situations below. Then, practice the dialogs.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

17

4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Monolog recount.

Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih.

•

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: announcement (pengumuman).

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

4.1 Mengung• kapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

Tes lisan

•

Tes unjuk kerja

•

Tes unjuk kerja

7. Menceritakan pengalaman masa kanak-kanak.

•

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

•

•

Tes lisan

•

Tes unjuk kerja

Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam monolog bentuk recount dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima.

Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk pengumuman untuk tujuan komunikasi sehari-hari.

Teknik

•

•

•

Indikator

6. Menceritakan pengalaman berdasarkan data yang tersedia.

5. Menceritakan kembali salah satu teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

4. Membaca nyaring teks yang tersedia dengan lafal dan ucapan yang benar.

3. Membuat pengumuman secara lisan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia.

2. Menentukan pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan pengumuman yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

1. Membaca nyaring pengumuman yang tersedia.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Unjuk kerja

Unjuk kerja

Unjuk kerja

Membaca nyaring

Uraian

Pernyataan benar/salah

Membaca nyaring

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Tell your friends your childhood experience.

Tell your experience based on the following data in front of the class.

Read the texts in Task A once again. Then, retell one of them to the class.

Read the two texts below with proper pronunciation.

Tell your friends an announcement based on each situation.

Decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the announcement in Task A.

Say the announcement below aloud.

Contoh Instrumen

3 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 31–32. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 37. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

18

Silabus Unit 2 Recount

The present perfect tense.

The simple past tense.

Teks recount.

• 5.3 Merespons makna dan • langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara • akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar 6. Membaca dan memahami keterangan mengenai the simple past tense dan the present perfect tense.

5. Membaca teks dan memahami keterangan mengenai teks tersebut.

4. Membaca surat yang tersedia dan memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan surat tersebut.

3. Membaca surat yang tersedia dan mencari arti kata-kata yang dicetak tebal.

2. Membaca teks yang tersedia dengan nyaring.

Teks recount.

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk letter (surat).

1. Membaca surat dan keterangan mengenai surat tersebut.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk letter (surat).

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

• 5.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

• 5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk • descriptive dan recount pendek sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

•

•

Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, ing ideas, details.

Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek dengan benar.

Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana.

Indikator

•

•

Non tes

Non tes

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

•

•

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

Non tes

•

•

•

Teknik

Membaca nyaring Daftar kata

Membaca nyaring

Uraian objektif

•

•

Uraian objektif

Uraian objektif

• Pilihan ganda

•

•

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

•

Look at the picture and read the dialog. Study the explanation.

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the letter below with proper pronunciation. What do the boldtyped words mean?

Read the text with proper pronunciation.

Read the following text and understand the explanation.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

1 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR SMP VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 27–30, 32–33. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris.

Buku PR SMP VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 37–38. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 32, 35– 36. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

19

dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

Tes tulis

•

•

•

8. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata yang tersedia. 9. Mengubah kata-kata dalam kurung menjadi bentuk yang tepat. 10. Mengubah kata kerja dalam kurung ke dalam bentuk yang benar untuk melengkapi teks.

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik •

Indikator

7. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

Isian

Isian

Isian

Pilihan ganda

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Complete the text with the words in the box. Change the verbs in brackets into their correct forms. Complete the text with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.

•

•

Choose the correct answer based on the text in Task A.

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

•

Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

20

Silabus Unit 2 Recount

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk letter (surat).

Teks recount.

The present perfect tense.

•

•

•

6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

•

• Tes tulis

•

7. Melengkapi teks yang tersedia menjadi teks yang baik.

8. Menulis pengalaman yang mengesankan.

Tes tulis

•

Tes tulis

•

5. Mengidentifikasi struktur teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 6. Menulis kalimat berdasarkan gambar menggunakan the present perfect tense.

•

•

Menulis berbagai teks yang berbentuk recount dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima. • Tes tulis

4. Menyusun paragraf menjadi teks yang tepat.

• Tes tulis

•

• Tes tulis

3. Menulis surat berdasarkan topik yang tersedia.

•

•

Tes tulis

•

•

Menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti surat dengan benar dan berterima.

2. Menulis balasan surat yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

1. Membaca kalimatkalimat yang tersedia dan menyusunnya menjadi surat yang runtut.

Tes tulis

•

Teknik •

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Indikator

Esai

Esai

Uraian

Identifikasi

Menyusun paragraf acak

Uraian

Uraian

Menyusun kalimat acak

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Continue the sentences below to make a proper text. Use your own words. Do you have a memorable experience? Write a recount text about it.

•

Write sentences using the present perfect tense based on the picture.

Identify the structure of the proper text in Task A.

Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text.

Write a letter to your friend or family based on one of the topics below.

Suppose you are Putri. Write a reply to your friend’s letter in Task A.

Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper letter.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

3 u 40'

2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 34. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 38–39. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

21

1.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: memberi selamat, serta mengakui dan mengingkari fakta.

4. Menyimak ungkapanungkapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menuliskannya di buku kerja. 5. Membacakan kalimatkalimat yang ditulisnya dengan lafal dan ucapan yang benar.

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

•

3. Melakukan tanya jawab yang berkaitan dengan materi sebagai apersepsi.

•

Non tes

Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: memberi selamat, serta mengakui dan mengingkari fakta. •

1. Memahami percakapan yang ada dan mempelajari ungkapan-ungkapan tentang mengakui dan mengingkari fakta. 2. Memahami percakapan yang ada dan mempelajari ungkapan-ungkapan untuk memberi selamat.

Teknik Non tes

•

Indikator

•

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

Dikte

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Study the dialogs and understand the explanation.

Answer the questions orally.

Listen to your teacher. Write the sentences you have heard correctly.

•

•

Study the dialogs and understand the explanation.

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

3 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 43–47. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

SMP/MTs . . . VIII/1 Bahasa Inggris 3 Descriptive Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 1. Memahami makna

Unit 3 Descriptive

SILABUS

22

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive

1.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

•

11. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 12. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan percakapan soal yang dibacakan guru.

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

•

9. Memahami percakapanpercakapan yang tersedia. 10. Menyimak pertanyaanpertanyaan yang dibacakan guru tentang isi percakapanpercakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya, lalu menjawab pertanyaan tersebut secara lisan.

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

•

Teknik

•

Indikator

8. Menentukan pernyataan benar atau salah berdasarkan isi percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

6. Menyimak guru membacakan percakapan yang lengkap. 7. Melengkapi percakapan soal berdasarkan percakapan utuh yang dibacakan guru.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

Pilihan ganda

Jawaban singkat

Pernyataan benar/salah

Isian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the following dialogs. Answer them orally.

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dia Task B. Correct the false ones.

Complete the dialog while listening to your teacher.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

23

2.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana (misalnya undangan, pengumuman, pesan singkat) secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Teks lisan fungsional pendek lisan: lost and found announcements.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

•

4. Menyimak pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru tentang teks yang diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya, lalu menjawabnya secara lisan.

5. Menyimak pengumuman yang dibacakan guru, lalu memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan isi pengumuman tersebut.

•

•

3. Menyimak teks fungsional yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan isinya secara garis besar.

Mampu merespons makna dan gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk lost and found announcement. •

•

Indikator

2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi guru.

1. Menyimak teks lisan fungsional yang dibacakan guru, lalu mempelajari penjelasan tentang teks tersebut.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

Non tes

Teknik

•

•

•

•

•

Pilihan ganda

Jawaban singkat

Uraian

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the announcement in Task A. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions orally. Listen to the announcement and choose the correct answer.

•

•

Answer the following questions.

Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation.

•

•

•

Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 59–61. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

24

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive

2.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Kompetensi Dasar

Monolog recount.

Kosakata yang terkait dengan topik yang dipilih.

•

•

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

9. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan pemahaman yang dibacakan guru tentang teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

10. Menyimak teks yang dibacakan guru. 11. Melengkapi pernyataanpernyataan soal berdasarkan isi teks tersebut. 12. Mengamati gambar, lalu menyimak teks yang dibacakan guru.

•

8. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata sesuai dengan teks lengkap yang dibacakan guru.

Merespons makna gagasan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam wacana monolog descriptive. •

•

Indikator

7. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi guru.

6. Menyimak teks descriptive lisan yang dibacakan guru serta memahami penjelasannya.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes lisan

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

Non tes

Teknik

•

•

•

•

•

•

Unjuk kerja

Isian

Jawaban singkat

Isian

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

•

Your teacher will tell you an interesting place. Retell it using your own words.

Listen to your teacher carefully. Complete the statements based on the text you have heard.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text in Task A. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions correctly.

Complete the following text based on what you have heard.

Answer the questions orally.

Read the monolog and study the explanation.

Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 49–50, 53–54. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

25

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

•

15. Menyimak monolog yang dibacakan guru, lalu memilih jawaban yang benar.

Indikator

14. Menentukan pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan teks yang dibacakan guru pada kegiatan sebelumnya.

13. Menyampaikan teks yang dibacakan guru menggunakan katakata yang tersedia secara lisan.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

•

Pilihan ganda

Pernyataan benar/salah

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task D. Correct the false ones.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan: mengakui dan mengingkari fakta, serta memberi selamat.

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

2. Melengkapi percakapanpercakapan soal dengan ungkapanungkapan yang tersedia di dalam kotak.

1. Membaca percakapan di buku dengan lafal yang benar, lalu memperagakannya dengan teman.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: mengakui dan mengingkari fakta, serta memberi selamat.

Indikator

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes unjuk kerja

Teknik

•

•

Isian

Unjuk kerja

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

Complete each dialog with the correct expressions in the box. Then, practice the complete dialogs with a friend.

Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.

Contoh Instrumen

3 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 47–49. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

26

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive

3.2 Memahami dan merespon percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar,

ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

8. Secara individu membuat percakapan berdasarkan salah situasi yang tersedia. 9. Dengan bantuan teman, memperagakan percakapan yang sudah dibuatnya di depan kelas.

7. Menentukan apakah pernyataan-pernyataan soal benar atau tidak berdasarkan percakapanpercakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

5. Mengurutkan kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapanpercakapan yang urut. 6. Memperagakan percakapanpercakapan yang sudah urut dengan teman.

4. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan percakapanpercakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

3. Memperagakan percakapanpercakapan yang sudah lengkap dengan teman.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

Mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.

Indikator

Tes tulis

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

•

Teknik

Uraian

Unjuk kerja

•

•

Pernyataan benar/salah

Unjuk kerja

•

•

Menyusun kalimat acak

Pilihan ganda

Unjuk kerja

•

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

Create a dialog based on of the situations below. Practice it with a friend in front of the class.

Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task D. Correct the false ones.

Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs, then practice them with a friend.

Choose the correct answer based on the dialogs in Task B.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

27

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Indikator Teknik

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

4.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek (misalnya undangan, pesan singkat, pengumuman) sederhana dengan

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Teks fungsional pendek lisan: lost and found announcements.

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

1. Membaca dan memahami lost and found announcement yang tersedia. 2. Menceritakan kembali isi pengumuman tersebut dengan katakata sendiri.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam teks fungsional pendek lisan berbentuk lost and found announcements. dengan benar dan berterima.

Indikator

•

Tes lisan

Teknik •

Uraian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

Retell the lost and found announcements below using your own words.

Contoh Instrumen

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 61. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

Kompetensi Dasar

28

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive

4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggu-nakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

Monolog descriptive.

Frasa yang berkaitan dengan topik teks yang dipilih.

•

•

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam monolog descriptive dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara benar, lancar, dan berterima. Tes unjuk kerja

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

•

•

•

8. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata yang tersedia di dalam kotak. 9. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan isi teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

Tes tulis

7. Menceritakan kembali topik teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya dengan kata-kata sendiri berdasarkan data yang telah dibuat.

•

Tes lisan

•

4. Membuat lost and found announcement tentang benda-benda yang ada di gambar, lalu membacakan pengumuman tersebut.

5. Menyimak teks yang dibacakan guru, lalu menirukannya. 6. Membuat data tentang topik utama teks tersebut.

Tes tulis

Teknik •

•

Indikator

3. Mengidentifikasi pernyataan benar/ salah berdasarkan pengumuman yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

•

•

Pilihan ganda

Isian

Unjuk kerja

Uraian

Uraian

Pernyataan benar/salah

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

•

Choose the correct answer based on the text in Task C.

Complete the text with the correct words in the box.

Retell the text in Task A based on the data you have made before.

Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/ her. Make a list of data about the description of Sydney Opera House.

Suppose you have lost or found the following things. How do you describe them? Make a lost or found announcement about each thing.

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A. Correct the false ones.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 11–12. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

29

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

•

•

11. Bermonolog tentang deskripsi tempat yang baru saja dikunjungi siswa.

Indikator

10. Bermonolog tentang deskripsi tempat yang ada di gambar.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes unjuk kerja

Tes unjuk kerja

Teknik Unjuk kerja

Unjuk kerja

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

What is the place that you have visited recently? Tell your friends about it.

Describe the place in the picture orally. Find the reference about it in the Internet or your book.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptive dan recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: iklan (ment).

Teks descriptive.

•

•

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

•

3. Membaca nyaring teks descriptive yang ada di buku dengan lafal dan intonasi yang baik dan benar. 4. Membetulkan pelafalan siswa yang masih salah.

Membaca nyaring secara bermakna teks fungsional pendek (iklan) dan wacana descriptive.

•

•

Indikator

2. Membaca nyaring iklan tersebut dengan lafal dan intonasi yang benar.

1. Membaca dan memahami teks tulis fungsional, lalu mempelajari penjelasan tentang bentuk teks itu.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

Non tes

Teknik

•

•

•

Membaca nyaring

Membaca nyaring

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Read the text aloud with proper pronunciation and intonation. Read the text with proper pronunciation and intonation.

•

Read the text and understand the explanation.

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 56–57, 60, 62–63. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

30

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive

Berbagai teks descriptive.

Tata bahasa yang terkait dengan jenis teks, yaitu: Wh-questions dan indefinite pronouns.

•

•

5.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: iklan (ment).

•

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

5.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana (misalnya undangan, kartu ucapan, pesan singkat, pengumuman, pesan tertulis) secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

7. Membaca teks descriptive tulis dan mempelajari struktur serta penjelasannya.

•

10. Menjodohkan deskripsi suatu tempat dengan gambar tempat yang sesuai. 11. Menyebutkan nama tempat-tempat tersebut.

•

•

•

•

Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: iklan (ment).

Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: iklan (ment).

Indikator

9. Membaca dan mempelajari bentuk indefinite pronouns.

8. Membaca dan mempelajari macammacam question words.

•

5. Membaca dan memahami iklan-iklan soal. 6. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan iklan yang terkait.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Non tes

Non tes

Non tes

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

•

•

•

•

Menjodohkan

Uraian objektif

Uraian objektif

Uraian objektif

Pilihan ganda

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

Match each description with the correct picture, then write the name of each place.

Read the following dialogs and understand the explanation.

Read the following dialog and understand the explanation.

Read the text and try to understand its generic structure.

Choose the correct answer based on the texts.

Contoh Instrumen

3 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 50, 52, 57–58. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 62–63. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

31

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

•

•

13. Melengkapi kalimatkalimat soal dengan indefinite pronoun yang benar. 14. Membaca dan memahami tek descriptive yang tersedia. 15. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan teks yang terkait.

Indikator

12 Melengkapi kalimatkalimat soal dengan Wh-questions yang sesuai.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik Isian

Isian

Pilihan ganda

•

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Complete the sentences with correct indefinite pronouns. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

•

Complete the utterances with correct Wh-questions.

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek (misalnya undangan, kartu ucapan, pesan singkat, pengumuman, pesan tertulis) sederhana

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: iklan (ment).

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

3. Secara mandiri, membuat iklan yang menarik tentang objek wisata yang ada di sekitar tempat tinggal siswa.

1. Membaca dan memahami situasi soal. 2. Secara berpasangan membuat iklan yang menarik berdasarkan situasi tersebut.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

Menulis teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk iklan (ment) dengan baik dan berterima.

Indikator

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

•

Uraian

Uraian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

Create an attractive ment about a tourist spot in your hometown.

In pairs, make an attractive ment based on the situation.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 63. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

32

Silabus Unit 3 Descriptive

6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Berbagai teks descriptive.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

6. Secara mandiri, menulis teks descriptive tentang kota kelahirannya tau tempat favoritnya menggunakan pertanyaan panduan yang tersedia.

5. Menulis kembali teks yang sudah urut yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya dengan kata-kata sendiri.

4. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi paragraf yang runtut.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

Menulis teks-teks berbentuk descriptive dengan langkah-langkah retorika yang benar serta tata bahasa yang benar dan berterima.

Indikator

•

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik

Esai

Esai

•

•

Menyusun kalimat acak

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

Work individually to describe your hometown or your favorite place. Use the following questions as guidelines to prepare your description.

Rewrite the text in Task A using your own words.

Rearrange the sentences into proper paragraphs.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 59. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

33

1.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan meminta, memberi, menolak barang dan mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan.

Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasarkan percakapan yang telah diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Melengkapi percakapan berdasarkan percakapan utuh yang dibacakan guru.

4.

5.

3. Menyimak dan menirukan dua percakapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu memperagakannya dengan teman.

2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan ungkapan yang dipelajari.

1. Memahami percakapan • dalam gambar serta berbagai ungkapan yang dipelajari.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak barang dan mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan.

Indikator

Tes tulis

•

Non tes

•

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

•

•

Non tes

•

Teknik

•

•

•

•

•

Isian

Jawaban singkat

Uraian

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

Complete the dialogs while listening to your teacher.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about dialogs in Task A. Answer his/her questions orally.

Read and practice the dialogs below.

Look at the picture and answer the questions.

Read the dialog and study the explanation.

Contoh Instrumen

3 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 67–71. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

SMP/MTs . . . VIII/1 Bahasa Inggris 4 Recount Mendengarkan dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Nama Sekolah : Kelas/Semester : Mata Pelajaran : Unit : Genre : Standar Kompetensi : 1. Memahami makna

Unit 4 Recount

SILABUS

34

Silabus Unit 4 Recount

1.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/ tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi

•

•

• Tes lisan

•

Menjawab pertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru.

7.

8.

Tes tulis

•

Unjuk kerja

Teknik •

Indikator

6. Memperagakan percakapan di kegiatan sebelumnya yang telah lengkap.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Pilihan ganda

Jawaban singkat

Unjuk kerja

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Listen to your teacher, and then answer the questions orally.

Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

•

Practice the dialogs in Task C with your friend.

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

35

2.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: short messages.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

6. Menyimak short message yang dibacakan guru, menulisnya, lalu membacakan hasilnya.

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

•

•

Non tes

Teknik •

5. Menyimak short message yang dibacakan guru, lalu melengkapi kartu yang tersedia.

Mampu merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana berbentuk short messages secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. •

•

4. Membaca short message yang tersedia, lalu menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru secara lisan.

3. Menyimak short message yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjawab pertanyaan.

2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang berkaitan dengan short message.

1. Memahami contoh dan penjelasan tentang short message lisan.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Indikator

•

•

•

•

•

•

Dikte

Isian

Jawaban singkat

Jawaban singkat

Jawaban singkat

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

•

Listen to your teacher and write down the message. Read your work aloud.

Listen to your teacher and complete the card.

Read the text, then answer your teacher’s questions orally.

Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Answer the questions.

Read the text and study the explanation.

Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 82–83. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

36

Silabus Unit 4 Recount

2.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Kompetensi Dasar

Monolog recount.

Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih.

•

•

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Tes lisan

Tes tulis

•

•

10. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 11. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata yang sesuai berdasarkan monolog yang dibacakan guru.

8. Mengamati gambar dan menceritakan riwayat hidup pahlawan dalam gambar secara singkat. Tes lisan

Non tes

•

•

9. Menyimak monolog recount yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjelaskan isinya.

Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks recount.

Teknik

Tes lisan

•

Indikator

•

7. Membaca dan memahami contoh dan penjelasan teks recount lisan.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

•

•

•

Isian

Jawaban singkat

Uraian

Uraian

Uraian objektif

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Answer the following questions based on the mono Task A. Listen to your teacher and complete the text. Read your work aloud.

•

Listen to your teacher and make some notes if necessary. What does he/she tell you about?

Look at the picture. Tell briefly about the man.

Read the monolog and study the explanation.

•

•

•

•

Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 73, 76– 77. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

37

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

•

13. Menulis kalimatkalimat yang telah diperdengarkan pada kegiatan sebelumnya di bawah gambar yang sesuai.

Indikator

12. Menyimak kalimatkalimat yang dibacakan guru, lalu menulisnya.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

•

Uraian

Dikte

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

Label the pictures below using the proper sentences in Task D.

Listen to your teacher. Write down his/her sentences.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

38

Silabus Unit 4 Recount

3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta, memberi, menolak jasa, meminta, memberi, menolak barang, mengakui, mengingkari fakta, dan meminta dan memberi pendapat.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

Percakapan yang melibatkan tindak tutur meminta, memberi, menolak barang dan mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Memperagakan percakapan dengan lafal dan intonasi yang tepat.

Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang ada.

6. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu memperagakannya bersama teman.

4. Melengkapi percakapan dengan kata-kata yang tersedia di dalam kotak. 5. Memperagakan percakapan tersebut dengan teman.

3.

2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya.

1.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti: meminta, memberi, menolak barang dan mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan. Mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang.

•

•

Indikator

Tes unjuk kerja

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

Tes tulis

•

Tes tulis

Tes lisan

•

•

Tes unjuk kerja

•

Teknik

•

•

•

•

•

•

Unjuk kerja

Unjuk kerja

Isian

Pilihan ganda

Jawaban singkat

Unjuk kerja

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

Make dialogs based on the situations below. Practice them.

Complete the dialogs with the suitable expressions in the boxes. Practice them with your friend.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.

Practice the dialogs below with your friend.

Contoh Instrumen 2 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 71–72. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

39

3.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar yang melibatkan tindak tutur: mengundang, menerima dan menolak ajakan, menyetujui/tidak menyetujui, memuji, dan memberi selamat.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Indikator Teknik

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

Sumber Belajar

40

Silabus Unit 4 Recount

Teks lisan fungsional pendek: spoken message.

Monolog recount.

4.2 Mengungkap- • kan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

4.1 Mengungkap- • kan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

Membaca pesan lisan yang tersedia dengan ucapan yang benar, lalu bertanya jawab berdasarkan teks tersebut.

2.

Melakukan monolog berdasarkan teks yang tersedia dengan katakata sendiri. Membuat kalimat tentang suatu peristiwa lampau berdasarkan gambar secara lisan. Membuat kalimat tentang suatu kegiatan berdasarkan gambar secara lisan.

4.

5.

6.

3. Membuat pesan lisan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia, lalu membacakannya di kelas.

Membaca pesan lisan yang tersedia dengan ucapan yang benar.

1.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

•

Melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk recount dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima.

Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk spoken message dengan lancar dan berterima.

Indikator

Tes lisan

Tes lisan

•

•

Tes lisan

•

Tes unjuk kerja

Tes unjuk kerja

•

•

Tes lisan

•

Teknik

•

•

•

•

•

•

Uraian

Uraian

Unjuk kerja

Uraian

Unjuk kerja

Uraian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

•

•

•

•

Tell about the pictures using sentences with suitable relating verbs.

Tell about the pictures using sentences in the past continuous tense.

Read the text. Deliver a monolog based on the text.

Make simple messages based on the situations below. Deliver your messages in front of the class.

Read the text with proper pronunciation. Then, ask and answer questions based on the text.

Read the texts with proper pronunciation.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 78–79. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 83–84. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan terdekat.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

41

5.2 Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei berbentuk descriptive dan recount pendek dan sederhana dengan ucapan, tekanan, dan intonasi yang berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

Teks fungsional pendek tulis: invitation cards.

Teks recount.

•

•

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

•

5. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks.

Tes lisan

•

4. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan kartu undangan yang tersedia.

Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk invitation cards dengan benar.

Tes lisan

Non tes

•

•

3. Membaca nyaring teks recount tentang pahlawan nasional dengan lafal, tekanan, dan ucapan yang benar.

Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana yang berbentuk kartu undangan dan teks recount dengan lafal, tekanan dan ucapan yang lancar dan berterima.

Teknik

Tes lisan

•

•

Indikator

•

1. Membaca contoh dan memahami penjelasan tentang invitation cards. 2. Membaca nyaring kartu undangan dengan lafal, tekanan, dan ucapan yang benar.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

•

Pilihan ganda

Jawaban singkat

Membaca nyaring

•

•

Membaca nyaring

Uraian objektif

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Read the biography of Muhammad Yamin and answer the questions.

Read the text and answer the questions.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

•

•

Read the text and study the explanation.

•

•

Contoh Instrumen

1 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 84–85. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 80, 82. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar.

42

Silabus Unit 4 Recount

5.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima yang berkaitan dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk decriptive dan recount.

Kompetensi Dasar

Teks recount.

The past continuous tense.

Relating/linking verbs.

Reflexive pronouns (-self).

•

•

•

•

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

•

•

10. Melengkapi kalimat dengan bentuk kata kerja yang tepat berdasarkan kata-kata kerja yang telah tersedia di dalam tanda kurung. 11. Memilih jawaban yang tepat.

•

•

9. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan teks soal.

Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, ing ideas, details.

•

•

Indikator

8. Mengamati gambargambar pahlawan, lalu mengidentifikasi nama-nama mereka berdasarkan namanama yang tersedia di dalam kotak.

7. Membaca percakapan dan memahami penjelasan tentang the past continuous tense, relating/linking verbs, dan reflexive pronouns (-self).

6. Membaca contoh dan penjelasan tentang teks recount.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Non tes

Non tes

Teknik

Menjodohkan

Jawaban singkat

Isian

Pilihan ganda

•

•

•

Uraian objektif

Uraian objektif

•

•

•

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Complete the dialogs with the words in brackets in correct forms.

•

•

Read the history of Muhammad Yamin and answer the questions.

Look at the pictures of the Indonesian heroes. Who are they?

Read the dialogs and pay attention to the bold-typed sentences. Study the explanation.

Read the text and study the explanation.

•

•

•

•

Contoh Instrumen 3 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 73–76, 79–81. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

43

2.

Teks recount.

6.2 Mengungkap- • kan makna dan • langkah retorika dalam esei • pendek sederhana

Reflexive pronouns.

Relating verbs.

1.

Membuat kalimat menggunakan relating verbs berdasarkan gambar-gambar yang tersedia.

Membuat surat undangan berdasarkan situasi yang tersedia.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Teks tulis fungsional pendek: invitation cards.

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

6.1 Mengungkap- • kan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

Kompetensi Dasar

•

•

Menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk recount dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima.

Menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti invitation cards dengan benar dan berterima.

Indikator

•

•

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

•

Uraian

Uraian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

Look at the pictures. Make sentences using suitable relating verbs and the words provided.

Make invitation cards based on the situations below.

Contoh Instrumen

2 u 40'

1 u 40'

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

•

•

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 81.

Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs VIIIA Intan Pariwara hal. 85. Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional esai pendek sederhana berbentuk descriptive dan recount untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar.

44

Silabus Unit 4 Recount

dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dengan lingkungan sekitar dalam teks berbentuk descriptive dan recount.

Kompetensi Dasar

Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran

•

•

Membuat lima kalimat menggunakan reflexive pronouns, lalu membacanya dengan pelafalan yang benar. Menulis teks recount tentang salah satu pahlawan Indonesia, lalu membacanya nyaring.

4.

Indikator

3.

Kegiatan Pembelajaran

Tes tulis

Tes tulis

Teknik

•

•

Esai

Uraian

Bentuk Instrumen

Penilaian

•

•

Write the life of one of the Indonesian heroes. Read your work aloud.

Make five sentences using reflexive pronouns. Read your work with proper pronunciation.

Contoh Instrumen

Alokasi Waktu

•

•

Kamus Inggris– Indonesia dan Indonesia– Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan.

Sumber Belajar

Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. ask for and give opinions, 2. agree and disagree about something, 3. create short functional texts (short descriptions), 4. describe a particular person using spoken English, 5. write short functional texts (labels of products), 6. write descriptive texts about particular people, and 7. use the simple present tense, adjectives and the present continuous tense.

All people must have their own idol. What about you? Who is your idol? What will you say to describe him/her? Of course, there are many things you can describe, such as his/her physical appearances, characteristics, hobby, family, etc. Then, what type of texts should you use to describe him/her? The answer is a descriptive text. In this unit you will learn about descriptive texts, completed with the generic structure and characteristics.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

45

1.1 Expressions

Asking for and Giving Opinions Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

What do you think of this book? Well, it seems interesting.

You’re right.

The sentence “What do you think of this book?” is the expression of asking for an opinion. Meanwhile, the sentence “Well, it seems interesting.” is the expression of giving an opinion. Here are some other examples of asking for and giving opinions.

46

Asking for Opinions

Giving Opinions

What do you think of/about . . .? What’s your opinion about . . .? Please tell me your opinion about . . . . What about . . .? Do you have any opinion about . . .? Do you think it’s a good idea?

I think . . . . Well, in my opinion, . . . . In my view, . . . . I just can say . . . . I suppose . . . . I guess . . . .

UNIT 1 Descriptive

Agreeing or Disagreeing Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

Do you agree if we go to the bookstore by bus?

What about going by taxi?

Sorry, I disagree with you.

O.K.

The sentence “Sorry, I disagree with you.” is the expression of disagreeing. Meanwhile, the sentence “O.K.” is the expression of agreeing. Here are some other expressions of agreeing and disagreeing. Agreeing

Disagreeing

I think so. I agree completely. I do agree with you. It’s a good idea. I’m with you. I have the same opinion. That’s just what I am thinking. In my opinion, you’re right. I couldn’t agree more. You are right./Exactly!/Sure.

I don’t think so. I’m sorry, but I have to disagree. Sorry. I disagree with you. Sorry. I think it’s not a good idea. I don’t agree with you. Sorry, I have another opinion. I couldn’t agree less. I refuse to believe that. I’m sure I cannot agree that. I wonder if there is a mistake.

Answer the questions below. 1. 2. 3.

Is there one of your friends who has a new hair style? Contoh jawaban: Yes, there is. What will you say to show your opinion about his/her new hair style? Contoh jawaban: I will say, “I think your new hair style makes you prettier.” Is there a new rule in your classroom or school? What is it? Contoh jawaban: Yes, there is. It is a rule of wearing black shoes every day.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

47

4.

Do you agree with the rule? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. What will you say to show your agreement? Contoh jawaban: I will say, “I agree with the rule.” to show agreement.

5.

A.

Listen to your teacher. Write down the expressions you have heard.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. I agree with your plan. 2. I totally agree with your opinion. 3. I don’t agree with you in this case. 4. I think we should warn the boy. 5. I can’t agree with your ridiculous idea. 6. I don’t think Beni will us. 7. What do you think of my new shoes? 8. In my opinion, Sandra is the best student. 9. What’s your opinion about my new dress? 10. What about climbing a mountain next holiday? Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. What do you think of my presentation? 2. I think you did it well. 3. I think you need to be more confident. 4. Do you agree if we make a study club? 5. Absolutely, I agree with your idea.

B.

Listen to your teacher. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on what you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Indah : Have you done the math assignment, Vina? Vina : No, I haven’t. I think it’s very difficult. What about you? Indah : Me neither. Um . . . what about doing the assignment together? Vina : That’s a good idea. When will we do it? Indah : What if we do it this afternoon at about four? Vina : No problem. Where? Indah : I’ll wait for you in my house. Vina : O.K.

48

UNIT 1 Descriptive

1. ______ Vina and Indah have done the math assignment. 2. ______ Vina thinks that the math assignment is easy. 3. ______ Vina and Indah are going to do the math assignment together. 4. ______ Vina agrees to do the assignment at about five. 5. ______ They will do the assignment at Indah’s house. Jawaban: 1. F. They haven’t done the math assignment. 2. F. She thinks that the math assignment is difficult. 3. T 4. F. She agrees to do the assignment at about four. 5. T C.

Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Reta : Indra, (1) what do you think of the drama performance last night? Indra : Do you mean the drama at the farewell party? Reta : Yeah. Indra : Well, (2) in my opinion, it was great. The actors gave their best performance. Reta : But, I think (3) the performance was not perfect. Indra : Why? Reta : Did you notice the sound system? (4) It did not work well, you know. Indra : (5) You are right. The sound sometimes was so loud that we couldn’t hear the dialogs clearly. Variasi: A. Match the words with their correct meanings in the box. a. e. i.

kadang-kadang aktor/pemain pementasan

1. performance 6. notice Jawaban: 1. i 2. c

b. f. j.

dengan jelas percakapan keras

2. farewell 7. sometimes 3. g

4. e

5. h

c. g.

perpisahan pendapat

3. opinion 8. loud 6. d

7. a

d. h.

memperhatikan sempurna

4. actor 9. dialog 8. j

9. f

5. perfect 10. clearly 10. b

B. Make sentences using the words in Task A. Contoh jawaban: 1. The children gave their best performance on their first show. 2. Adinda arranges a farewell party before she moves out. 3. Everyone agrees the opinion that the test is very difficult. 4. Tora Sudiro is a multi-talented actor. 5. Mother has checked everything to make sure the party will be perfect. 6. Did you notice the girl ed by a minute ago? 7. Sometimes Linda and I see a film together. 8. The music is too loud and it’s really annoying. 9. We practiced hard for the dialog because it is the climax of the drama. 10. Can you explain your reason clearly?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

49

D.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dia Task C. Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What are Reta and Indra talking about? 2. In what occasion was the drama performed? 3. What is Indra’s opinion about the performance? 4. Reta said, “But, I think the performance was not perfect.” What does it mean? 5. What happened with the sound system in the performance? Jawaban: 1. The drama performance at the farewell party. 2. At a farewell party. 3. He thinks that it was great. The actors showed their best performance. 4. She gives her opinion/She shows her disagreement. 5. Sometimes the sound was so loud that audience couldn’t hear the dialogs. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Mr. Ardi : Listen, all! The football competition is only one month left. (1) What do you think if we practice it three times a week? Andi : (2) I agree, Sir. There are some skills we need to improve if we want to win the competition. Mr. Ardi : (3) You’re right, Andi. I think we need to improve our defense. Any other opinions? Dodi : (4) We all agree with this idea, Sir. Three times a week is not a big deal. Right, guys? Others : (5) Absolutely. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

50

Answer the questions based on the dia Task A. What are the speakers talking about? Jawaban: They are talking about practicing football for the competition. When will the competition be held? Jawaban: Next month. Mr. Ardi said, “What do you think if we practice it three times a week?” What does it mean? Jawaban: He asks for an agreement. According to Andi, what skill do they need to improve? Jawaban: They need to improve their defense. The others said, “Absolutely.” What does it mean? Jawaban: They agree with Dodi’s opinion.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

E.

Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Dewa : Putri, do you like shopping in the mall? Putri : Yeah. I like it. Dewa : Anyway, there’s a new mall near the town square. Have you ever been there? Putri : Do you mean Mutiara Mall, Dewa? Dewa : That’s right. Putri : Yes, I’ve been there. Dewa : What do you think of it? Putri : It’s big and modern. I like the place. 1.

2.

What are the speakers talking about? A. A new shop. B. A new mall. C. A town square. D. A mail. Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan tersebut Dewa dan Putri membicarakan tentang sebuah mal baru di kota mereka (a new mall). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan hal yang dibicarakan. Where is the new mall? A. Near the town park. B. Near the town hall. C. Near the town square. D. Near the town market. Jawaban: C Mal yang baru terletak di dekat alun-alun kota. Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat Dewa, ”Anyway, there’s a new mall near the town square.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.

3.

Why does Putri like the mall? It is ________. A. big B. modern C. big and modern D. big and beautiful Jawaban: C Putri menyukai mal tersebut karena mal itu besar dan modern. Hal itu diketahui berdasarkan kalimat terakhir Putri, ”It’s big and modern. I like the place.”.

4.

Putri said, “I like the place.” What does it mean? A. She agrees with an idea. B. She disagrees with an idea. C. She asks for an opinion. D. She gives an opinion. Jawaban: D Kalimat Putri tersebut artinya ”Saya menyukai tempat itu.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat (giving an opinion).

5.

Dewa said, “What do you think of it?” What does it mean? A. He asks for an opinion. B. He gives an opinion. C. He agrees with an opinion. D. He disagrees with an opinion. Jawaban: A Kalimat ”What do you think of it?” artinya ”Bagaimana pendapatmu tentang mal tersebut?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan meminta pendapat (asking for an opinion).

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

51

Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Tomi : Rika, Dion, our school will celebrate its anniversary soon. In your opinion, what if we hold a school bazaar? Rika : I agree with the idea. You know, some of our friends are good at making handicrafts. I believe many students will be interested in buying their crafts. Dion : Moreover, we can use the event for fund raising. We can donate the money to the flood victims. What do you think? Rika : I like your idea. Let’s propose our program to the Principal. 1.

What are the speakers talking about? A. Celebrating the school anniversary. B. Arranging a fund raising program. C. Helping the flood victims. D. Holding a school bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary. Jawaban: D Kalimat soal menanyakan tentang apa yang dibicarakan dalam percakapan tersebut. Jawaban disimpulkan dari frasa kunci ’celebrating the school anniversary’ yang artinya ’merayakan hari jadi sekolah’ dan ’holding a school bazaar’ yang artinya ’menyelenggarakan bazar sekolah’. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa percakapan tersebut tentang penyelenggaraan bazar sekolah untuk merayakan hari jadi sekolah (holding a school bazaar to celebrate the school anniversary).

2.

Tomi said, “In your opinion, what if we hold a school bazaar?” What does it mean? A. He expresses his opinion. B. He asks for someone’s agreement. C. He asks for other’s help. D. He expresses his agreement. Jawaban: B Kalimat ”In your opinion, what if we hold a school bazaar?” artinya ”Menurut pendapatmu, bagaimana kalau kita mengadakan bazar sekolah?”. Kalimat tersebut diucapkan untuk meminta persetujuan seseorang (asking for someone’s agreement).

3.

Rika said, “I agree with the idea.” What does it mean? A. She shows her agreement. B. She shows her disagreement. C. She asks for an opinion. D. She gives something. Jawaban: A Kalimat ”I agree with the idea.” artinya ”Saya setuju dengan gagasan itu.”. Ungkapan tersebut digunakan untuk memberi persetujuan (showing an agreement). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan ungkapan untuk memberi persetujuan.

4.

What is Dion’s opinion about the school bazaar? A. They can use the event for entertainment. B. They can use the event for education. C. They can use the event for fund raising. D. They can use the event for practicing. Jawaban: C Menurut Dion, kegiatan bazar sekolah dapat digunakan untuk mengumpulkan dana (fund raising). Hal itu sesuai dengan ucapan Dion, ”Moreover, in my opinion, we can use the event for fund raising.”.

52

UNIT 1 Descriptive

5.

A.

Tomi said, “Rika, Dion, our school will celebrate its anniversary soon.” The underlined word can be best replaced by ________. A. respect B. perform C. commemmorate D. provide Jawaban: C Kata ’celebrate’ artinya ’merayakan’. Kata ini dapat diganti dengan kata ’commemmorate’ yang artinya memperingati. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menghormati, (B) artinya mementaskan, dan (D) artinya menyiapkan.

Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.

Dialog 1 Butet : Fishing is a boring activity, Mirza. Mirza : I don’t think so, Butet. It is boring if you don’t know the secret. Butet : What do you mean? Mirza : Actually, fishing is interesting. Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly with the scenery. Butet : In that case, I think you are right. But, it probably takes much time to get only one fish, doesn’t it? Mirza : It does, but don’t you know something? In fact, fishing teaches us about patience. Butet : How can? Mirza : When fishing, you cannot be in a hurry. In other words, to achieve your goal, you can’t do it hurriedly. Butet : Is that so? I think I’ll try your advice then. Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Dialog 2 Maya : Didit, I heard that we will have a modeling contest to commemorate our anniversary. What do you think of it? Didit : Well, actually I don’t agree. In my opinion, that’s useless. We’d better arrange other useful contests. Maya : What do you mean by other useful contests? Didit : We can have English speaking contests, cooking contests or sports competition. Maya : But I think a modeling contest is also useful. Those boys or girls, who are interested in modeling, can show their talents. Didit : It can be. However, as students, it’s better for us to compete more in educational skills. B.

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1 1. What is Butet’s opinion about fishing? Jawaban: He thinks that fishing is boring. 2. Mirza said, “I don’t think so, Butet.” What does it mean? Jawaban: He disagrees with Butet’s opinion. 3. According to Mirza, what is the secret of making fishing interesting? Jawaban: Just enjoy the calm situation and possibly with the scenery.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

53

4.

Why can fishing teach us about patience? Jawaban: Because when fishing, we cannot be in a hurry. Does Butet decide not fishing anymore? How do you know? Jawaban: No, he doesn’t. He said, “I think I’ll try your advice then.” It means he will try to enjoy fishing.

5.

Dialog 2 1. What are Maya and Didit talking about? Jawaban: They are talking about a modeling contest. 2. What will the modeling contest be held for? Jawaban: It is held to commemorate their school anniversary. 3. What kinds of contests does Didit think are better than the modeling contest? Jawaban: English speaking contests, cooking contests or sports competition. 4. Why does Maya think that a modeling contest is also beneficial? Jawaban: Because those boys or girls, who are interested in modeling, can show their talents. 5. What is Didit’s opinion about the better competition for students? Jawaban: Students are better to compete in educational skills. Variasi: A. Find the words in the box vertically, horizontally and diagonally based on their definitions. Jawaban:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

54

not interesting, dull a thing that other people must not know holding the attention to get pleasure from something the natural features of an area the ability to accept suffering without complaining the need or wish to get something done quickly causing great interest or enthusiasm a date that is exactly a year or a number of years after an event a natural skill or ability at something

UNIT 1 Descriptive

1. 3. 5. 7. 9.

boring interesting scenery hurry anniversary

2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

secret enjoy patience exciting talent

B. Complete the sentences with the words in Task A. 1. Waiting is really a ________ thing. No one likes it. 2. Everyone has their own ________, like singing or painting. All we have to do is to develop it into something valuable. 3. We need to have more ________ if we have a complicated problem. Never take any decision in a hurry. 4. The movie is not ________. The plot is awful. 5. This is a ________. Please don’t tell it to anyone. 6. I like staying in a village. I can ________ the fresh air. 7. My school will celebrate its 50th ________ this month. 8. Many tourists like to go to Bali. It really has a beautiful ________. 9. It seems you look in a ________. Where are you going? 10. Diving in Bunaken is really ________. I feel so happy and want to go there again. Jawaban: 1. boring 2. talent 3. patience 4. interesting 5. secret 6. enjoy 7. anniversary 8. scenery 9. hurry 10. exciting C.

Read the dialog with proper pronunciation. Answer the questions based on the dialog. Tiara : Listen, next month is a long holiday. What if we go camping? Soni : I think that’s a good idea. O.K., no problem. What about you, Rina? Rina : Well, in my opinion, it will be better if we arrange a study tour to museums or other historical places. I think that it is more beneficial to broaden our knowledge. Tiara : Hm, I think we have different opinions about spending the holiday. We’d better discuss it with the class. Questions: 1. When will the children have a long holiday? Jawaban: Next month. 2. What’s Soni’s opinion about going camping? Jawaban: He thinks camping is a good activity. 3. Does Rina agree with Tiara’s opinion? Why? Jawaban: No, she doesn’t. Because she thinks that it is better to have a study tour to museums or other historical places. C.

Complete the dialog with the correct words in the box. Then, practice the complete dialog with your friend.

a. b. c. d. e.

I agree with it What’s your opinion about it I think it can reduce the traffic jam Have you heard that we will start our lesson earlier In my view, everything will be easy if they are used to do it

Candra Dinda Candra Dinda

: : : :

Hi, Dinda. (1) ________? Yeah. We will start our lessons at 6:30 a.m. (2) ________? Well, (3) ________.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

55

Candra : What’s your reason? Dinda : (4) ________. Moreover, people say that students will be fresh and fit to learn. Candra : Do you think so? What about the students who live far from here? It will be very difficult for them. Dinda : Of course, they must wake up earlier than usual. (5) ________. Jawaban: 1. d 2. b 3. a 4. c 5. e Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. a. c. e.

I see What do you think What about its book collections

b. d.

Really do you know what time it is

Rika : Dian : Rika : Dian : Rika : Dian :

Dian, (1) ________? Um . . . it’s almost two o’clock. Why? Well, I’m afraid I will arrive home late. You know, I need to go to the bookstore first. (2) ________. Wait a minute! I know the nearest bookstore. (3) ________? Despite it is small, I think the store has many collections of books. I’m sure you will find the book you need. Rika : (4) ________? Dian : No doubt. I’ll take you there. (5) ________? Rika : O.K., then. Thanks. Dian : Anytime. All right, let’s go then. Rika : O.K. Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c

D. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

56

Answer the following questions based on the dia Task C. What are Candra and Dinda talking about? Jawaban: They are talking about the new rule of starting lessons earlier. Does Dinda agree with the rule? Jawaban: Yes, she does. What did she say to show her agreement or disagreement? Jawaban: She said, “I agree with it.” Why does Dinda agree with the rule? Jawaban: Because it can reduce the traffic jam, and students will be fresh and fit to learn. Why does Candra disagree with the rule? Jawaban: Because it will be difficult for the students who live far from school.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

E.

Make a dialog based on the guideline. Then, practice the dialog. Student B

Student A asks B’s opinion about living in a village.

says that it’s interesting.

asks why.

tells that living in a village is peaceful. The air is clean and fresh.

says his/her disagreement. Argues that living in a village is boring.

asks the reason.

explains that living in a village is far from public places.

says that people can reach public places easily by public transports.

Contoh jawaban: Mira : What do you think of living in a village? Neni : Living in a village? Well, it’s interesting. Mira : Why do you have such an opinion? Neni : You know, living in a village is peaceful. The air is also clean and fresh. Mira : But, I disagree. In my opinion, living in a village is boring. Neni : Do you think so? But why? Mira : Living in a village is far from public places. It’s lack of facilities. Neni : I think it’s not a big deal. People can reach the public places easily by public transports. Variasi: Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog. Then, practice the dialog. Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dino : So, do you agree if we have a school band? 3 6

Hendy : Why?

1

Dino

8 5

Hendy : I think it won’t happen if they can manage their time well.

2

Hendy : School band? Wow! It’s great!

7

Dino

Dino

: Hendy, I heard that we will have a school band. What do you think of it? : Maybe you’re right, but I have a different opinion. I disagree with it.

4

: In my opinion, ing a band will make students forget their study. They will spend most of their time playing music. Hendy : Sure. Students who have talent in music can play in the band.

9

Dino

: I hope you’re right.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

57

F.

Make dialogs based on the situations. Then, practice the dialogs.

1.

There is a park in your town. The park is dirty. You ask your friend’s opinion about it. What would both of you say? 2. You have an idea to collect some donation for the victims of flood. Your friend agrees with the idea. What would both of you say? Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Do you like spending your time in the park? Your friend : No, I don’t. What about you? You : Neither do I. I don’t like to go there because it’s dirty. People litter everywhere. Your friend : Yeah. I think it’s all because many rubbish bins are broken. They cannot be used anymore. You : Well, I think the government must pay attention to the cleanliness of the park. Your friend : You’re right. However, the visitors are also responsible for keeping the park clean. 2.

You : You know, floods happen in many areas recently. Your friend : You’re right. Floods always cause some destructions. Many people suffer from them. You : That’s right. Listen, I have an idea. What about collecting some donation for the victims? Your friend : It’s great! You : Will our friends agree with our idea? Your friend : I think they will. Why don’t we talk about it with our teacher? You : A good idea.

Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. 1. Your father got a promotion. He was promoted to be a production manager. However, it means he has to move and work in another town. Your father asks for your opinion if all of you move out to the town. What would your father say? How would you respond to it? 2. The Principal has an idea that all students must the scouts. You and your friends are discussing about the idea. Some of you agree, but the others don’t. How would the conversation happen? 3. You want to buy a mobile phone. You ask your brother’s opinion about which mobile phone you should buy, the new or used one. What would the two of you say? 4. You and your family have moved into a new house. You want to make a small pond in front of the house. Your sister agrees with your idea. What would the two of you say? Contoh jawaban: 1. Father : Dear, you know, I’ve got a promotion as a production manager in Bandung. What do you think if we move there? Lani : I have no problem, Dad. For me, the important thing is we are still a family, no matter where we are. Father : Thank you, dear. 2. Principal : Students, what if you all the scouts? It is a good activity for you, isn’t it? Student 1 : It is, Sir. I agree with you. This activity can train us to be more confident and independent. Student 2 : That’s right, Sir. Student 3 : I’m sorry, Sir. I disagree with you. Not all of us like to be scouts. Please give us freedom to the activity we like. We have different interests.

58

UNIT 1 Descriptive

3.

You : I want to buy a mobile phone, but I’m confused. Your brother : Why? You : I’m confused whether I will buy the new one or the used one. What is your opinion about it? Your brother : In my opinion, it’s better to buy a new one. You : But I don’t have much money to buy a new one. Your brother : You can choose a new mobile phone which you can afford. You : Will you help me choose it? Your brother : No big deal.

4.

You Your sister You Your sister You Your sister

: : : : :

Dian, do you agree if we make a small pond? A small pond? It’s great! But, where will we make it? In the front yard. You know, we still have some space there. O.K. Can I keep some fish in the pond? Of course, you can. But I think we must discuss it with father and mother first. : O.K. I hope they will agree with our idea.

1.2 Genre

Spoken Text Read the monolog and understand the explanation. Hello, everybody. Now, I’m going to tell you about my neighbor. Well, . . . I have a new neighbor, Mr. Rendra. He lives next to my house. He lives with his wife and his two sons, Andi and Dodik. Mr. Rendra is a civil servant and Mrs. Rendra is a housewife. Um . . . Mr. Rendra is a hard worker. Besides working as a civil servant, he also runs a small business. His wife often helps him run the business. Mr. Rendra’s family is always happy. They love each other. They always share everything together. Mrs. Rendra takes good care of her sons. Although Mr. Rendra is busy, he never forgets to give attention to his two sons. Mr. Rendra’s family is friendly. You know, . . . they get on well with their neighbors. They are also helpful. They often help the poor. Of course, all people here know and like them. The text above is a descriptive text in spoken form. In spoken form, we use some fillers, such as you know, well, um . . ., er . . ., etc.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

59

Written Text Read the text and understand the explanation. My New Neighbor Identification

I have a new neighbor named Mr. Rendra. Mr. Rendra lives next to my house. He lives with his wife and two sons, Andi and Dodik. Mr. Rendra is a civil servant and Mrs. Rendra is a housewife. Besides, Mr. Rendra also runs a small business. His wife often helps him run the business. Mr. Rendra’s family is always happy. They love each other. They always share everything together. Mrs. Rendra takes good care of her sons. Although Mr. Rendra is busy, he never forgets to give attention to his two sons. Mr. Rendra’s family is friendly. They get on well with their neighbors. They are also helpful. They often help the poor. All people here know them and like them.

Description

The text above is a descriptive text in written form. A descriptive text is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing. The structure of a descriptive text consists of: ● Identification: identifies the person, place or thing to be described. ● Description : describes parts, qualities and characteristics of the person, place or thing. The language features of a descriptive text are: use mostly the simple present tense and use adjectives to describe the person, place or thing.

Grammar Section The Simple Present Tense Read the dialog and understand the explanation.

What do you usually do on Sunday mornings?

I usually jog with some of my friends.

May I ? Sure.

60

UNIT 1 Descriptive

The sentences “What do you usually do on Sunday mornings?” and “I usually jog with some of my friends.” are in the simple present tense. You use the simple present tense to talk about habitual actions and facts, or say something you know about a person or thing. Patterns: (+)

Subject + verb(-s/es) + object Examples: ● Plants need water and sunlight to grow. ● Diah cleans her room every morning.

(–)

Subject + don’t/doesn’t + verb base + object Examples: Cows and goats don’t eat meat. ● The Sun doesn’t go round the Earth. ●

(?)

Do/Does + subject + verb base + object + ? Examples: Do penguins live in Antarctic? ● Does the river flow into the sea? ●

Adjectives Read the dialog and understand the explanation.

What do you think of these flowers?

I think they are beautiful and fragrant.

The words beautiful and fragrant are adjectives. An adjective describes nouns (people or things).

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

61

There are many kinds of adjectives. 1. Adjectives that tell us the color of things. Examples: ● white ● black ● red ● blue ● orange ● yellow ● green ● pink 2. Adjectives that tell us about the size of people or things. Examples: ● large ● huge ● tall ● long ● thin ● little ● tiny ● narrow 3. Adjectives that tell us the quality of people or things. Examples: ● beautiful ● handsome ● warm ● popular ● important ● young ● anxious ● strange 4. Adjectives that tell us the place or country where a person or thing comes from or belongs to (adjectives of origin). Examples: ● Chinese ● Italian ● French ● Dutch ● Indonesian ● Javanese ● English ● Malay 5. Adjectives that tell us what type of thing something is, or what material it is made of (classifying adjectives). Examples: ● financial ● medical ● chemical ● mathematical ● wooden ● electric ● gold ● steel Adjectives often come before the noun they describe. Examples: ● a small boy ● a brave knight ● cheerful children ● sharp scissors If a noun phrase has more than one adjective, look at the order below. Adjectives Article a a a a

Size small big huge large

Age old new

Color black white brown gray

Material iron plastic wooden

Thing chair spoon cupboard box

Adjectives can come after the person or thing they describe later in the sentence. Examples: ● The flowers are fragrant. ● The math test is difficult. ● The car is expensive. ● The wife is very faithful.

62

UNIT 1 Descriptive

The Present Continuous Tense Read the dialog and understand the explanation. What are you looking at? I am looking at the brochure. It is informative, right?

The sentences “What are you looking at?” and “I am looking at the brochure.” are in the present continuous tense. You use the present continuous tense to talk about actions in the present, or things that are going on or happening at the moment of speaking. The adverbs of time that you can use in the present continuous tense are: now, at the moment, at present, right now. Patterns: (+)

Subject + is/am/are + verb-ing + . . . . Examples: ● I am listening to the music now. ● The girls are discussing their problems.

(–)

Subject + is/am/are + not + verb-ing + . . . . Examples: ● Delia is not swimming in the swimming pool. ● The children are not doing their homework now.

(?)

Is/Am/Are + subject + verb-ing + . . .? Examples: Is Mr. John teaching in Class VIIID now? ● Are Neta and her friends visiting a museum at the moment? ●

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

63

Answer the questions below. 1. 2.

A.

What is your favorite thing? Contoh jawaban: A computer. Describe your favorite thing briefly. Contoh jawaban: Well, . . . I like my computer so much. I have one at home and I often use it to do my assignments. Besides, I often use it to play games. You know, it is a desktop, so I can’t bring it everywhere. Let me tell you what. The U is big with white casing. There is a DVD writer on it. It has 17 inch monitor, so I can see my work on the monitor quite clear and easy. One thing I like about my computer is that it has a rubber keyboard. It’s so flexible, you know. Besides, it’s waterproof.

Listen to your teacher. What does he/she talk about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Do you like collecting stickers? If you do, how many stickers do you have? Well, Rio’s hobby is collecting stickers. He has many stickers in different shapes, sizes, colors and designs. Do you know when he started his hobby? He started collecting stickers after his uncle gave him a set of dinosaur stickers. Since then, he likes to collect stickers. Um . . . to add his stickers collection, Rio often buys interesting stickers which he likes. He also often exchanges some of his stickers with his friends’. On his birthdays, he usually gets stickers or sticker albums for presents. Guess what his favorite sticker is! His favorite one is the sticker which has the face of a bear. The bear has eyes that can move. Well, he got this sticker from his brother who studies abroad. Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers

Jawaban: The monolog is about Rio’s hobby, that is collecting stickers. Variasi: Read the words aloud and find out their meanings. 1. collect 5. add 9. move Jawaban: 1. mengumpulkan 4. pola, bentuk 7. wajah 9. bergerak-gerak

64

UNIT 1 Descriptive

2. shape 6. exchange 10. abroad 2. 5. 8. 10.

3. 7.

size face

bentuk menambahkan beruang ke luar negeri

4. 8.

design bear

3. ukuran 6. menukarkan

B.

State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the monolog you have heard in Task A.

1. ______ The monolog is about Rio’s hobby. 2. ______ Rio’s hobby is collecting stamps. 3. ______ Rio started to collect the stickers after his uncle gave him a set of flower stickers. 4. ______ To add his collection, Rio often buys stickers which are interesting. 5. ______ Rio never exchanges his stickers with his friends’. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. His hobby is collecting stickers. 3. F. He started to collect stickers after his uncle gave him a set of dinosaur stickers. 4. T 5. F. He often exchanges his stickers with his friends’. Variasi: Guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. 1. ______ On his birthdays, he often gets stickers or sticker albums. 2. ______ Rio’s favorite sticker is the one which has the face of a bear. 3. ______ The bear in the sticker has a mouth that can move. 4. ______ Rio got the bear sticker from his brother. 5. ______ Rio’s brother lives in another town. Jawaban: 1. T 2. T 3. F. The bear in the sticker has eyes that can move. 4. T 5. F. Rio’s brother studies abroad. C.

Look at the picture and listen to the teacher. Answer the questions based on the monolog you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Do you know Daniel Radcliffe? You know, he acts as Harry Potter in Harry Potter’s films. Well, . . . Daniel Radcliffe is my idol. His full name is Daniel Jacob Radcliffe. However, he is usually called Dan. He was born in Fulham, London, July 23, 1989. He has dark straight hair. The color of his eyes is blue. Um . . . he is about 168 cm tall. Many people like him because he is an interesting and a humorous person. Actually, I know him since his first appearance in “Harry Potter and the Sorcerer Stone’’. I think he is a good actor. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII Picture source: www.enjoy.com

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

65

Questions: 1. What is the monolog about? Jawaban: It is about the description of Daniel Radcliffe. 2. What is Daniel Radcliffe’s role in Harry Potter’s films? Jawaban: He acts as Harry Potter. 3. What is his complete name? Jawaban: His complete name is Daniel Jacob Radcliffe. 4. Where was he born? Jawaban: In Fulham, London. 5. When was he born? Jawaban: On July 23, 1989. 6. How is his hair? Jawaban: He has dark straight hair. 7. What is the color of his eyes? Jawaban: His eyes are blue. 8. How tall is he? Jawaban: He is 168 cm tall. 9. Why do people like him? Jawaban: Because he is an interesting and a humorous person. 10. When does the speaker first know him? Jawaban: Since his first appearance in “Harry Potter and the Sorcerer Stone’’. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Last week my father bought a horse. He said that it is a female Arabian horse. He also said that Arabian horses are intelligent and have great stamina. That’s why he decided to buy one. You know, it is large and slender. The horse is about 1.5 m tall, and can run very fast. I really like the horse. It has large nostrils, big eyes, but a small head and muzzle. And you know, it has a silky, flowing mane, a short back and broad shoulders. And about its legs . . . er . . . it has long ones. No wonder it can run fast. Adapted from: http://www.enchantedlearning.com/subjects/mammals/horse/Arabianprintout.shtml (December 11, 2006)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

66

What kind of horse is it? Jawaban: It is a female Arabian horse. Why did the speaker’s father want to buy the horse? Jawaban: Because Arabian horses are intelligent and have great stamina. How tall is it? Jawaban: It is 1.5 m tall. How are the horse’s nostrils? Jawaban: They are large. How do you describe its mane? Jawaban: The horse has a silky, flowing mane.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

D.

Fill in the blanks while listening to your teacher.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Well, look at this! It is my new (1) backpack. It is a (2) birthday present from my sister. It is quite big, right? As you see, my backpack has red and black (3) colors. It is made of (4) nylon. Um . . . it has two main (5) zipper pockets and one pocket at the front side. I put my books in the main zipper (6) pockets. Meanwhile, I usually put my (7) stationery in the pocket at the front side. Er . . . my backpack is (8) quite big. Although it is not (9) handy, I like to bring it to school every day. To make it (10) different from others, I put a sticker on the back.

A.

Read the text. Deliver a monolog based on the text.

Anggun Cipta Sasmi is an Indonesian singer and songwriter with French citizenship. Anggun was born in Jakarta, April 29, 1974. She is the second child of Darto Singo, a Javanese artist, and Dien Herdina, a housewife who was from a noble Javanese family. Although she was born in Jakarta, she was raised in Yogyakarta. During her early years, she was influenced by the rock music of native Javanese artists and rock & roll singers and bands, such as Elvis Presley, Metallica and The Police. Anggun began performing at age 7 and recorded her child Picture source: forum.detik.com album two years later. Anggun reached her great career in Indonesia. She was known as a singer with a hat because she always wore it on her performance. She had a dream to take her talent to an international level. Then, she decided to move to London with his first husband, Michel de Gea. She started her international career since then. In her career, Anggun has released many albums. Some of them are Dunia Aku Punya, Anak Putih Abu-Abu, Nocturno, Anggun C. Sasmi . . . Lah!!!, Yang Hilang, Snow on the Sahara, Au nom de la lune, Anggun and Elevation. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anggun (December 20, 2008)

Contoh jawaban: Hello, friends. Do you know Anggun Cipta Sasmi? Well, you may know her as Anggun. Her first international debut album, Snow on the Sahara, was highly appreciated in Europe, as well as in Indonesia. You know, Anggun is a very talented young woman. She is not only a singer, but also a songwriter. She wrote most of her songs. It’s amazing, isn’t it? Anggun was born on April 29, 1974 as a second child. She comes from an artist family since her father, Darto Singo, was a Javanese artist. Meanwhile, her mother, Dien Herdina who came from a Javanese family, was only a housewife. Though Anggun was born in Jakarta, she was raised in Javanese cultural city, Yogyakarta. Let me tell you. Anggun has shown her talent in music since her early ages. Her first performance was at age 7 and two years later she recorded her child album. She liked to listen to rock music of native Javanese artists and also rock & roll singers and bands, such as Elvis Presley,

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

67

Metallica and the Police. All the artists and bands have influenced her music genre and character up to now. Some years later Anggun appeared as one of the most promising singers in Indonesia. People recognized her as a singer with a hat on every performance. Frankly, she had a great career in our national music industry. However, she had a dream to be an international singer. So, she moved to his first destination European city, London to pursue her dream with her husband, Michel de Gea. Well, she started her international career since then. Now, Anggun lives in Paris, French and holds French citizenship. Up to now, Anggun has released national and international albums. There are Dunia Aku Punya, Anak Putih Abu-Abu, Nocturno, Anggun C. Sasmi . . . Lah!!!, Yang Hilang, Snow on the Sahara, Au nom de la luna, Anggun and Elevation. Variasi: A. What are the words based on the definitions below? Find the answers in the text. One dash (_) represents one letter. 1. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who sings 2. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who composes songs as a profession 3. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = being a citizen, especially of a particular country 4. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a person who draws or paints pictures, produces sculptures, etc. 5. _ _ _ _ _ = having a high social rank, especially from birth 6. _ _ _ _ _ _ = associated with the place and circumstances of one’s birth 7. _ _ _ _ _ _ = a job or profession, especially one with opportunities for progress or promotion 8. _ _ _ _ _ = an ambition or ideal 9. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = happening or existing between two or more nations 10. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = to make something available to the public Jawaban: 1. singer 2. songwriter 3. citizenship 4. artist 5. noble 6. native 7. career 8. dream 9. international 10. release B. Make sentences using the words in Task A. Contoh jawaban: 1. Rihanna is a very popular singer now. 2. Dewiq is a talented songwriter as well as a singer. 3. A foreign person can get Indonesian citizenship if he/she has lived in Indonesia for at least five years permanently, right? 4. Many artists are involved in the art performance. 5. My grandfather comes from a noble Javanese family. 6. I the English course because it is taught by a native speaker. 7. Linda pursues her career as a journalist. 8. My brother has a dream to be an astronaut someday. 9. The international art festival is followed by 35 countries. 10. Sheila on 7 has just released their new album.

68

UNIT 1 Descriptive

B.

Find the data about this man, then describe him orally in front of the class.

Picture source: www.papermag.com

Contoh jawaban: The data: Birth name Born

: Barack Hussein Obama II : August 4, 1961 Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S.A. Achievement : The first African American President Spouse : Michelle Obama (m. 1992) Children : Malia Ann (b. 1998), Sasha (b. 2001) Residence : White House, Washington D.C. Alma mater : Occidental College, Columbia University, Harvard Law School Interests : Playing basketball, writing, spending time with kids Favorite singers : Miles Davis, John Coltrane, Bob Dylan, Stevie Wonder, Johann Sebastian Bach (cello suites) and The Fugees Favorite Movies : Casablanca, Godfather I & II, Lawrence of Arabia and One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest Favorite Books : Song of Solomon (Toni Morrison), Moby Dick, Shakespeare’s Tragedies, Parting the Waters, Gilead (Robinson), Self-Reliance (Emerson), Lincoln’s Collected Writings Favorite TV Shows : Sports center Favorite Quotations : “The Arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends towards justice.” Source: – http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barack_Obama (December 19, 2008) – http://www.facebook.com/barackobama (December 19, 2008)

The monolog: Do you know Barack Obama? Yeah, . . . he is the 44th President of the United States of America. Barack Hussein Obama II was born in Honolulu, Hawaii, the United States of America on August 4, 1961. He is the first African American to be elected President of the United States. As we know, Barack Obama is married to a woman named Michelle. He has two daughters named Malia Ann and Sasha. Do you know where they live now? Of course, they live in the presidential house called the White House, Washington D.C.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

69

Obama is very interested in playing basketball, writing and spending his time with kids. Um . . . he is also fond of music. Some of his favorite singers are Miles Davis, John Coltrane, Bob Dylan, Stevie Wonder, Johann Sebastian Bach (cello suites) and The Fugees. Besides, he is interested in seeing films and reading books. His favorite movies are Casablanca, Godfather I & II, Lawrence of Arabia and One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest. Meanwhile, his favorite books are Song of Solomon by Toni Morrison, Moby Dick, Shakespeare’s Tragedies, Parting the Waters, Gilead (Robinson), Self-Reliance (Emerson), Lincoln’s Collected Writings. Talking about television programs, he is keen on sports center program. Well, do you know what his favorite quotation is? It is “The Arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends towards justice.” O.K. That’s all about Barack Obama. Thank you for listening. Variasi: A. Deliver a monolog based on the data provided. Name Birth Date Birth Place Birth Name Education Nationality Occupation Claim to fame

: : : : : : : :

Mandy Moore April 10, 1984 Nashua, New Hampshire, U.S.A. Amanda Leigh Moore Bishop Moore Catholic High School in Orlando, Florida American Actress, singer Her route to fame started when she was named the National Anthem Girl because she sang The Star-Spangled Banner for all major sports teams. Source: http://www.netglimse.com/celebs/pages/mandy_moore/index.shtml (July 25, 2007)

Contoh jawaban: Hi, friends, I guess you know the person I’m going to talk about. Although not much maybe. Well, she is Mandy Moore. She is a well-known actress and also a singer. This girl was born on April 10, 1984 in Nashua, New Hampshire, U.S.A. Older than you, of course. Her birth name is Amanda Leigh Moore. She used to study in Bishop Moore Catholic High School in Orlando, Florida. Do you know her origin? Well, she is an American. And . . . you know what. She became famous because she was named the National Anthem Girl. She got it because she sang The Star-Spangled Banner for all major sports teams. Well, . . . that’s all about her. Thank you for listening. B. Create a monolog based on the picture. Contoh jawaban: Look at my T-shirt! What do you think of it? It’s nice, isn’t it? Well, it is my new T-shirt. It is dark blue, my favorite color. As you see, it has short sleeves. Er . . . I like the T-shirt very much. Can you guess the reason? Yeah. There’s a picture of Spiderman on the front side. You know, Spiderman is my idol. He is my super hero. Since I was a child, I have always adored him. Once I dreamed of becoming Spiderman. Actually, it is only one of my collection which deals with Spiderman. This T-shirt is special. Do you know why? It’s a birthday gift from my pen pal.

70

UNIT 1 Descriptive

A.

Read the text with proper pronunciation. Identify the structure of the text. My Barbie Doll

I have a Silkstone Barbie Doll. It is a birthday present from my mother. My Silkstone Barbie Doll is made of a very hard vinyl that mimics porcelain. The doll seems just a bit taller than other Barbie dolls. It has a permanent model’s pose. Its right arm is bent for placement on the hip. Its left leg is bent at the knee. The doll has ts at the neck, shoulders, hips and waist. The knees do not bend on the doll: the position is permanent. The bent “on the hip” arm can make the dolls a bit difficult to dress. The outfits for my Silkstone Barbie Doll are full of details and are made of fine fabrics. The doll is completed with extra clothing and accessories. The doll is very beautiful. I like playing with it. It always accompanies me when I am lonely. When I sleep, I always put it beside me. It is really my best friend. Adapted from: http://collectdolls.about.com/od/dollprofiles/p/silkstonebarbie.htm (December 18, 2008)

Jawaban: My Barbie Doll Identification

Description

I have a Silkstone Barbie Doll. It is a birthday present from my mother. My Silkstone Barbie Doll is made of a very hard vinyl that mimics porcelain. The doll seems just a bit taller than other Barbie dolls. It has a permanent model’s pose. Its right arm is bent for placement on the hip. Its left leg is bent at the knee. The doll has ts at the neck, shoulders, hips and waist. The knees do not bend on the doll: the position is permanent. The bent “on the hip” arm can make the dolls a bit difficult to dress. The outfits for my Silkstone Barbie Doll are full of details and are made of fine fabrics. The doll is completed with extra clothing and accessories. The doll is very beautiful. I like playing with it. It always accompanies me when I am lonely. When I sleep, I always put it beside me. It is really my best friend.

Variasi: Read the words and find out their meanings. 1. doll 2. present 3. mimic 6. bent 7. hip 8. knee 11. waist 12. outfit 13. fabric Jawaban: 1. boneka 2. hadiah 5. sikap, lagak 6. bengkok 9. persendian 10. bahu 13. kain, barang tenunan 14. menemani

4. permanent 9. ts 14. accompany 3. 7. 11. 15.

meniru pinggul pinggang sepi, kesepian

5. pose 10. shoulder 15. lonely 4. tetap, kekal 8. lutut 12. pakaian

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

71

B.

State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.

1. ______ The doll has ts at the necks, shoulders, hips and arms. 2. ______ The bent “on the hip” arm can make it difficult to dress. 3. ______ The doll’s outfits are made of harsh fabrics. 4. ______ The doll has no accessories. 5. ______ The doll always accompanies the writer when she is lonely. Jawaban: 1. F. It has ts at the necks, shoulders, hips and waist. 2. T 3. F. They are made of fine fabrics. 4. F. It is completed with some accessories. 5. T Variasi: Guru dapat memberikan tambahan soal sebagai berikut. 1. ______ The text talks about the writer’s Barbie doll. 2. ______ The doll is a birthday present from the writer’s father. 3. ______ The doll is made of soft vinyl. 4. ______ The doll has a permanent model’s pose. 5. ______ Its right arm is bent for placement on its hip. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. It is a birthday present from the writer’s mother. 3. F. It is made of hard vinyl. 4. T 5. T C.

Read the text and answer the questions. My Best Friend

My class is moving to the ground floor this year. This is because we have a new classmate. Her name is Chen Chen. She uses a wheelchair to get about. Two of my friends and I have volunteered to help Chen Chen. We help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. We help her to the canteen and the toilet. The four of us are often together. Some people call us the gang of four. Chen Chen is very good at her studies. She often helps us with our homework. My friends and I learn a lot from her. As a result, our grades in school have also improved. I feel that Chen Chen is a very special girl. Although she is handicapped in her movements, she never complains. In fact, she is always cheerful. When she sees us playing games during P.E. lessons, she would cheer us on. She says she likes to watch basketball and football. She thinks it is a pity she cannot play the games. Sometimes she has dreams that she is a champion basketball player. However, she says she can do something else even though she cannot play basketball. She wants to be a scientist when she grows up. Source: Primary English Cloze ages 4

72

UNIT 1 Descriptive

Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: The writer’s friend named Chen Chen. 2. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To describe a particular person. 3. Why does the writer’s class move to the ground floor? Jawaban: Because they have a new handicapped classmate. 4. What does Chen Chen use to get about? Jawaban: She uses a wheelchair. 5. What do the writer and her friends do to help Chen Chen? Jawaban: They help to carry her bag and push her wheelchair. They also help her to the canteen and the toilet. 6. What do people usually call the writer and her three friends? Jawaban: People usually call them the gang of four. 7. How is Chen Chen? Jawaban: She is handicapped, but she is good at her studies. 8. Why is Chen Chen a special girl? Jawaban: Because she is handicapped in her movements but she never complains. She is always cheerful. 9. What does Chen Chen do when she sees the writer and her friends do P.E. lessons? Jawaban: She cheers her friends on. 10. What does Chen Chen want to be when she grows up? Jawaban: She wants to be a scientist. Variasi: A.

Find the antonyms of the following words in the text in Task C. Then, make sentences using the answers. 1. old >< ________ 2. bad >< ________ 3. common >< ________ 4. sad >< ________ 5. hate >< ________ Jawaban: 1. new 2. good 3. special 4. cheerful 5. like Contoh jawaban (kalimat): 1. My father bought me a new bicycle. 2. Your paper work is very good and neat. 3. On Donna’s birthday, I will give her a special gift. 4. Lina looks cheerful because today is her birthday. 5. I like cooking and gardening very much. B.

Read the text and answer the questions. In the water around New York City is a very small island called Liberty Island. On Liberty Island there is a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most famous sights in the world. The Statue of Liberty was a gift from the people of to the people of the United States. The statue was made by a French sculptor named Frederic Auguste Bartholdi. The inner system was designed by Gustave Eiffel, the same man who made the famous Eiffel Tower in Paris.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

73

Liberty, of course, means freedom and the Statue of Liberty was given to the United States to celebrate the one-hundredth anniversary of the U.S. Independence from England. The statue was built in , taken apart piece by piece, and then rebuilt in the United States. It was opened for the public on October 28, 1886. As you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator from the ground to the bottom of the statue. If they want to, they can then walk up the 168 steps to reach the head of the statue where they can look out and enjoy the beautiful sight of the city of New York. Source: Intermediate Reading Practices

Questions: 1. Where is Liberty Island located? Jawaban: In the water around New York City. 2. What is special about the island? Jawaban: There is a very special statue called the Statue of Liberty. 3. Who gave the statue? Jawaban: The people of . 4. Who made the statue? Jawaban: A French sculptor named Frederic Auguste Bartholdi. 5. Who designed the inner system? Jawaban: Gustave Eiffel. 6. What does liberty mean? Jawaban: It means freedom. 7. Why was the statue given to the U.S. people? Jawaban: To celebrate the one-hundredth anniversary of the U.S. Independence from England. 8. How was the process of building the statue? Explain it. Jawaban: The statue was built in , taken apart piece by piece, and then rebuilt in the United States. It was opened for the public on October 28, 1886. 9. How many steps should visitors walk to reach the head of the statue? Jawaban: Up to 168 steps. 10. How is the statue like? Jawaban: It is big and has an elevator from the ground to the bottom. D. a. f.

Complete the text with the correct words in the box, then read it aloud. medals overseas

b. g.

degree blessed

c. h.

authored army

d. i.

officer excellent

General (Ret.) Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, or SBY, is an Indonesian (1) ________ military general and the sixth President of Indonesia. Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono was born in Pacitan, East Java, on September 9, 1949. He is the son of Raden Soekotjo and Siti Habibah. His father, Raden Soekotjo was also an Indonesian army (2) ________. Since SBY was a child, he always wanted to be in the (3) ________. During his 27-year distinguished military service, President Yudhoyono took an extensive range of training, education and courses, both in Indonesia and (4) ________. President Yudhoyono also held numerous important posts and positions as troop and territorial commander, staff officer, trainer and lecturer.

74

UNIT 1 Descriptive

e. j.

married retired

Picture source: www.indonesia.go.com

For his outstanding service, the President was decorated with 24 (5) ________ and awards, including the Bintang Dharma, the Bintang Mahaputera Adipurna and the Bintang Republik Indonesia Adipurna, the highest national medal for (6) ________ service beyond the calls of duty. President Yudhoyono is a keen reader and has (7) ________ a number of books and articles including: Transforming Indonesia: Selected International Speeches (2005), Peace Deal with Aceh is just a Beginning (2005), The Making of a Hero (2005), Revitalization of the Indonesian Economy: Business, Politics and Good Governance (2002) and Coping with the Crisis–Securing the Reform (1999). Taman Kehidupan (Garden of Life) is his anthology published in 2004. President Yudhoyono is (8) ________ to Madam Ani Herrawati. The couple is (9) ________ with two sons. The oldest is First Lieutenant Agus Harimurti Yudhoyono, who graduated top in his class from the Military Academy in 2000 and is now serving at the elite 305th Airborne Battalion of the Army Strategic Reserves Command (KOSTRAD). The youngest, Edhie Baskoro Yudhoyono, earned his (10) ________ in Economics from Curtin University, Australia. Source: http://www.presidenri.go.id/index.php/eng/profile/ (December 19, 2008)

Jawaban: 1. j 6. i

2. d 7. c

3. h 8. e

4. f 9. g

5. a 10. b

Variasi: A. Answer the questions based on the text in Task D. 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: The description of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono. 2. Who is Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono? Jawaban: He is an Indonesian retired military general and the sixth President of Indonesia. 3. Where was SBY born? Jawaban: In Pacitan, East Java. 4. When was SBY born? Jawaban: On September 9, 1949. 5. What are SBY’s parents’ names? Jawaban: They are Raden Soekotjo and Siti Habibah. 6. What did Raden Soekotjo do? Jawaban: He was an Indonesian army officer. 7. What was SBY’s dream since he was a child? Jawaban: He always wanted to be in the army. 8. What did SBY do during his 27-year distinguished military service? Jawaban: He took an extensive range of training, education and courses, both in Indonesia and overseas. He also held numerous important posts and positions as a troop and territorial commander, a staff officer, a trainer and a lecturer. 9. According to the text, how many medals has SBY got? Jawaban: He has got 24 medals. 10. What is the Bintang Republik Indonesia Adipurna medal? Jawaban: It is the highest national medal for military service beyond the calls of duty. 11. How many books and articles has SBY written? Jawaban: He has written six books and articles. 12. When was SBY’s anthology entitled Taman Kehidupan published? Jawaban: It was published in 2004.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

75

13. Whom is SBY married to? Jawaban: He is married to Ms. Anni Herrawati. 14. Where did Agus Harimurti Yudhoyono graduate from? Jawaban: He graduated from the Military Academy. 15. Where did Edhie Baskoro Yudhoyono get his degree? Jawaban: He got his degree from Curtin University, Australia. B.

Read the words below. Find out their synonyms in the text in Task D. 1. written = ________ 2. abroad = ________ 3. very good = ________ 4. army = ________ 5. famous = ________ 6. large = ________ 7. top = ________ 8. enthusiastic = ________ 9. got = ________ 10. title = ________ Jawaban: 1. authored 2. overseas 3. excellent 4. military 5. distinguished 6. extensive 7. highest 8. keen 9. earned 10. degree E.

Peter is the youngest in our family. He is fourteen years old and four years younger than me. He has long, straight hair, bright eyes and a friendly smile. Sometimes he is rather naughty at home, but he usually does what he is asked to do. Peter is interested in sports very much, and at school he plays football and tennis. He is the best bton player in our family. 1.

2.

76

Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama paragraf satu, ”Peter is the youngest in our family.” yang artinya ”Peter adalah anak bungsu di keluarga kami.”.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

What is the text mostly about? A. Peter. B. Peter’s hobby. C. Peter’s family. D. Peter’s elder brother. Jawaban: A Teks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive yang mendeskripsikan Peter. Dalam teks tersebut dijelaskan usia Peter, ciri-ciri fisik, watak, serta hobinya. From the text we know that Peter is ________. A. the writer’s youngest brother B. the writer’s elder brother C. a naughty boy D. a friendly boy

UNIT 1 Descriptive

3.

“Peter is interested in sports very much, and at school he plays football and tennis.” The underlined phrase can be replaced by ________. A. dislike sport B. really likes sport C. hates sport very much D. finds sport not really entertaining Jawaban: B Frasa ’is interested in sports very much’ artinya ’sangat tertarik pada bidang olahraga’. Frasa tersebut memiliki makna yang sama dengan frasa ’really likes sport’ yang artinya benar-benar menyukai olahraga.

4.

Based on the text we know that the writer is ________ years old. A. fourteen B. sixteen C. eighteen D. nineteen Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: C Dalam kalimat kedua paragraf satu terdapat kalimat ”He is fourteen years old and four years younger than me.” yang artinya ”Dia (Peter) berusia empat belas tahun dan empat tahun lebih muda daripada saya.”. Jadi, usia penulis 14 + 4 = 18 (eighteen).

F.

5.

”He is fourteen years old . . . than me.” The underlined word refers to ________. A. Peter B. the writer C. the writer’s brother D. the writer’s family Jawaban: B Kata ganti orang ’me’ artinya ’saya’, yang merujuk pada orang pertama tunggal, yaitu penulis (the writer) teks itu sendiri.

Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box.

a.

poor

b.

expensive

c.

deep

d.

far

e.

cold

1. The weather is very ________ here. We must wear our jackets or sweaters. 2. The river is not ________. We can see the bottom clearly. 3. Mr. Anwar’s family lives in a very ________ condition. They often have nothing to eat. 4. This watch is very sophisticated. It must be ________. 5. Iwan lives ________ from here. We can reach his house by bus. Jawaban: 1. e 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. d Variasi: A. Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives in the box. a. d.

kind generous

b. e.

sad beautiful

c.

fat

1. Eddy is ________. That’s why, everyone likes him. 2. The princess is very ________. No wonder many princes want to propose her. 3. Didi is ________. He really wants to reduce his weight. 4. Rara is ________. She’s just got 5 in her test. 5. Mr. Herman is very ________. He likes to help others in need. Jawaban: 1. a 2. e 3. c 4. b 5. d B.

Find the antonyms of the adjectives below. Then, make sentences using the answers.

1. big 3. heavy 5. diligent 7. clean 9. noisy Jawaban: 1. small 6. sharp

>< >< >< >< ><

________ ________ ________ ________ ________ 2. bright 7. dirty

2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

dark long dull low difficult

3. light 8. high

>< >< >< >< ><

________ ________ ________ ________ ________ 4. short 9. quiet

5. lazy 10. easy

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

77

Contoh jawaban (kalimat): 1. We live in a small house. 2. The room is very bright after I switch on some lamps. 3. This suitcase is light. I only put a few things in it. 4. The students only have short time to finish their assignments. 5. Tony is a lazy boy. He rarely does his homework. What a naughty boy! 6. Please take me a sharp knife to chop this meat. 7. The park is very dirty. People litter everywhere. 8. David and his friends climbed a high mountain last year. 9. I prefer living in a village to living in a town because it is quiet. 10. The test was easy. I could answer all questions well. G.

Correct the sentences below.

Example: Ice is hot. o Ice is not hot. It is cold. 1. Salt is sweet. 2. A teller works in a hospital. 3. Americans speak Indonesian. 4. A fish can fly. 5. Oceans are shallow. Jawaban: 1. Salt is not sweet. It is salty. 2. A teller doesn’t work in a hospital. He/she works in a bank. 3. Americans don’t speak Indonesian. They speak English. 4. A fish cannot fly. It can swim. 5. Oceans are not shallow. They are deep. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut. 1. The earth is square. 2. Cows eat meat. 3. A shark is small. 4. A nurse works at school. 5. Canadians speak Chinese. Jawaban: 1. The earth is not square. It is round. 2. Cows do not eat meat. They eat grass. 3. A shark is not small. It is big. 4. A nurse doesn’t work at school. She works at hospital. 5. Canadians do not speak Chinese. They speak French and English.

78

UNIT 1 Descriptive

H.

Change the words in brackets into the present continuous tense.

1. Mirna (sit) on the chair now. 2. The boys (learn) to make a paper craft. 3. I (read) a Harry Potter novel. 4. We (raise) our money to help the victims of Situ Gintung. 5. The man (clean) the yard at the moment. Jawaban: 1. Mirna is sitting on the chair now. 2. The boys are learning to make a paper craft. 3. I am reading a Harry Potter novel. 4. We are raising our money to help the victims of Situ Gintung. 5. The man is cleaning the yard at the moment. Variasi: Choose the correct words or phrases in brackets to complete the sentences. 1. I ________ (am playing/play) chess with my friend now. 2. Devi ________ (is taking/takes) a math course twice a week. 3. Hesti and her brother ________ (are going/go) to school on foot every day. 4. The teachers ________ (are discussing/discusses) the school problems in their room right now. 5. Dodi and his sister usually ________ (are watching/watch) television in the evening. 6. Now the little girl ________ (is singing/sings) some beautiful songs on the stage. 7. The rich man always ________ (is helping/helps) the poor. 8. Nirina ________ (is practicing/practices) her English every day. 9. Hendra ________ (is making/makes) a kite now. 10. Karen and Silva ________ (are studying/study) in their room at the moment. Jawaban: 1. am playing 2. takes 3. go 4. are discussing 5. watch 6. is singing 7. helps 8. practices 9. is making 10. are studying

A.

Write a descriptive text based on the data.

Birth Name : Famous Name : Born : Origin : Father : Mother : Brothers : Genre(s) : Occupation(s) : Years active : Albums :

Robyn Rihanna Fenty Rihanna February 20, 1988 Saint Michael, Barbados Ronald Fenty Monica Fenty Rorrey Fenty, Rajad Fenty Pop, R&B, reggae Singer, model, fashion designer 2005–present Music of the Sun (2005), A Girl like Me (2006), Good Girl Gone Bad (2007) Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rihanna (December 19, 2008)

Picture source: www.photobucket.com

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

79

Contoh jawaban: Robyn Rihanna Fenty, known as Rihanna, is a Barbadian singer, model and fashion designer. She was born in Saint Michael, Barbados, on February 20, 1988 to parents Ronald Fenty and Monica Fenty. She has two brothers named Rorrey Fenty and Rajad Fenty. People know Rihanna as a pop, R&B and reggae singer. Rihanna started her career in 2005 with her album Music of the Sun. She has released three albums. They are Music of the Sun (2005), A Girl like Me (2006) and Good Girl Gone Bad (2007). If you’re interested to know more information about Rihanna, you can visit her website at www.thisisrihanna.com. B.

Write a descriptive text based on the picture. Find some relevant resources to get the information about him.

Picture source: www.detiksport.com

Contoh jawaban: Yohannes Christian John, known as Chris John, is an Indonesian famous boxer. He is the WBA featherweight boxing champion. Chris John was born in Jakarta, September 14, 1979. Now, he stays in Semarang. He started boxing in his early childhood and was trained by his father Johan Tjahjadi (a k a Thjia Foek Sem), a former amateur boxer. He is the third Indonesian to win a boxing world title, following Ellyas Pical and Nico Thomas. John turned professional in 1997 and is known as “Thin Man” before he proclaimed his new nick name “The Dragon” that he uses until today. Besides a professional boxer, Chris John is also a member of the national wushu team. He often represents Indonesia in some multi-event games, like the South East Asian Games or the Asian Games. Source: – –

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/chris_John_(boxer) (December 19, 2008) http://www.boxrec.com/media/index.php?title=Human:78475 (December 19, 2008)

Variasi: Write a descriptive text about one of your belongings. Contoh jawaban: I have an interesting dictionary. I think it is interesting because it is a visual dictionary. I can see the parts of things and their names in English. My dictionary is very thick. It is hard covered and has about 3000 pages. To keep it, I give it a plastic wrap. I like reading the dictionary. Sometimes, I color the pictures with crayons or color pencils. It makes the dictionary colorful. To make it different from my friends’, I also put a sticker on the first page and put my signature on the last page.

80

UNIT 1 Descriptive

1.3 Short Functional Texts: Short Descriptions and Labels

Spoken Text Read the text and understand the explanation. Ladies and gentlemen, I want to show you a new magic com. It is special. Do you know why? Besides cooking rice, we can make porridge at the same moment. It can also be used to cook some vegetables. It’s economical, right? The text above is a short description about something. It uses the simple present tense.

Written Text Read the text and understand the explanation.

SELECTION Facial Cotton Made of selected absorbent cotton, SELECTION facial cotton is gentle and soft to delicate skin and provides extra absorbency and retains wetness For your beautiful, healthy and natural skin care

Source: Selection Facial Cotton

The text above is a label of a product. A label is a piece of paper etc. that is attached to something and gives information about it. The purpose of a label is to describe or give information about something briefly.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

81

Answer the questions below. 1.

2. 3.

A.

Suppose you want to sell a product. Describe the product briefly. Contoh jawaban: Look! We have a new product. It’s a mobile phone with new style and modern technology. Have you ever noticed the label of a product? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have./No, I haven’t. Do you think that the product has an interesting label? Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is./No, it isn’t.

Listen to your teacher. What is it about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Now, I’ll tell you about this set of computer. It is a computer with its memory of one gigabytes and 80 gigabytes in capacity. This computer is completed with some parts. They are a monitor, a U, a black keyboard, a yellow optical mouse, two speakers and a printer. The computer has been installed with some programs, especially Windows Office. Jawaban: It’s about the description of a set of computer. B.

State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in task A.

1. ______ The purpose of the text is to describe or give information about something. 2. ______ The capacity of the computer is one gigabytes. 3. ______ The optical mouse is yellow. 4. ______ The computer is completed with one speaker. 5. ______ The computer has not been installed with some programs. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. Its capacity is 80 gigabytes. 3. T 4. F. It is completed with two speakers. 5. F. It has been installed with some programs, especially Windows Office.

82

UNIT 1 Descriptive

A.

Describe a thing based on the data below. Massaco Blender

Voltage Wattage Capacity container Capacity mill Container material Weight

220 V 200 W 1000 ml 50 gr plastic 2 kg

Contoh jawaban: Now, I’ll show you a new blender. It is Massaco Blender. It is 220 V and 200 W. The capacity container is 1000 ml, while its capacity mill is 50 grams. The container is made of plastic. Therefore, this blender is not heavy. It’s about two kilograms in weight. B.

Look at the picture and find some references about it. Describe it briefly. Contoh jawaban: We have a new product. It is an LCD monitor. This monitor is black. It is 17 inch wide. It is completed with a ’s guide CD, a power cord and a 15-pin D-Sub Signal cable. Don’t worry about the setting. This monitor is easy to set up.

Picture source: www.alibaba.com

A.

Read the text. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

CUSSONS Baby With almond milk Natural Care Soap Cares & Protects Specially formulated to clean baby’s soft and smooth skin. Enriched with Almond Milk, a natural moisturizer, its rich and soft lather helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin.

Source: Cussons Baby Soap PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

83

Statements: 1. ______ The text is a label of baby powder. 2. ______ The product is enriched with almond milk. 3. ______ Almond milk is a natural moisturizer. 4. ______ The product is specially made to clean baby’s hair. 5. ______ Its powder helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin. Jawaban: 1. F. It’s a label of baby soap. 2. T 3. T 4. F. It is specially made to clean baby’s skin. 5. F. Its soft lather helps care for baby’s delicate and healthy skin. Variasi: Read the text. Answer the questions.

TANAM JAGUNG Vermicelli Ingredients: Modified corn starch and water How to Cook: 1. Put vermicelli into boiling water about 2–3 minutes. 2. Drain the vermicelli. 3. Vermicelli is ready to be cooked, stir fried or made soup. Best Before: 311009 Batch Number: 1234560

Source: Tanam Jagung Vermicelli

Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: It is about the label of vermicelli. 2. What is the product made of? Jawaban: It is made of modified corn starch and water. 3. How long do we put vermicelli into boiling water? Jawaban: About 2–3 minutes. 4. What can we do with the vermicelli? Jawaban: We can fry it or make it into soup. 5. When should we use the vermicelli? Jawaban: Before October 31, 2009.

84

UNIT 1 Descriptive

B.

Jawaban: C Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (C) artinya kita memerlukan banyak minyak panas untuk menggoreng kerupuk. Pernyataan tersebut tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”Easy to fry, quickly expand and save the oil usage.” yang artinya ”Mudah digoreng, cepat mengembang dan hemat penggunaan minyak.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Easy to fry, quickly expand and save the oil usage. Easy to serve, sun-drying is not needed. Fried crackers can be stored in a jar. Can be served as a snack and topping of many various dishes. Ingredients: Fresh garlic, selected tapioca flour, fresh vegetables, sugar, egg and salt.

3.

The crackers contain the following ingredients, except ________. A. egg B. salt C. fresh garlic D. corn flour Jawaban: D Kerupuk tersebut menggunakan bahanbahan seperti bawang segar, tepung tapioka pilihan, sayuran segar, gula, telur, dan garam. Jadi, yang tidak termasuk bahan pembuatan kerupuk tersebut adalah tepung jagung (corn flour).

4.

When should we drop the crackers into the frying pan? A. When the oil is sufficiently hot. B. When we pour the oil into the pan. C. When the oil hasn’t been hot yet. D. When we turn on the stove. Jawaban: A Kita seharusnya memasukkan kerupuk ke dalam panci penggorengan ketika minyak goreng cukup panas. Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat ”. . . and wait until the oil is sufficiently hot. Then, drop the crackers in, . . . .”.

5.

“. . . and lay them on absorbent paper.” The word ‘them’ refers to ________. A. the oil B. the vegetables C. the garlic D. the fried crackers Jawaban: D Kata ’them’ pada kalimat tersebut mengacu pada kerupuk goreng (fried crackers).

Pour enough frying oil into a pan and wait until the oil is sufficiently hot. Then, drop the crackers in, after a while turn them over until they fully expand. Take them out from the pan and lay them on absorbent paper.

1.

2.

What is the text about? A. Frying oil. B. Fresh garlic. C. Fried crackers. D. Various dishes. Jawaban: C Teks tersebut merupakan label kerupuk goreng (fried crackers). Hal itu ditunjukkan dengan kalimat ”Fried crackers can be stored in a jar.” yang artinya ”Kerupuk goreng dapat disimpan di toples.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan benda yang dimaksud dalam label. Which statement is NOT correct according to the text? A. These crackers can be served as a snack. B. It is not difficult to serve fried crackers. C. We need a lot of hot oil to cook these crackers. D. The crackers will expand fast when the frying oil is hot. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

85

Write the label of a product that you use daily, such as shampoo, soap, cosmetics, etc. Contoh jawaban:

SUNSILK Anti-dandruff Shampoo with citrus-cream AZPTO energizers Netto 90 ml

Source: Sunsilk Shampoo

Variasi: A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper label. With Essential Oil Available in 2 categories: Energizing & Refreshing: for Lemon, Orange & Apple fragrance Relaxing & Soathing: for Rose & Jasmine fragrance STELLA Aroma therapy Direction: Shake well before spraying.

Caution: Avoid from eye . Keep away from children. Danger! Pressurized content, may explode at temperature of above 50 degrees Celcius. Keep in a cool and dry place. Do not puncture and expose to open flame or incinerate. STELLA Aromatherapy, A room freshener with aromatherapy that brings the invigorating scent, relaxation and long lasting freshness. Source: Stella Room Freshener

86

UNIT 1 Descriptive

Jawaban:

STELLA Aroma therapy With Essential Oil STELLA Aromatherapy, A room freshener with aromatherapythat brings the invigorating scent, relaxation and long lasting freshness. Available in 2 categories: Energizing & Refreshing: for Lemon, Orange & Apple fragrance Relaxing & Soathing: for Rose & Jasmine fragrance Direction: Shake well before spraying. Caution: Avoid from eye . Keep away from children. Danger! Pressurized content, may explode at temperature of above 50 degrees Celcius. Keep in a cool and dry place. Do not puncture and expose to open flame or incinerate.

B.

Look at the pictures. Make labels for the products.

1.

2.

Contoh jawaban: 1. HERODENT with Delta Bristles New technology Delta Bristles can reach and remove the stain and plaque effectively. The handle is specially designed for the better grip and control of brushing movement. More effective for removing plaques on teeth even to reach wisdom teeth. Customer service 0800-99-9876543 (Free of charge)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

87

2. BAT Cajuput Oil Composition Cajuput oil 100% Indication Good for relieving stomachache, flatulence, nausea, insect bites/mosquito and itches. Direction Rub at the affected areas.

Write a descriptive text about your idol. Use some illustrations to your writing.

Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. absorbent civil servant delicate distinguished expose

88

UNIT 1 Descriptive

: pengisap : pegawai negeri : lembut, sulit : terhormat, terkenal : membuka

handicapped incinerate pressurized puncture retain scent starch volunteer

: : : : : : : :

cacat membakar yang diberi tekanan udara menusuk, membocorkan menahan bau, wangi-wangian tepung, kanji tenaga sukarela

A.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Lou : Tell me about your hometown, Joyce. Joyce : It’s a small town. And I think it’s a very boring place. Lou : Why? Joyce : Well, there’s nothing exciting to do. No good restaurants. No nightlife of any kind. I really get bored there. Lou : Oh, that’s too bad. Joyce : Yeah, but lots of people love it because it’s so pretty. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

1. What is the dialog about? A. A small town. B. A very boring place. C. Lou’s hometown. D. Joyce’s hometown. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut Lou berkata ”Tell me about your hometown, Joyce.”. Dalam kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya Joyce menjelaskan bahwa menurut pendapatnya, kota kelahirannya sangat membosankan meskipun banyak orang mengatakan bahwa tempat tersebut indah. 2. Joyce said, “And I think it’s a very boring place.” What does it mean? A. She gives her opinion. B. She asks for an opinion. C. She asks for an agreement. D. She gives an agreement. Jawaban: A Kalimat ”And I think it’s a very boring place.” artinya ”Dan menurut saya tempat kelahiran saya adalah tempat yang sangat membosankan.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat (give an opinion). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan maksud ungkapan yang sesuai.

3. Why do many people love Joyce’s hometown? Because ________. A. it’s big B. it’s so pretty C. it’s modern D. it’s small Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat terakhir Joyce, ”Yeah, but lots of people love it because it’s so pretty.”. Jadi, alasan mengapa banyak orang menyukai kota tersebut adalah karena kota tersebut sangat indah. Read the dialog and answer questions 4 to 6. Mita

: Shelly, we will have a camping on the next holiday. Do you agree with the idea? Shelly : That’s great! Where will we camp? Mita : In Puncak. Shelly : It’s nice. Anyway, how do we go there? Mita : By car. Andi will ask his father to drive us to the camping area. Shelly : I see. Um . . . what about the tents? Mita : Don’t worry. We can borrow my brother’s. 4. Shelly said, “That’s great!” What does it mean? A. She shows her agreement. B. She shows her disagreement. C. She asks for an opinion. D. She denies an offer. Jawaban: A Kalimat Shelly ”That’s great!” artinya ”Itu bagus!”. Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan bahwa Shelly menyetujui ide Mita untuk berkemah (Shelly shows her agreement). 5. What will they do next holiday? A. They will borrow tents. B. They will go to Puncak. C. They will camp in Puncak. D. They will camp in a camping area. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Mita mengajak Shelly untuk berkemah di Puncak dan Shelly menyetujuinya. Jadi, yang akan dilakukan Mita dan Shelly pada

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

89

liburan mendatang adalah berkemah di Puncak (they will camp in Puncak). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena kurang spesifik. 6. How will they go to the camping area? A. By Mita’s car. B. By Shelly’s car. C. By Andi’s car. D. By bus. Jawaban: C Saat Shelly bertanya bagaimana mereka akan berangkat ke Puncak, Mita menjawab, ”By car. Andi will ask his father to drive us to the camping area.” yang artinya ”Dengan naik mobil. Andi akan meminta ayahnya untuk mengantar kita ke tempat kemah.”. Jadi, mereka akan pergi ke Puncak dengan naik mobil Andi. For questions 7 to 12, choose the correct expressions to complete the dialog. Rizal : Linda : Rizal : Linda : Rizal : Linda : Rizal : Linda : Rizal : Linda :

Linda, what are you doing? (7) ________ in this stamp album. By the way, (8) ________? Yes, I do. I have collected some. Look at these! (9) ________, right? Yes. Anyway, why do you like collecting stamps? (10) ________. I have many stamps from around the world. (11) ________? I don’t like it. But why? Well, I don’t get many letters from my friends. (12) ________ by exchanging your stamps with your friends’.

7. A. I arrange these stamps B. I’m arranging some stamps C. I have arranged these stamps D. I will arrange these stamps Jawaban: B Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Rizal bertanya, ”Linda, what are you doing?” yang artinya ”Linda, apa yang sedang kamu lakukan?”. Kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk the present continuous tense. Jadi, respons yang tepat juga harus menggunakan bentuk the present continuous tense. Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, kalimat yang menggunakan bentuk the present 90

UNIT 1 Descriptive

continuous tense adalah (B) I’m arranging some stamps yang artinya saya sedang menata prangko-prangko ini. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak menggunakan bentuk tense yang tepat. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya saya mengatur prangko-prangko ini, (C) artinya saya telah mengatur prangko-prangko ini, dan (D) artinya saya akan mengatur prangkoprangko ini. 8. A. are you collecting some stamps B. what about collecting some stamps C. what do you like to collect D. do you like collecting them Jawaban: D Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat respons Linda yang mengatakan, ”Yes, I do.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan jawaban pertanyaan ya/tidak (yes/no question). Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, kalimat yang merupakan yes/no question adalah pilihan jawaban (A) dan (D). Karena jawaban menggunakan auxiliary ’do’, kalimat tanya yang tepat adalah (D) do you like collecting them yang artinya apakah kamu suka mengoleksi prangko-prangko itu. 9. A. They are nice B. They aren’t nice C. Are they nice D. It is nice Jawaban: A Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Linda mengatakan, ”Look at these!”. Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan banyak prangko. Jadi, subjek yang sesuai untuk kalimat sesudahnya adalah they. Sementara itu, kalimat yang tepat berbentuk afirmatif. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah (A) They are nice. 10. A. Yes, I do B. I keep them in this stamp album C. It’s very interesting, you know D. I have collected them Jawaban: C Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Rizal bertanya dengan menggunakan kata why yang artinya mengapa. Kata tersebut menanyakan alasan. Di antara keempat

pilihan jawaban, kalimat yang menunjukkan alasan adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya hal itu sangat menarik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak menunjukkan alasan. 11. A. What are you doing B. What do you collect C. Do you agree with the idea D. What about you Jawaban: D Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat respons Rizal, ”I don’t like it.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan memberi informasi. Jadi, kalimat Linda yang tepat adalah pilihan jawaban (D) What about you yang artinya bagaimana dengan kamu. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan meminta informasi. 12. A. That’s the problem B. I think you can collect them C. I think you’re right D. You’re right Jawaban: B Arti dari kalimat soal adalah ”. . . dengan saling bertukar prangko dengan temantemanmu.”. Kalimat yang paling tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah I think you can collect them yang artinya Saya pikir kamu dapat mengoleksinya (prangko-prangko). Read the text and answer questions 13 to 17. Mr. Warsidi has a garden in his front yard, and he likes to work there. He says it is fun. Today he is planting flowers in the garden. There is also an old mango tree in the yard. He always cuts the leaves and the branches in taking care of it. He said that the flowers must get more sun. Mr. Warsidi often involves his children to take care of the garden together. By doing this, they will understand how to take care of their environment. Many people tell Mr. Warsidi how beautiful his garden is. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

13. What is the text about? A. Mr. Warsidi. B. Mr. Warsidi’s garden. C. Mr. Warsidi’s children. D. Mr. Warsidi’s yard. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut membahas tentang kebun Pak Warsidi (Mr. Warsidi’s garden). Dalam teks tersebut dijelaskan bahwa kebun Pak Warsidi terletak di halaman depan. Ada pohon mangga di kebunnya. Dalam teks tersebut dijelaskan pula bahwa Pak Warsidi selalu merawat kebunnya. Dia juga menyuruh anak-anaknya untuk ikut merawat kebun tersebut. 14. What is the purpose of the text? A. To retell an event. B. To entertain the readers. C. To tell the steps of doing something. D. To describe a particular place. Jawaban: D Teks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive. Tujuan dari teks descriptive itu adalah mendeskripsikan suatu tempat, dalam hal ini kebun Pak Warsidi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) merupakan tujuan teks recount, (B) merupakan tujuan teks narrative, dan (C) merupakan tujuan teks procedure. 15. The following are what Mr. Warsidi does to take care of his garden, except ________. A. he makes the fence for his garden B. he involves his children in taking care of the garden C. he makes his flowers get more sun D. he cuts the leaves and branches Jawaban: A Dalam teks tersebut dijelaskan bahwa usaha Pak Warsidi untuk merawat kebunnya adalah dengan cara memangkas daun-daunan dan batang, membuat bunganya mendapat lebih banyak sinar matahari (dengan cara memangkas daun dan batang), serta mengajak anak-anaknya untuk merawat kebun tersebut. Jadi, hal yang tidak dilakukan Pak Warsidi untuk merawat kebunnya adalah dengan memasang pagar di kebunnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

91

16. “He says it is fun.” (Sentence 2) What does the word ‘it’ refer to? A. The front yard. B. The garden. C. Working in his garden. D. Planting flowers. Jawaban: C Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada kalimat sebelumnya ”. . ., and he likes to work there.”. Jadi, yang dianggap menyenangkan adalah bekerja di kebun (working in the garden). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan kata acuan yang tepat.

18. How long should we beat the ice cream at high speed? A. For three minutes. B. For three hours. C. For five to ten minutes. D. For four to five hours. Jawaban: C Kita seharusnya mengaduk campuran es krim selama 5–10 menit (for five to ten minutes). Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pada langkah pertama ”Beat at high speed for 5–10 minutes (or using a hand whisk) until the mixture is foamy and thick.”.

17. “By doing this, they will understand how to take care of their environment.” The bold-typed words have a similar meaning to ________. A. keep B. clean C. make D. wash Jawaban: A Kata ’take care of’ artinya merawat. Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata ’keep’ yang artinya menjaga. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak memiliki makna yang sama. Clean artinya ihkan, make artinya membuat, dan wash artinya mencuci.

19. Where should we keep the ice cream? A. In a wet place. B. In a cool place. C. In a dry place. D. In a moist place. Jawaban: D Jawaban diketahui berdasarkan kalimat terakhir ”Store in a cool dry place.” yang artinya ”Simpan di tempat yang sejuk dan kering.”.

Read the text and answer questions 18 to 20. Pondan Magic Ice Cream Chocolate Flavor Choco Chips How to Prepare: 1. Mix Pondan Magic Ice Cream with precisely 300 cc ice water. Beat at high speed for 5–10 minutes (or using a hand whisk) until the mixture is foamy and thick. 2. Add choco chips (found inside the box) and mix well. Pour ice cream mixture into plastic container. 3. Freeze for 4–5 hours in freezer. 4. Ready to serve. Store in a cool dry place. Avoid sunlight. Source: Pondan Magic Ice Cream

92

UNIT 1 Descriptive

20. “Add choco chips . . . .” (Step 2) The word ‘add’ has an opposite meaning to ________. A. increase B. reduce C. mix D. remove Jawaban: B Kata ’add’ artinya ’menambahkan’. Kata tersebut memiliki makna berlawanan dengan kata reduce yang artinya mengurangi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan antonim kata add. Increase artinya meningkatkan, mix artinya mencampurkan, dan remove artinya memindahkan.

B.

Change the words in brackets to complete the text.

I ________ (1. have) an aunt. Her name ________ (2. be) Aulia Mayasari. She and her husband ________ (3. live) in Yogyakarta. Although their house ________ (4. be) small, they ________ (5. be) always happy. My aunt ________ (6. work) as a checker in a grocery store. She ________ (7. work) five days a week, eight hours a day. Her job ________ (8. be) to charge the customers for their groceries. She ________ (9. use) a cash

to calculate the cost of the groceries. Then, she ________ (10. collect) the money from the customers. Adaped from: Easy Does It

Jawaban: 1. have 3. live 5. are 7. works 9. uses

2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

is is works is collects

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1: ● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 1. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

93

A.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Budi : It’s a very exciting day. Dani : Yes, it is. I’m having so much fun. Budi : Which is the most exciting game for you here? Dani : Well, I must say that roller coaster is the most exciting game in Dufan. Budi : Yes, I agree. The roller coaster gave me an unforgettable experience. I think I want to ride it again. Dani : Me too. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

1. Where does the dialog happen? A. At home. B. In Dufan. C. At school. D. In the park. 2. What does Dani think about the roller coaster? A. It is the most exciting game. B. It is a challenging game. C. It is a boring game. D. It is the worst game. 3. Budi said, “Yes, I agree.” What does it mean? A. He asks for an opinion. B. He gives his opinion. C. He shows his agreement. D. He asks for an agreement. Read the dialog and answer questions 4 to 6. Rio : Andra, our school will have a new rule. Andra : Really? What is the rule? Rio : We mustn’t go out of school during the break. Do you think it’s a good idea? Andra : No, I don’t think so. Rio : Why? Andra : It will be boring if we just stay in our school at the break. Rio : I see.

94

UNIT 1 Descriptive

4. What is the dialog about? A. A new rule at school. B. A new classmate. C. A new classroom. D. A new teacher. 5. Rio said, “Do you think it’s a good idea?” What does it mean? A. He gives an opinion. B. He asks for an opinion. C. He shows his agreement. D. He shows his disagreement. 6. Why does Andra disagree with the new rule? A. Because he will be tired. B. Because he cannot go outside. C. Because he cannot be free. D. Because he will be bored. Read the dialog and answer questions 7 to 9. Reni : Look at the car! What do you think of it? Maya : Well, it’s very beautiful. Reni : You’re right. There are some accessories on the car that make it colorful and . . . amazing. Maya : Do you think it is difficult to decorate the car? Reni : I think so. People who worked on it might take some days to decorate it. Maya : I see. It must be a hard work. 7. What are the speakers talking about? A. A beautiful car. B. Reni’s car. C. Maya’s car. D. A car decoration. 8. Maya said, “Well, it’s very beautiful.” What does it mean? A. She expresses her wish. B. She expresses her plan. C. She shows her agreement. D. She gives her opinion.

9. What makes the car colorful and amazing? A. The bright color of the car. B. The decorations on the car. C. The accessories on the car. D. The beautiful shape of the car. For questions 10 to 16, choose the correct sentences to complete the dialog. Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki : Hedi : Kiki :

Hey, (10) ________? Well, I am listening to Umbrella. I see. Is it Rihanna’s song? (11) ________. Do you like the song? Yeah. (12) ________. The song is energetic. (13) ________? She is one of my idols. Why do you like her? (14) ________. Don’t you think so? (15) ________. Besides, her dance while singing is attractive. (16) ________.

10. A. B. C. D.

what do you listen to what will you listen to what are you listening to what have you listened to

11. A. B. C. D.

You’re You’re You’re You’re

12. A. B. C. D.

I don’t like it. It’s one of my favorite songs. It’s not a good song. I dislike it.

13. A. B. C. D.

Do you like Rihanna Do you know Rihanna What is your favorite song What is the title of Rihanna’s latest album

14. A. B. C. D.

She is cruel Her songs are not interesting Her songs are boring She has a beautiful voice and sings beautifully

15. A. B. C. D.

You’re not certain She’s great I think so I like her

beautiful diligent clever right

16. A. B. C. D.

I agree with your opinion She is also beautiful I think it’s not interesting I disagree with your opinion

Read the text and answer questions 17 to 21. Frank Lampard is a famous football player. He is a football player from Chelsea FC. Frank Lampard is an English. This number 8 player plays football as a midfielder. He was born on June 21, 1978 in Romford, England. He is 183 cm tall and 79 kg weight. He is cute and very talented in playing football. Because of his excellent play, this man is also a member of the Three Lions England National squad. Even, now he holds the position as a captain. Adapted from: http://www.goal.com/id-id/ Giocatore.aspx?IdPersona=1642 (January 30, 2007)

17. What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell the steps of doing or making something. B. To describe a particular person. C. To describe a particular thing. D. To entertain the readers. 18. What is Frank Lampard? A. He is an artist. B. He is a football coach. C. He is a referee. D. He is a football player. 19. How old is he? A. Thirty one years old. B. Thirty two years old. C. Thirty three years old. D. Thirty four years old. 20. What is Lampard’s position in the Three Lions England National squad? A. A striker. B. A midfielder. C. A captain. D. A goalkeeper. 21. “Frank Lampard is a famous football player.” The synonym of the word ‘famous’ is ________. A. talented B. familiar C. handsome D. skillful

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

95

Read the text and answer questions 22 to 26. The Candy Woman is an elderly woman. I call her the Candy Woman because she sells candies. However, she sells a special kind of candy that is not usually found in shops. Hers is a homemade sticky, golden-brown and translucent substance. It looks and tastes like honey, although it is harder and can be twined round a stick. The Candy Woman usually comes at around one o’clock in the afternoon and stays until evening. She sits on a low stool that she brings along and places her pail of goldenbrown sweet in front of her. Now and then, she rings her bell to attract ers-by. I wonder where she comes from. She looks cheerful and is quite neat and well-groomed. I do not think that she needs to earn a living by selling sweets. Maybe it is the way of ing time. She may be bored sitting at home and doing nothing. Perhaps she enjoys the hustle and bustle of the place. Adapted from: Primary English Cloze ages 4

22. Why does the writer call the woman the Candy Woman? A. Because the woman likes candies. B. Because the woman often buys candies. C. Because the woman sells candies. D. Because the woman makes candies. 23. How do her candies taste? A. They taste like sugar. B. They taste like mangoes. C. They taste like salt. D. They taste like honey. 24. When does the Candy Woman usually go home? A. In the morning. B. In the afternoon. C. In the evening. D. At night.

96

UNIT 1 Descriptive

25. What does the Candy Woman do to attract the ers-by? A. She sits on a low stool. B. She rings her bell. C. She places her pail of candies in front of her. D. She comes at around one o’clock. 26. The following are the characteristics of the Candy Woman, except ________. A. she is cheerful B. she is quite neat C. she is well-groomed D. she looks poor Read the text and answer questions 27 to 30.

CUSSONS Baby With Pro-vitamin B5 Gentle care Powder Cares and protects Cussons Baby Powder is enriched with Pro-Vitamin B5 which is beneficial for healthy skin, leaving skin soft, smooth and comfortable. Ingredients: Talc, perfume, panthenol

Source: Cussons Baby Powder

27. The text is about ________. A. baby’s soap B. baby’s shampoo C. baby’s powder D. baby’s toothpaste 28. What is the purpose of the text? A. To inform about something. B. To persuade someone to do something. C. To tell a procedure of doing something. D. To gain the readers’ attention.

29. Why is the product beneficial for healthy skin? A. Because it is gentle. B. Because it is soft. C. Because it is smooth. D. Because it is enriched with Pro-Vitamin B5. 30. “. . . which is beneficial for healthy skin, . . . .” The bold-typed word has the opposite meaning to ________. A. useless B. useful C. good D. bad

B.

Complete the text with the words in brackets.

Tika ________ (1. be) a diligent girl. She usually ________ (2. get up) at five o’clock in the morning. Then, she ________(3. take a bath). After that, she ________ (4. wear) her uniform. Next, she ________ (5. have) her breakfast and goes to school. Tika ________ (6. get) lessons at school from seven to about a quarter past twelve. After school, she ________ (7. have) lunch with his sister. After taking a nap for a while, she ________ (8. recall) what she has studied at school. No wonder she always ________ (9. get) the first rank in her class. Her parents ________ (10. be) proud of her.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

97

awal Reni, ”Look at the car! What do you think of it?”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan topik yang dibahas dalam percakapan tersebut.

Jawaban Review Unit 1 A.

Pilihan Ganda

1. B.

2. A.

Dalam percakapan tersebut Dani berkata ”Well, I must say that roller coaster is the most exciting game in Dufan.”. Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Budi bertanya dengan menggunakan kata here. Kata tersebut mengacu pada Dufan. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi di Dufan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat Dani, ”Well, I must say that roller coaster is the most exciting game in Dufan.”. Jadi, menurut Dani, roller coaster merupakan permainan yang paling menyenangkan di tempat tersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.

3. C.

Kalimat ”Yes, I agree.” artinya ”Ya, saya setuju.”. Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan ungkapan persetujuan (show an agreement).

4. A.

Secara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebut membahas tentang peraturan baru di sekolah (a new rule at school), yaitu peraturan bahwa siswa dilarang keluar sekolah saat jam istirahat.

5. B.

Kalimat ”Do you think it’s a good idea?” artinya ”Apakah kamu berpendapat bahwa itu ide bagus?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan meminta pendapat (asking for an opinion).

6. D.

7. A.

98

Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat terakhir Andra, ”It will be boring if we just stay in our school at the break.” yang artinya ”Akan sangat membosankan jika kita hanya berada di sekolah saat jam istirahat.”. Secara keseluruhan percakapan tersebut membicarakan tentang sebuah mobil yang bagus (a beautiful car). Hal itu dikuatkan oleh kalimat

UNIT 1 Descriptive

8. D.

Kalimat ”Well, it’s very beautiful.” artinya ”Mobil tersebut sangat bagus.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat (give an opinion).

9. C.

Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat Reni, ”There are some accessories on the car that make it colorful and . . . amazing.” yang artinya ”Ada beberapa asesoris pada mobil itu yang membuat mobil tersebut kelihatan berwarna dan . . . mengagumkan.”.

10. C.

Dalam kalimat selanjutnya Kiki berkata, ”Well, I am listening to Umbrella.” yang artinya ”Saya sedang mendengarkan lagu Umbrella.”. Kalimat tersebut menggunakan bentuk the present continuous tense. Jadi, kalimat tanya sebelumnya juga menggunakan the present continuous tense. Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, yang menggunakan bentuk the present continuous tense adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya apa yang sedang kamu dengarkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak menggunakan tense yang sesuai.

11. D.

Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Hedi menanyakan apakah Umbrella adalah judul lagu Rihanna. Jadi, respons yang tepat adalah mengiyakan kalimat tersebut, yaitu you’re right.

12. B.

Saat Hedi bertanya apakah Kiki menyukai lagu Umbrella, Kiki menjawab dengan mengucapkan ”Yeah.”. Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan bahwa Kiki menyukai lagu tersebut. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwa Umbrella merupakan salah satu lagu favorit Kiki.

13. A.

14. D.

15. C.

16. A.

17. B.

Dalam kalimat berikutnya sebagai respons dari kalimat tersebut, Kiki berkata, ”She is one of my idols.”. Jadi, ungkapan yang tepat untuk diucapkan Hedi adalah ungkapan meminta pendapat Kiki tentang Rihanna. Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban, yang merupakan ungkapan yang sesuai dengan konteks adalah pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya apakah kamu menyukai Rihanna. Kalimat soal merupakan respons Kiki terhadap pertanyaan Hedi tentang alasan mengapa Kiki menyukai Rihanna. Karena menyukai Rihanna, dapat dipastikan bahwa Kiki menunjukkan kelebihan Rihanna. Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban yang merupakan alasan logis mengapa Kiki menyukai Rihanna adalah karena Rihanna mempunyai suara yang bagus dan bernyanyi dengan bagus. Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Kiki bertanya, ”Don’t you think so?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan meminta persetujuan bahwa Rihanna mempunyai suara yang bagus dan bernyanyi dengan bagus. Berdasarkan kalimat sesudahnya yang menunjukkan kelebihan Rihanna lainnya, ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan Hedi adalah ungkapan menyetujui pendapat Kiki, yaitu I think so. Hedi menyetujui pendapat Kiki tentang Rihanna dan dia menambahkan kalau tariannya saat menyanyi itu menarik. Karena Kiki mempunyai pendapat positif tentang Rihanna, dapat disimpulkan kalau Kiki setuju dengan pendapat Hedi tentang musik Rihanna. Jadi, ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan Kiki adalah I agree with your opinion. Teks tersebut merupakan teks descriptive yang mendeskripsikan Frank Lampard. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah mendeskripsikan

seseorang secara khusus (describe a particular person), yaitu Frank Lampard. 18. D.

Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama paragraf satu ”Frank Lampard is a famous football player.”. Jadi, Frank Lampard adalah seorang pemain sepakbola (a football player).

19. A.

Frank Lampard lahir pada tahun 1978. Jadi, usia dia saat ini adalah 31 tahun (2009–1978 = 31).

20. C.

Jawaban diketahui berdasarkan kalimat keenam dan ketujuh paragraf dua, ”. . . this man is also a member of the Three Lions England National squad. Even, now he holds the position as a captain.”.

21. B.

Kata ’famous’ artinya ’terkenal’. Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata familiar, yang juga berarti terkenal. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya berbakat, (C) artinya tampan, dan (D) artinya mahir.

22. C.

Alasan mengapa penulis memanggil wanita tersebut dengan sebutan Candy Woman adalah karena wanita tersebut menjual gula-gula. Hal itu diketahui berdasarkan kalimat kedua paragraf satu, ”I call her the Candy Woman because she sells candies.”.

23. D.

Pada kalimat terakhir paragraf satu terdapat kalimat ”It looks and tastes like honey, . . . .”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa gula-gula tersebut memiliki rasa seperti madu.

24. C.

Wanita penjual gula-gula tersebut biasanya pulang pada petang hari. Hal itu disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama paragraf dua, ”. . . and stays until evening.” yang artinya ”. . . dan berjualan sampai petang hari.”. Jadi, wanita penjual gula-gula tersebut pulang pada petang hari.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

99

25. B.

Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua, ”Now and then, she rings her bell to attract ers-by.”. Jadi, yang dilakukan wanita tersebut untuk menarik orangorang yang lewat adalah dengan cara membunyikan loncengnya.

26. D.

Ciri-ciri yang tidak sesuai untuk wanita penjual gula-gula tersebut adalah dia tampak miskin (she looks poor). Pilihan jawaban yang lain merupakan ciri-ciri penjual permen itu, yang sesuai dengan kalimat-kalimat dalam paragraf tiga, ”She looks cheerful and is quite neat and well-groomed. I do not think that she needs to earn a living by selling sweets.” yang artinya ”Dia tampak riang dan cukup rapi dan berpakaian bagus. Saya pikir dia tidak perlu mencari nafkah dengan menjual gula-gula.”.

27. C.

100

Dalam teks tersebut terdapat frasa ’Cussons Baby Powder’. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa teks tersebut adalah tentang bedak bayi (baby’s powder). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.

UNIT 1 Descriptive

28. A.

Teks tersebut merupakan label sebuah bedak bayi. Tujuan label tersebut adalah memberi tahu tentang sesuatu, dalam hal ini bedak bayi tersebut. Pada label tersebut dijelaskan keunggulan bedak bayi itu.

29. D.

Alasan mengapa produk tersebut berguna untuk kulit yang sehat adalah karena produk tersebut diperkaya dengan pro-vitamin B5. Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat ”Cussons Baby Powder is enriched with Pro-Vitamin B5 which is beneficial for healthy skin, leaving skin soft, smooth and comfortable.”.

30. A.

Kata ’beneficial’ artinya ’bermanfaat’. Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang berlawanan dengan kata useless yang berarti tidak bermanfaat.

B. 1. 3. 5. 7. 9.

Isian is takes a bath has has gets

2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

gets up wears gets recalls are

Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. ask for, give and refuse to give help, 2. compliment someone, 3. create short functional texts (announcements), 4. tell past experiences using spoken English, 5. write short functional texts (letters), 6. write recount texts about past experiences, and 7. use the simple past tense and the present perfect tense in spoken and written recount texts.

You just experienced a wonderful or terrible thing or event. Then, you want others to know about it. How do you tell or compose your story? What type of texts should you use? You will find the answer in this unit. Further, learn more about the text and the grammar used in the text.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

101

2.1 Expressions

Asking for and Giving or Refusing to Give Help Read the dialogs and understand the expressions. Hey! What happened?

Ugh . . . ugh . . . !

1

It seems you are in trouble. Need any help?

2 Please . . . help me. There is a mouse!

O.K., don't worry. I'll chase it away.

Yeah. Would you help me find my ruler? I lost it! O.K.

The sentence “Please . . . help me” and “Would you help me find my ruler?” are used to ask for help. Meanwhile, the sentence “O.K., don’t worry.” and “O.K.” are the responses. To ask for help you can use the word ‘could’ or ‘would’ in order to be more polite. Here are some other expressions you can use to ask for help and their responses. Asking for Help Can you help me, please? Please do me a favor? Could you help me? Do me a favour, will you?

Giving Help

Refusing to Give Help

No problem. Sure. What should I do? Of course. O.K.

Sorry, I can’t. I’m afraid I can’t. Sorry. I have things to do. Sorry. I’m busy right now.

Complimenting Read the dialogs and understand the expressions.

1

You have a large and comfortable house.

2

You look beautiful in that dress. Let me take a picture of you.

Do I? Thanks. What pose is good for me?

Thanks. Yeah, . . . just like that.

102

UNIT 2 Recount

The sentences “You have a large and comfortable house” and “You look beautiful in that dress” are used to compliment something or someone. Here are some other expressions you can use to compliment and the responses. Complimenting What a nice dress! What a clever girl/boy! How delicious! Terrific!/Marvelous!/Glamorous!

Responding Thank you. It’s nice of you to say so. I’m glad you like it. Thanks.

Unit 1, then answer the questions below. 1. 2. 3.

A.

What expressions have you learned in Unit 1? Contoh jawaban: The expressions of asking for and giving opinions, agreeing and disagreeing. Suppose you want to know your friend’s opinion on the composition you have made. What would you say? Contoh jawaban: I would say, “What do you think of my composition?” You and your friend are planning to have a trip. You suggest a trip to Danau Batur, Bali. Your friend disagrees. What does he/she say? Contoh jawaban: He/she says, “Sorry, I have to disagree with you. It is too far.”

Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.

1.

Eka : You look so stressful. What happened? Lucy : You know, we are going to have an English test tomorrow. And . . . I lost my book! Can you help me look for it? Eka : Oh, I’ve seen one. It is plastic wrapped. Wait a minute! I’ll take it for you. (A moment later . . . .) Eka : Here it is. Is it yours? Lucy : Yes, it is. Where did you find it? Eka : On the bench at the school park. Lucy : Oh, my! Yeah, I have put it there. Thank you very much, Eka. Without your help, I don’t know what will happen to me tomorrow. Eka : Don’t mention it.

2.

Eka : Puput : Eka : Puput :

This is really difficult. I think I need some references. Do you need some books? I’m going to the library. No, thank you. I’ll go there and get the books myself. O.K., then. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

103

B.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 1. Why did Lucy feel stressful? 2. What book was lost? 3. Where did Eka find the book? 4. Who had put it there? 5. Lucy said, “Can you help me look for it?” What does it mean? Dialog 2 1. Where does the dialog take place? 2. Who had a problem with the work? 3. What did he/she think of his/her work? 4. What did he need to do his work? 5. Who was going to the library? Jawaban: Dialog 1 1. Because she was going to have a test and she lost her book. 2. Lucy’s English book. 3. On the bench at the school park. 4. Lucy herself had. 5. She asks for someone’s help. Dialog 2 1. In the classroom. 2. Eka did. 3. He thought it was difficult. 4. Some references. 5. Puput was. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Repeat after him/her. Dialog 1 Shinta : What mark did you get, Ratno? Ratno : Um . . . eight. What about you? Shinta : Seven. May I see your work? I just want to compare it with mine. Ratno : Sure. Here you are. Shinta : Wow, what a good handwriting! Yeah, . . . it is good and easy to read. Ratno : Thanks. Dialog 2 Diah : What happened to you, Mom? You look very tired. Mother : You’re right. You know, I couldn’t sleep well last night and I had to wash many clothes this morning. Diah : What can I do to make you feel better, Mom? Mother : Oh, you’re really a good child of mine. O.K., just make me a cup of coffee, please.

104

UNIT 2 Recount

Diah : Here you are, Mom. Mother : Thank you, dear. Diah : You’re welcome. Dialog 3 Halim : Finally, I finish this project successfully. Udin : Well done! You deserve to get the best. Halim : Thanks. Dialog 4 Mrs. White : Fantastic! Your house is so comfortable. Mrs. Riz : Thank you. Mrs. White : I think your kids will enjoy playing in the yard. Mrs. Riz : I think so. B.

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1 1. Why did Shinta want to see Ratno’s work? Jawaban: Because she wanted to compare Ratno’s work with hers. 2. Shinta said, “Wow, what a good handwriting.” What did she want to express? Jawaban: She wanted to compliment Ratno for his work. Dialog 2 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: It is about Diah’s mother who is feeling tired. 2. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Diah and her mom (mother and daughter). 3. Where does the dialog take place? Jawaban: At home. 4. Why does mother feel tired? Jawaban: Because she couldn’t sleep well last night and had to wash many clothes this morning. 5. Mother said, “O.K., just make me a cup of coffee, please.” What does it mean? Jawaban: She asks for Diah’s help to make her a cup of coffee. Dialog 3 1. What did Udin say to appreciate Halim’s success? Jawaban: He said, “Well done! You deserve to get the best.” 2. Udin said, “You deserve to get the best.” What does the word ‘deserve’ in Indonesian mean? Jawaban: It means ‘pantas’. Dialog 4 1. Where does the dialog happen? Jawaban: In Mrs. Riz’s house. 2. What did Mrs. White say to appreciate Mrs. Riz’s house? Jawaban: She said, “Fantastic! Your house is so comfortable.” 3. Do you think Mrs. White has come to Mrs. Riz before? Jawaban: No, I don’t think so.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

105

C.

Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialog based on what you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Raka : You look very tired. What (1) happened? Bagas : Oh, I’m really busy for the coming camping activity. There are many (2) things to do. Raka : I see. You’re the (3) leader of the camping, aren’t you? Bagas : Yeah, . . . I didn’t know that I would be as busy as this. Raka : Is there no one to help you? Bagas : Yes, there is. But, see, Clara, Handoyo and Umar are now in the ninth grade. They are busy with their (4) lessons. While Nia, Adi and Ria are still in the seventh grade. They still need my assistance. Raka : No wonder you’re so busy. If you want, I can (5) help you. Bagas : Really? Thanks a lot. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal yang lain sebagai berikut. Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Mathilda : Morning, Cathya. Cathya : Morning, Aunt Mathilda. Want to meet mom? Mathilda : Yeah. We’ve had (1) an appointment to go to Mr. Hans’ party together. Cathya : Please sit down. I think mother is still (2) preparing herself. Mathilda : O.K. Cathya : By the way, you look (3) nice in that dress, Auntie. Mathilda : Do I? Thank you. Cathya : Did you make the dress (4) yourself? Mathilda : No, I have it made. Cathya : Well, here she comes. Have a (5) good day to you both. Mathilda : Thanks. D. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Read the complete dia Task C. Then, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

Raka is busy because he is the leader of the camping. Bagas at first didn’t think that a camping leader would be very busy. There is no one to help Bagas. The seventh grade students still need Bagas’ help. Raka is willing to help Bagas.

Jawaban: 1. F. It is not Raka, but Bagas who is busy with the camping activity. 2. T 3. F. Some ninth and seventh grade students helped Bagas. 4. T 5. T

106

UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: A.

Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Andre : (1) Excuse me, are there any English stories in this library? Librarian : Yes, there are many. (2) What do you need, short stories, novels or stories for children? Andre : Children stories, please. Could you tell me where I can find them? Librarian : O.K., please wait a minute. (3) I’ll look for the data. Oh, here it is. They are on shelf B-37. Over there, near the reading corner. Andre : (4) Thank you. Dialog 2 Mr. Fred : How was your school today? Larry : (5) Great, Dad! Mr. Fred : Would you tell me? Larry : Um . . . I got 9.8 in English. It’s the highest score, you know! Mr. Fred : (6) Well done! I’m very proud of you. Larry : Thanks, Dad. Dialog 3 Mona : Hey! (7) You have a new bag. Winny : Yeah. My uncle gave it to me. He just arrived from Bandung. Mona : (8) It’s beautiful! Winny : It is. Thank you. Dialog 4 Greg : When will you hand in your report? Allan : Today. (9) I have finished it. Look! Greg : (10) Nice work! Allan : Thank you. B.

Answer the questions based on the complete dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1 1. What did Andre look for? Jawaban: English stories for children. 2. Where are the books? Jawaban: On shelf B-37. Dialog 2 1. What is the relationship between the speakers? Jawaban: They are father and son. 2. Mr. Fred said, “Well done!” What does it mean? Jawaban: He compliments his son. Dialog 3 1. Who gave the new bag? Jawaban: Winny’s uncle. 2. What did Mona say to compliment Winny’s bag? Jawaban: She said, “It’s beautiful!”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

107

Dialog 4 1. When would Allan hand in his report? Jawaban: That day. 2. Greg said, “Nice work!” What does it mean? Jawaban: He compliments Allan’s report.

A.

Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions in the boxes. Then, practice the dialogs.

Dialog 1 a. c. e.

Well, it is my turn now By the way, I heard that you just won a speech contest You are so clever

b. d.

Nice to meet you here See you

Eka is queuing at the bank while he meets Andre, his friend. Eka : Hey, Andre! (1) ________. Andre : Oh, hi, Eka. How are you? Eka : Fine, thanks. (2) ________. Andre : I did. Eka : Congratulations! (3) ________. Andre : Thank you. (4) ________. See you. Eka : (5) ________. Jawaban: 1. b

2.

c

3.

e

4.

a

5.

d

Dialog 2 a. c. e.

You’re welcome What can I do for you Well, actually I’m just helping my mom

b. d. f.

Great I am going to buy some flour to make cakes We need some help to pack the cakes

On her way to a supermarket, Lucy meets Puput. Lucy : Hi, Puput, where are you going? Puput : Oh, hi, Lucy. (1) _________. Lucy : You’re going to make cakes? (2) _________! Puput : (3) _________. She has just got some order. Lucy : (4) _________? Puput : (5) _________. If you don’t mind, you can help us. Lucy : O.K. I’ll be at your house soon. Puput : Thanks beforehand. Jawaban: 1. d

108

2.

UNIT 2 Recount

b

3.

e

4.

c

5.

f

Variasi: Complete the dialogs with the correct expressions. Then, practice the dialogs. Dialog 1 a. c.

Over there, in the corner. What can I do for you, Ma’am?

Shop assistant : Mrs. Karlina : Shop assistant : Mrs. Karlina : Shop assistant : Jawaban: 1. c 2.

b. d.

You’re welcome. Thank you.

(1) ________ Well, I need a night gown. Where can I find it? (2) ________ (3) ________ (4) ________ a

3.

d

4.

b

Dialog 2 a. b. c.

Wow! Their fur is very soft. They are, aren’t they? Thanks. You’re welcome.

A : Hi! Your rabbits are cute. B : (1) ________ A : May I touch them? B : Please. A : (2) ________ B : Yeah! Jawaban: 1. b 2. a B.

Choose the correct answers based on the dialogs in Task A. C. He is complimenting Andre. D. He is telling Andre the fact about him. Jawaban: C ”You are so clever.” yang artinya ”Kamu sangat pandai.” adalah ungkapan untuk memuji (compliment).

Dialog 1 is for questions 1 and 2. 1.

2.

What happened to Andre? A. He just got a scholarship. B. He just won a speech contest. C. He just won a writing contest. D. He just got the first rank in his class. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I heard that you just won a speech contest.” yang artinya ”Saya dengar kamu baru saja memenangkan lomba pidato.” dan jawaban Andre ”I did.” yang artinya ”Ya, betul.”. Eka said, “You are so clever.” What does it mean? A. He is congratulating Andre. B. He is telling Andre information.

Dialog 2 is for questions 3 to 5. 3.

What was Puput going to buy? A. Some flour. B. Some sugar. C. Some milk. D. Some cakes. Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan tersebut Puput mengatakan, ”I am going to buy some flour to make cakes.” yang artinya ”Saya akan membeli tepung untuk membuat roti.”.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

109

4.

C.

How did Lucy compliment Puput? A. By saying, “O.K. I’ll be at your house soon.” B. By saying, “You’re going to make cakes?” C. By saying, “What can I do for you?” D. By saying, “Great!” Jawaban: D Kalimat yang diucapkan Puput, yaitu ”Great!” yang artinya ”Bagus!”, adalah ungkapan untuk memuji.

5.

Puput said, “We need some help to pack the cakes.” What does it mean? A. She is asking for help. B. She is giving help. C. She is refusing an offer of help. D. She is accepting an offer of help. Jawaban: A Ungkapan yang dikatakan Puput tersebut artinya ”Kami perlu bantuan untuk mengepak kue-kue itu.” dan kalimat Puput sesudahnya adalah ”If you don’t mind . . . .” artinya ”Jika kamu tidak keberatan . . . .”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa kalimat Puput tersebut mengungkapkan permintaan bantuan (asking for help).

Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 3 6 1 2 5 4 7

Dian

: Yeah, . . . you were really like a miserable woman. Angelina : Of course. Here it is. Dian : Your acting was very good, Ms. Angelina. Angelina : Was it? Thank’s. I’m glad you like it. Dian : May I have your signature, please? Angelina : Sure. Dian : Thank you.

Dialog 2 7 4 5 8

Ayu Eka Ayu Eka

3 6

Ayu : Eka :

1 2 9

Ayu : Eka : Ayu :

110

: : : :

Sure. Here you are. Hmm . . . for me, this tea is rather bitter. Sorry. Thanks. What about you? Do you need some sugar for your tea? How does it taste? It’s all right. Can you please me some sugar? Eka, here is your tea. Thank you. No, thanks.

UNIT 2 Recount

D.

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task C.

Dialog 1 1. What did Dian think of Ms. Angelina’s acting? Jawaban: It was very good. 2. What did Dian say to express her compliment? Jawaban: She said, “Your acting was very good, Ms. Angelina.” 3. What role did Ms. Angelina take? Jawaban: As a miserable woman. 4. What did Dian ask from Ms. Angelina? Jawaban: Her signature. Dialog 2 1. When does the dialog take place? Jawaban: During the meal time. 2. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Brother and sister. 3. How is Eka’s tea? Jawaban: It is rather bitter. 4. Eka said, “Can you please me some sugar?” What does it mean? Jawaban: He asks for help. Variasi: A. Rearrange the jumbled sentences into a proper dialog. 5 2 7 4 1 6 3

Shop assistant : I see. Hmm . . . try this. I think this product is good for your cat. Eka : Yeah, . . . I just want to buy some vitamins for my cat. Shop assistant : You’re welcome. Eka : Well, it hasn’t had any appetite for a few days. Shop assistant : Can I help you? Eka : All right. I’ll take it. Thanks. Shop assistant : Oh, what’s wrong with your cat?

B.

Answer the questions based on the dia Task A.

1.

Where does the dialog take place? Jawaban: In a pet’s food shop. What did Eka buy? Jawaban: He bought vitamins for his cat. What was wrong with his cat? Jawaban: It hadn’t had any appetite for a few days. Did Eka mention certain vitamins? Jawaban: No, he didn’t.

2. 3. 4.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

111

E.

In pairs, make dialogs based on the pictures and the situations. Use expressions of asking for/giving/refusing to give help and complimenting. Then, practice the dialogs.

1

2

In a party, suddenly your friend spilled out her tea. She needs something to clean her shirt.

Your friend is making a composition although his teacher hasn’t asked him to. Compliment his diligency.

Contoh jawaban: 1. Bunga : Ouch! Oh no, my shirt is dirty. Arman, do you have something to clean this mess? Arman : Well, I have some tissue paper. Bunga : Can you get me some, please? Arman : Sure. Please wait. Bunga : O.K., thank you. 2.

Ida Soni Ida Soni Ida Soni

: : : : : :

What are you doing, Son? Well, I’m making a composition. It is about my holiday experience. Should you submit it tomorrow? No, I don’t need to submit it. Our teacher just asked us to practice writing. You are a dilligent boy! No wonder your English is very good. Thanks.

Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan gambar-gambar soal lain sebagai berikut. 1

112

2

UNIT 2 Recount

Contoh jawaban: 1. Mr. Sarju : Wow, what books are you bringing? Ms. Diana : Well, I am bringing students’ books. I have just finished correcting them. Mr. Sarju : I see. Ms. Diana : Excuse me, Sir. Could you please help me open the door? Mr. Sarju : Sure. Ms. Diana : Thank you. 2. Irma : Your party is great, Anto! The food is delicious and so is the drink. Rianto : Yeah . . . and we were also satisfied with the dances. They were very attractive. Anto : Oh, thank you very much. I feel relieved because you enjoy this party. By the way, I really want both of you to sing. Irma : We’d like to, but . . . sorry, we are not confident in such a great party. Rianto : Irma’s right, Anto. Maybe another time. Anto : O.K., then. F. 1. 2. 3.

Make dialogs based on the situations below. Then, practice the dialogs. Suppose you need to go to your friend’s house to borrow something, but you don’t know how to go there. You ask your brother to drive you there. What would both of you say? Your friend seems unwell. He/she asks you to accompany him/her to the sick bay. What would the two of you say? Maya has nice new shoes. Give a compliment for her shoes.

Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Your brother : You : Your brother : You : Your brother : 2. You : Your friend : You : Your friend : You : 3. You : Maya : You : Maya :

Don, are you free this evening? Yeah, . . . what’s up? Can you drive me to Irna’s house, please? I need to borrow her math book. O.K. What time? Er . . . what about after dinner? O.K. Lina, you look different today, not as cheerful as usual. Are you sick? I am. Can you help me, Clara? Sure. What should I do? Would you accompany me to the sick bay? Of course. Let’s go. What nice shoes! Thank you. Where did you buy them? In Teens shoestore.

Variasi: Dengan perintah yang sama, guru dapat memberikan situasi-situasi soal yang lain. 1. You are doing the dishes. Suddenly someone knocks at the door. You ask your sister to continue your work. You want to see who he/she is. What would the two of you say? 2. Shirley has a cute new pencil sharpener. You like it. Give a compliment for her pencil sharpener.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

113

Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Erna, someone is knocking at the door. I want to see who he/she is. Can you help me do the dishes? I haven’t finished it yet. Your sister : No problem. You : Thank you. 2. You : Wow, a cute pencil sharpener! May I have a look? Shirley : Sure. You : Thank you. Anyway, did you buy it yourself? Shirley : No, it’s a gift from my brother.

2.2 Genre

Spoken Text Read the monolog and understand the explanation. Hi, friends. I want to tell you about Calvin and Martin. Well, they are classmates. Last week they were going to visit a shoe factory with their teacher and other classmates. You know, they were very excited about the excursion. They were interested in seeing how shoes are made. The day of having the excursion came. Arriving at school, they saw their classmates crowding around their teacher, Mrs. Ong. Both of the boys ran to her with their bags. Their bags contained some sandwiches and drinks. I tell you what! Mrs. Ong told them, “Students, it’s a pity that the bus has broken down. I don’t know how long it will take for the bus to be repaired or for another bus to replace it.” Hearing this, Calvin and Martin were disappointed. Mrs. Ong and the students waited for two hours at the school canteen. Finally, Mrs. Ong decided to postpone the trip. Of course, Calvin and Martin were sad. They ate their food before going home. Source: Week by Week English Practice Papers.

The text above is a recount text. It is in spoken form. A recount text functions to tell about past events.

Written Text Read the text and understand the explanation.

Orientation

114

UNIT 2 Recount

Calvin and Martin are classmates. Last week they were going to visit a shoe factory with their teacher and other classmates. They were very excited about the excursion. They were interested in seeing how shoes are made.

Event

When they reached school, they saw their classmates crowding around their teacher, Mrs. Ong. They ran to her with their bags. Their bags contained some sandwiches and drinks. Mrs. Ong told them that the bus which was supposed to bring them to the factory had broken down. She didn’t know how long it would take for the bus to be repaired or for another bus to replace it. Calvin and Martin were disappointed. Mrs. Ong and the students waited for two hours at the school canteen. Finally, Mrs. Ong decided to postpone the trip.

Re-orientation

Calvin and Martin were sad. They ate their food before going home. Source: Week by Week English Practice Papers.

The text above is a recount text in written form. A recount text tells us about past events. It could be someone’s experiences, someone’s life in the past, the history of something, etc. The main feature of a recount text is the use of the simple past tense. A recount text has certain elements as follows. ● Orientation: tells about what happened, where the story happened, who was involved in the story, when it occured, or why it happened. ● Series of events: tell the story. These are usually described in time order. ● Re-orientation: is the closure of events (usually optional).

Grammar Section The Simple Past Tense Look at the picture and read the dialog. Study the explanation. What did you do last weekend?

Well, I visited my uncle.

The bold-typed sentences use the simple past tense. You use the simple past tense to talk about actions or situations in the past. Adverbs of time: ● yesterday ● just now ● last . . . ● a few minutes ago ● this morning ● . . . ago

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

115

1.

If a sentence uses a verb, use Vpast for the positive form and did for the negative and interrogative sentences. Patterns: ● Affirmative sentences : Subject + Vpast + object + (adverb of time) ●

Negative sentences

:

Subject + did not + Vbase + object + (adverb of time)

●

Interrogative sentences :

Did + subject + Vbase + object + (adverb of time) + ?

Examples: Subject (+)

I Indra

Vpast watched studied

Subject (–)

I Indra

2.

Did Did

TV English

Did not

Vbase

did not did not

Did (?)

Object

watch study

Subject

Vbase

you Indra

watch study

(Adv. of Time) an hour ago. last night. Object a football match math Object a football match English

(Adv. of Time) an hour ago. last night. (Adv. of Time) an hour ago? last night?

If a sentence uses a noun, an adjective or an adverb, use to be: was/were. Patterns: ● Affirmative sentences : Subject + was/were + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time) ●

Negative sentences

:

●

Interrogative sentences :

Subject + was/were + not + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time) Was/Were + subject + N/adj./adv. + (adv. of time)?

Examples: Subject (+)

Lina The boys Subject

(–)

Lina The boys Was/Were

(?)

116

UNIT 2 Recount

Was Were

Was/Were was were Was/Were + not was not were not Subject Lina the boys

N/Adj./Adv. a nurse at school N/Adj./Adv. a secretary at the hospital N/Adj./Adv. a nurse at school

(Adv. of Time) two years ago. yesterday. (Adv. of Time) two years ago. yesterday. (Adv. of Time) two years ago? yesterday?

The Present Perfect Tense Look at the picture and read the dialog. Study the explanation. Have you lived here for a long time?

Yes. Since I was a child.

The dialog uses the present perfect tense. You use the present perfect tense to show: 1. a recently completed action, Example: He has just gone out. (Meaning: He is still out.) 2. past actions whose time is not definite, Example: I have seen it. (Meaning: So I know it.) 3. an action beginning in the past and still continuing to the present, Example: He has worked with us for more than a year. (Meaning: He still works with us.) 4. a repeated action in the past. Example: I have visited them several times. (Meaning: Possibly, I will visit them again.)

Patterns: (+)

Subject + have/has + (adverb*) + past participle + object + (adverb*)

(–)

Subject + have/has + not + past participle + object + (adverb*)

(?)

Have/Has + subject + past participle + object + (adverb*)?

Note: *) A sentence using the present perfect tense usually has only one adverb of time, either in the middle or at the end of the sentence. Here are adverbs in the present perfect tense. Before the Past Participle ● ● ● ●

already (+, ?) just (+) ever (?) never (+) with negative meaning

At the End of Sentences ● ● ● ● ● ●

already (+, ?) yet (–, ?) recently, lately in the last few days/weeks/months since + a particular time (+, –, ?); e.g. since yesterday/last week/you came for + a duration of time; e.g. for two months

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

117

Examples: Subject

Have/Has

(+) My father has The students have Subject

Have/Has not

(–) My father has not The students have not Have/Has (?) Has Have

Subject your father the students

Past Participle conducted discussed Past Participle conducted discussed Past Participle conducted discussed

(Adv. of Time)

Object a meeting the task

for an hour. since nine o’clock.

Object a seminar the proposal

(Adv. of Time) for an hour. since nine o’clock.

Object a meeting the task

(Adv. of Time) for an hour? since nine o’clock?

Unit 1 and answer the questions. 1. 2. 3. 4.

A.

What is a descriptive text? Jawaban: It is a text which describes a particular person, place or thing. What elements does it have? Jawaban: It has identification and description. What tense is used in a descriptive text? Jawaban: Present tenses. Give an example of a descriptive text. Jawaban: For example: my rabbit, the frogs in my pond, my father.

Complete the text while listening to your teacher.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Only a short time after I (1) celebrated my 13th birthday, everything was changing for me. One day I (2) learned that my voice was becoming deeper and sounding (3) rough. The next few days, I was (4) surprised to see hair growing on my face. Then, I found out that my (5) height was increasing (6) rapidly. I grew about 10 centimeters in just two months. These changes (7) made me feel awkward and clumsy. The most annoying thing was that I (8) noticed acne starting to (9) appear on my face. I was (10) wondering, what happened to me. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/Mts)

118

UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: Find the meanings of the words below. Then, make sentences using the words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. deeper = lebih dalam 2. 3. increase = meningkat 4. 5. annoying = mengganggu 6. 7. clumsy = kikuk 8. 9. appear = muncul 10.

rough find out awkward acne rapidly

= = = = =

kasar, parau mengetahui aneh, janggal jerawat dengan cepat

Contoh jawaban: 1. This swimming pool is deeper than the other one. 2. The road in my village is rough. 3. The need of gazoline increases day by day. 4. Finally, I found out the answer of question 2. 5. The loud music is very annoying. I cannot concentrate on my study. 6. The man’s attitude looks awkward. Is he new here? 7. I felt clumsy on my first experience of being a host. 8. My little sister is upset about the acne on her face. 9. Slowly but sure, the sun appears behind the horizon. 10. The ants population grows rapidly during the wet season. B.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the complete text in Task A. Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. How old was the speaker? 2. How was his voice? 3. How tall did he grow in two months? 4. What made the speaker very annoyed? 5. What did he feel knowing the changes? Jawaban: 1. 13 years old. 2. It was becoming deeper and sounding rough. 3. About 10 centimeters. 4. The acne which appeared on his face. 5. He felt awkward and clumsy.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

119

Variasi: A.

Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Let me ask you something. Where did you spend your holiday last Sunday? Did you go to the beach, to the swimming pool, to the park or to the zoo? Or, . . . did you just stay at home? Um . . . I myself went to the Ragunan Zoo last Sunday. I went there with my family. We left home at 9 a.m. It took an hour to get there. Well, it was crowded when we arrived. You know, Ragunan Zoo held some attractions during the holiday. There were pony cart and elephant rides. I enjoyed them both. Have you ever enjoyed elephant ride? You’d better try. Well, we spent two hours there. We saw some animal attractions. They were amazing! That day I not only felt relaxed but also learned a lot of things. Jawaban: The monolog tells us about the writer’s experience during his/her holiday in the Ragunan zoo. B.

Complete the statements below based on the mono Task A.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

The speaker told his/her experience in ________. The speaker went there with ________. The speaker arrived at the tourist spot at about ________. The situation was ________ when he/she arrived there. He/she learned a lot of ________.

Jawaban: 1. Ragunan Zoo 4. crowded C.

2. 5.

his/her family things

3.

10 a.m.

Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Eva was sad. Do you know why? Well, she wanted to go to the movies with her friends. However, she had a high fever. She also had a slight cough and runny nose. Quite suffering, right? So, her mother took her to the clinic immediately. The doctor prescribed some medicines for her. He also told her to stay in bed and not go out for a week. Eva looked out to the window. She saw many people outside. They all seemed to be having fun. You know, she got more upset. Just then, the bell rang. Her mother opened the door. Er . . . just as Eva entered the living room, she saw her friends at the door. They told her that they chose to visit her and did not go to the movies. They said, “We can always go to the movies when you get well.” Eva smiled broadly. Well, she was glad to have such good friends. They spent the afternoon with her. Eva didn’t feel so sad anymore. Adapted from: Week by Week English Practice Papers

Jawaban: The monolog is about Eva’s experience when she was sick.

120

UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: A. Match the words in column A with their meanings in column B. A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

B

fever slight runny nose have fun suffering prescribe upset broadly enter get well

Jawaban: 1. d 6. h

2. g 7. c

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

menderita pilek terganggu, sedih demam bersenang-senang sembuh agak, ringan menulis resep dengan lebar masuk 3. b 8. i

4. e 9. j

5. a 10. f

B. Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task A. 1. For sick people, we usually send a ________ card. 2. Dino was ________ because he got a bad mark. 3. The little girl smiled ________ when she received a box of chocolate. 4. When we ________ the house, we saw some antique things of high value. 5. Mr. Karno was absent because he had a ________ headache. Jawaban: 1. get well 2. upset 3. broadly 4. entered 5. slight D.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text you have heard in Task C.

1.

What is the purpose of the monolog? A. To tell past experience. B. To describe something. C. To entertain the listeners. D. To report something. Jawaban: A Monolog tersebut berbentuk recount yang bertujuan untuk menceritakan pengalaman masa lalu (to tell past experience).

2.

Below are what Eva suffered from, except ________. A. a high fever B. a slight cough C. a headache D. a runny nose Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”However, she had a high fever. She also had a slight cough and runny nose.” yang artinya ”Namun, dia demam tinggi. Dia juga agak batuk dan pilek.”.

3.

What made Eva happy finally? A. She got a gift from her friends. B. Her friends visited her. C. Her mom was always by her side. D. She recovered from her sickness soon. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . her friends at the door. They told her that they chose to visit her and did not go to the movies . . . . Well, she was glad to have such good friends.” yang artinya ”. . . teman-temannya berdiri di pintu. Mereka mengatakan kepadanya bahwa mereka memilih mengunjunginya dan tidak pergi ke bioskop . . . . Ya, dia senang mempunyai teman-teman seperti itu.”.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

121

4.

A.

What did the doctor advice her? A. To stay in hospital and not go out for a few days. B. To stay in bed and not go out for a few days. C. To stay in hospital and not go out for a week. D. To stay in bed and not go out for a week. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat ”The doctor . . . told her to stay in bed and not go out for a week.” yang artinya ”Dokter . . . mengatakan kepadanya untuk istirahat dan tidak keluar selama seminggu.”.

5.

“You know, she got more upset.” The synonym of the underlined word is ________. A. unfit B. unfair C. unhappy D. unhealthy Jawaban: C Kata ’upset’ sama artinya dengan kata unhappy, yaitu sedih.

Read the two texts below with proper pronunciation.

Text 1 Once I lived in a dormitory with some Australian students. There were about twenty of us on the same floor and there were only two fridges available. Our neighbors were so friendly but problems first emerged when my Singaporean neighbor put her chopped garlic in the fridge. All the Australians complained about the garlic. But the Asians complained about the smell of pasta (noodles) which to us, smelled like a toilet! At last, we decided to wrap garlic and pasta before placing them in the fridge. This taught us to understand and respect each other’s cultures. So, it is not good to fry ‘ikan asin’ or ‘sambal terasi’ if you live very near Australians! By: Daniel Text 2 When I first came to Bali I knew no Indonesian, but I was keen on speaking it. Therefore, usually I experimented with sentences by guessing and putting words together. One day I was sitting on the beach and a lady came up to me offering to sell me a sarong. I wanted to tell her that I had no money but I didn't know how, so I decided to guess. “Saya tidak orang,” I said. The lady stared at me in horror and touched me on the arm! Realizing I wasn’t a ghost, she started to laugh and told me that it was ‘uang’ and that the word for ‘to have’ was ‘punya’. I’ll never forget my Indonesian lesson that day. So the moral is don’t be afraid to make mistakes–it’s a great way of learning! (Sarah Wood, an Australian exchange teacher working at IALF Bali) Source: http://www.kangguru.org/kgredifferentponddifferentfish.htm (January 3, 2009)

122

UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: A.

Read the bold-typed words in the texts you have just read. Which of the words have the following meanings?

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. menyukai = keen 2. melakukan percobaan = experimented 3. asrama = dormitory 4. menebak = guessing 5. menawarkan = offering 6. muncul = emerged 7. lemari es = fridge 8. bawang putih = garlic 9. mengeluh = complained 10. menyentuh = touched 11. membungkus = wrap 12. menghormati = respect 13. memutuskan = decided 14. menyadari = realizing 15. menatap = stared B.

Complete the sentences with the answers in the previous task. Change the form of the words if necessary.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

My sister who studies in Yogyakarta lives in a ________. Although the man didn’t always have food to eat, he never ________. We must ________ our parents and other people. Some people believe that ________ is a herb that can heal some kinds of sicknesses. The boy didn’t ________ that someone had been following him. Can you ________ whom I met today? Mr. Jackson! Mr. Andre is smart, no wonder the company has ________ him a high salary. Are you ________ on eating hamburgers? The problem ________ when there was a new secretary. Would you please ________ the gift using the colorful paper?

Jawaban: 1. dormitory 6. guess C.

2. 7.

complained offered

3. 8.

respect keen

4. 9.

garlic emerged

5. realize 10. wrap

Read the two texts before once again. Then, answer the questions.

Text 1 1. Where did the writer live with some Australian students? Jawaban: In a dormitory. 2. How many people lived with the writer in the same floor? Jawaban: Twenty people. 3. How many fridges are available for them? Jawaban: Two.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

123

4. What did the writer think of his neighbors? Jawaban: They were friendly. 5. Who put a chopped garlic in the fridge? Jawaban: The writer’s Singaporean neighbor. 6. What did the Australians complain about? Jawaban: The garlic. 7. What did the Asians complain about? Jawaban: The pasta. 8. Why did the Asians complain about it? Jawaban: Because it smelled like toilet. 9. What did the students do to avoid the smell? Jawaban: They wrapped the garlic and pasta before placing them in the fridge. 10. What did the experience teach them? Jawaban: To understand and respect each other’s cultures. Text 2 1. Is the writer an Indonesian? Jawaban: No, she isn’t. 2. How do you know? Jawaban: From her statement that she didn’t know Indonesian. 3. What did she do to be able to speak Indonesian? Jawaban: She experimented with sentences by guessing and putting words together. 4. What was the writer doing when a seller came to her? Jawaban: She was sitting on the beach. 5. What did a lady sell? Jawaban: A sarong. 6. Did the writer buy it? Jawaban: No, she didn’t. 7. What did she say to the seller? Jawaban: She said, “Saya tidak orang.” 8. What did she actually mean? Jawaban: She wanted to tell the seller that she didn’t have money. 9. What was the seller’s reaction when the writer told her this? Jawaban: The seller stared at her in horror and touched her on the arm. 10. Why did the seller laugh? Jawaban: Because she knew that the writer was not a ghost and that she just made mistakes in saying the Indonesian words. B.

Read the texts in Task A once again. Then, retell one of them to the class.

Contoh jawaban: Text 1 Hi, friends! Let me tell you about my experience when I studied in Australia. I lived in a dormitory with my Australian friends. I lived with about nineteen people on the same floor. Unluckily, we only got two fridges here. At first we lived peacefully, because we all were friendly. One day, we faced a problem. You know, I had a Singaporean who love eating chopped garlic. She put it in the fridge. I tell you what! my Australians friends complained about it. On the other hand, . . . my Asian friends complained about the smell of pasta. We thought it smelled like a toilet! To overcome the problems, we decided to pack the garlic and pasta before we put them into the fridge. This experience taught us to understand and 124

UNIT 2 Recount

respect each other’s cultures. So my friends, let me tell you this. Suppose you want to study in Australia, don’t fry ‘ikan asin’ or ‘sambal terasi’ when you have Australian neighbors! Text 2 Hello, my name is Sarah Wood. You know, on my first trip to Bali I knew nothing about Indonesian. However, I was interested to talk with the native in Indonesian. So, I tried to talk by guessing and arranging words together. One day, I sat on the beach to enjoy the scenery. A lady approached me. She sold a sarong. You know what. I had no money at all. I wanted to tell her about it, but I didn’t know what to say. Then I decided to say, “Saya tidak orang.” Guess what! The lady looked confuse. Then, she touched my arm! She thought I was a ghost. Suddenly she laughed and understood that I was not a ghost. After that, she told me that it was ‘uang’ not ‘orang’ and the English word for ‘punya’ is ‘to have’. That experience is still in my mind. That’s my story. Funny, isn’t it? Variasi: A. Read the text aloud. Retell it using your own words. Mind your pronunciation and intonation. When Arvan was in hospital, he stayed in the children’s ward. It was a long room with lots of beds. There were other children in all the beds. Some of them smiled and waved to him. There were lots of things for Arvan to do. First of all, he had a blood test. A nurse took a little blood from him. She used a needle–it did sting a bit, but it wasn’t too bad. The nurse told Arvan that the blood test would help the doctor find out how to take care of him. Then, Arvan was taken to a special room in the X-ray department. A nurse helped him to get up on a table, and asked him to lie there without moving. A giant-sized camera took a photograph, called an X-ray, of Arvan’s insides. It didn’t hurt at all. Arvan stayed in hospital for a few days. He made some new friends there, and his mother came to visit him every day. A teacher came to the ward every day too, and she brought along something for all the children to do. In the afternoon Arvan liked to draw pictures with the other children. Contoh jawaban: Well, today I will tell you about Arvan’s experience in hospital. Here is the story. Last week, Arvan was sick and he had to stay in the hospital. In hospital he stayed in the children’s ward with many other children. Do you know a children ward? Yeah, it was a long room for children with many beds. Guess what things Arvan did in the hospital! Well, firstly he had a blood test. A nurse took a little blood from him using a needle. Actually it did sting a bit, but it wasn’t too bad. You know, the blood test would help the doctor find out how to take care of Arvan. After that, the nurse took Arvan to the X-ray room. She helped him to get up on a table and asked him to lie there. Then, a giant-sized camera took a photograph of Arvan’s insides. Um . . . Arvan stayed in hospital for several days. He had some new friends there. His mother visited him every day. His teacher visited him too and brought along something for all the children. Every afternoon Arvan usually drew pictures with his friends there. B.

Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.

1. 2. 3.

______ Arvan stayed in a long room for children when he was in hospital. ______ There were few beds in the children’s ward. ______ Arvan stayed in the room alone.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

125

4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

______ ______ ______ ______ ______

The first thing Arvan should do was that he had to be taken to the X-ray department. A nurse took his blood using a needle. The doctor used the result of the blood test to tell his disease. Every day a teacher came to Arvan’s room and brought something for him and his friends. Arvan was very fond of drawing.

Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. It was a long room with lots of beds. 3. F. There were other children in all the beds in the children’s ward. 4. F. First of all, Arvan had a blood test. 5. T 6. F. The doctor used the result of the blood test to find out how to take care of him. 7. T 8. T C.

Tell your experience based on the following data in front of the class.

10 a.m. 11 a.m. 12 a.m.–1 p.m. 1 p.m. 5 p.m. 6 p.m. 7 p.m. 11 p.m.

Camping at Paradise Mountain Arrive at Paradise Mountain, then build tents. Prepare lunch. Have lunch. Walk through the forest. Arrive at the camp base and cook fried rice. Have dinner around the campfire. Enjoy the evening and have a bonfire. Go sleeping. Adapted from: American Breakthrough 2

Contoh jawaban: Well, last week we went camping at Paradise Mountain. You know, we went there by bus. We arrived there at about ten o’clock. Then, we took a rest for about half an hour. After that, we built tents. It was enjoying because we did it together. Then, the girls prepared lunch and the boys helped them. At about twelve p.m. we had lunch. Then, our activities began. At about one p.m. we had to walk through the forest. We all know that we should keep the forest. We may not scratch or take any exotic flowers. Moreover, we should not litter. At first, we still had conversations and made jokes. However, when we arrived at the deeper part in the forest, some girls shouted because they were afraid. They felt relieved after we finally went out of the forest. Then, we had to cross a river. We did it hand in hand and we were happy doing this. We also played in the water. At about five p.m., we arrived at our camping area. Then, we cooked fried rice. This time, all boys cooked it. Guess what happened! Some were overcooked! At six p.m., we had dinner. Then, we enjoyed the evening and had a bonfire. Some friends sang songs, and some others had jokes. I myself played the guitar to accompany those who sang. At about eleven p.m., we went sleeping.

126

UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: A. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text. Kalimat-kalimat yang diurutkan siswa dan jawaban: 5 The cat was still alive. 8

Soon the cat’s leg healed.

4

Ratna and her father rushed out of the car.

7

There, the veterinarian washed and bandaged the cat’s injured leg.

1

Mr. Basudewa was driving Ratna home from school.

10 Now, Ratna and the cat have become good friends. 2

Suddenly, a white cat dashed across the street.

6

So, they took it to the veterinarian.

3

Mr. Basudewa’s car hit the cat.

9

Ratna decided to keep the cat as her pet.

B.

Retell the proper text in Task A using your own words. Mind your pronunciation and intonation.

Contoh jawaban: Have you ever hit a cat? If you have, what happened then? Now, I’ll tell you Ratna’s experience. One day, Ratna and her father was driving home from school. Suddenly, a cat crossed the street and Ratna’s car hit it. Of course, Ratna and her father rushed out of the car. Fortunately, the cat wasn’t dead. Can you guess what they did then? They took the cat to the veterinarian. The veterinarian washed and bandaged the cat’s injured leg. The cat’s leg healed. Then, Ratna kept the cat as her pet. They became good friends. O.K., that’s all about Ratna and her cat. Thank you for listening. D.

Tell your friends your childhood experience.

Contoh jawaban: Well, my mother ever told me that when I was a kid, just around about two years old, I was nearly drowned. At that time I was playing by the pond in my house, and apparently I slipped and fell in. However, somehow I stood up just enough so my mouth was sticking out above the water. And I didn’t cry out. I was apparently too busy trying to breathe. Eventually, my mother came out. Well, she found me standing in the pond with my head just above the water. Then, she pulled me out before anything bad happened. Luckily, there was nothing serious about me. Adapted from: Language in Use Intermediate

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

127

A.

Read the text with proper pronunciation.

My family likes the sea very much. When we had a holiday last year, we went to a place at the seaside and borrowed a boat from one of our friends. Then, we sailed and fished on the sea all day. We also had races against other boats. When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the sea instead. We were very careful on this lake because there were a lot of sharp rocks there, and the water was shallow. We did not want to damage our friend’s boat. There were not many fish in the lake, but in the sea we caught a lot with a hook, line and small pieces of bread. The fish were not very big, but they tasted very good. When the weather was fine, we sailed to the land at lunch time, collected pieces of dry wood and fried or grilled our fish over them on the beach. There is an island about a mile from our friend’s house, and we sailed to it. The water was very clear there, and there was a beautiful beach with white sand and no rocks. We bathed there. It was a lot of fun. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Variasi: A. Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B. A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B.

seaside race rough shallow hook collect grill sharp damage island

B a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

dangkal mengumpulkan merusakkan tepi laut memanggang perlombaan kasar, keras kail pulau tajam

Jawaban: 1. d 2. f 3. g 4. a 5. h 6. b 7. e 8. j 9. c 10. i

Make sentences using the words in Task A.

Contoh jawaban: 1. My trip to the seaside yesterday was enjoyful. 2. Would you like to see a horse race with me? 3. Be careful of the rough wave on the beach. 4. We like to play in the river near my house because it is clear and shallow. 5. Let’s go fishing. Don’t forget to bring your hook. 6. Ms. Irna likes to collect pins from wherever country she goes. 7. Please grill the fish after I spread the seasoning on it. 8. Please take me a sharp knife to chop this meat. 9. The earthquake damaged many houses in the village. 10. The people who live in the remote island are isolated.

128

UNIT 2 Recount

C.

Identify the structure of the text in Task A.

Jawaban: Orientation

My family likes the sea very much. When we had a holiday last year, we went to a place at the seaside and borrowed a boat from one of our friends. Then, we sailed and fished on the sea all day. We also had races against other boats.

Series of Events

When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the sea instead. We were very careful on this lake because there were a lot of sharp rocks there, and the water was shallow. We did not want to damage our friend’s boat. There were not many fish in the lake, but in the sea we caught a lot with a hook, line and small pieces of bread. The fish were not very big, but they tasted very good. When the weather was fine, we sailed to the land at lunch time, collected pieces of dry wood and fried or grilled our fish over them on the beach. There is an island about a mile from our friend’s house, and we sailed to it. The water was very clear there, and there was a beautiful beach with white sand and no rocks. We bathed there. It was a lot of fun.

B. 1.

2.

Choose the correct answer based on the text in Task A. How did the writer get a boat? A. By renting it. B. By buying it. C. By borrowing it from a friend. D. By borrowing it from a fisherman. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua paragraf satu, ”When we had a holiday last year, we went to a place at the seaside and borrowed a boat from one of our friends.” yang artinya ”Saat kami liburan pada tahun lalu, kami pergi ke sebuah tempat di pinggir pantai dan meminjam perahu dari salah seorang teman.”. What did the writer and his family do when the sea was rough? A. They sailed on a small lake. B. They sailed on a small river. C. They stopped sailing. D. They went to the harbor.

Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat, ”When the sea was rough, we sailed on a small lake near the sea instead.”. 3.

Below are what the writer used to catch fish, except ________. A. hook B. line C. bread D. worm Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini tepat karena worm (cacing) tidak disebutkan dalam teks, khususnya pada kalimat ”There were not many fish in the lake, but in the sea we caught a lot with a hook, line and small pieces of bread.” yang artinya ”Tidak banyak ikan di danau itu, tetapi di laut kami menangkap banyak ikan dengan pancing, tali pancing, dan potongan-potongan roti.”.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

129

4.

Which statement is NOT TRUE about the lake? A. There were a lot of sharp rocks there. B. The water was shallow. C. It was near the writer’s friend’s house. D. There were not many fish in the lake. Jawaban: C Pernyataan ini benar karena tidak dijelaskan dalam teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua, ”We were very careful on this lake because there were a lot of sharp rocks there, and the water was shallow.” yang artinya ”Kami sangat hati-hati di danau ini karena ada banyak batu tajam,

dan airnya dangkal.”. Pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, ”There were not many fish in the lake, . . . .” yang artinya ”Tidak ada banyak ikan di danau itu, . . . .”. 5.

How was the fish in the sea? A. It was big. B. It tasted good. C. It was black and white. D. It wasn’t easy to catch. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The fish were not very big, but they tasted very good.” yang artinya ”Ikan-ikan itu tidak begitu besar, tetapi rasanya enak.”.

Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut. Read the text and answer questions 1 to 4. Ali and Ani had a vacation. They went to Prapat. They wanted to visit their uncle Mr. Hadi and his family. Mr. Anwar, Ali and Ani’s father, went together with them. They went there by bus. They left Medan at six o’clock in the morning and arrived in Prapat at nine. Edi and Tati, Mr. Hadi’s children, had been waiting for them at the bus station. Source : www.puspendik.com

1. What is the main idea of the paragraph above? A. Ali and Ani’s vacation. B. The Hadi family wanted to visit Prapat. C. The Anwar family went to Prapat to visit the Hadi’s. D. Edi and Tati had been waiting for them at the bus station. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama dalam teks, ”Ali and Ani had a vacation.”. Pilihan jawaban lainnya hanya sebagai kalimat pendukung dari gagasan utama.

130

UNIT 2 Recount

2. How many people go to Prapat? A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan kalimat pertama ”Ali and Ani had a vacation. They went to Prapat.” dan kalimat keempat ”Mr. Anwar, Ali and Ani’s father, went together with them.”, dapat disimpulkan bahwa ada tiga orang yang pergi berlibur ke Prapat, yaitu Ali, Ani, dan ayah mereka. 3. “They wanted to visit their uncle Mr. Hadi and his family.” The bold-typed word refers to ________. A. Hadi’s family B. Mr. Anwar, Ali and Ani C. Edi and Tati D. Ali and Ani Jawaban: D Kata ’they’ dalam kalimat soal mengacu pada subjek kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ”Ali and Ani had a vacation.”. Jadi, kata ’they’ tersebut mengacu pada Ali dan Ani.

4. Edi and Tati are ________. A. Mr. Anwar’s children B. Ali and Ani’s friends C. Ali and Ani’s cousins D. Ali and Ani’s uncle and aunt Jawaban: C Pak Hadi adalah paman Ali dan Ani, sedangkan Edi dan Tati adalah anak Pak Hadi, maka Edi dan Tati adalah sepupu (cousin) Ali dan Ani. For questions 5 to 7, choose the correct words to complete the paragraph. It was a public holiday. We did not have anything to do, so father suggested (5) ________ us to Safari Park in Cisarua. All of us got very (6) ________. Mother quickly prepared some drinks and snacks for the trip. My brothers and I (7) ________ got dressed and brought a camera. Within one hour, we were all ready and settled ourselves in the car. 5. A. taking B. getting C. telling D. keeping Jawaban: A Dalam teks dijelaskan bahwa karena tidak ada kegiatan saat liburan, ayah membawa (taking) penulis dan keluarganya ke Taman Safari di Cisarua. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat berbentuk V-ing form, yaitu taking. Getting artinya memperoleh, telling artinya memberi tahu, dan keeping artinya menjaga/merawat. 6. A. excited B. annoyed C. disappointed D. upset Jawaban: A Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa mereka pergi ke Taman Safari di Cisarua. Oleh karena itu, dapat dipastikan mereka merasa senang (excited). Annoyed artinya terganggu, dispointed artinya kecewa, dan upset artinya bingung. 7. A. B. C. D.

lazily hurriedly slowly diligently

Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat sesudahnya, yaitu ”Within one hour, we were all ready and settled ourselves in the car.”. Berdasarkan kalimat tersebut dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis dan saudara laki-lakinya melakukan sesuatu dengan cepat (hurriedly). Lazily artinya dengan malas, slowly artinya dengan lambat, dan diligently artinya dengan rajin. Read the text and answer questions 8 to 10. I had never thought of climbing Mt. Kerinci. I hesitated when some friends of mine asked me to them on a one-night camping and mountaineering activity. I could not really refuse because I had a lot of spare time in my semester holidays. I went there with five of my friends–Antok, Rio, Angga, Danang and Indra. We started to walk upwards through the bushes first and then into the real jungle. As we moved on, we heard wild animal noises and we saw monkeys jumping from one branch to another. Judging from the plants, we were sure that we were in a rainforest area. At midday, we came to the peak of the mountain and saw the large crater. There was a white flag there to remind visitors about the dangers. We took our photos and then we began to rush down the mountain. 8. When did the writer find the mountain so beautiful? A. At night. B. At midday. C. In the morning. D. In the afternoon. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat pertama paragraf terakhir, ”At midday, we came to the peak of the mountain and saw the large crater.”, yaitu pada keterangan waktu ’at midday’.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

131

9. Which statement is NOT TRUE based on the text? A. The writer’s hobby is climbing mountains. B. The writer felt reluctant to climb mountains. C. The writer found excitement on the peak of the mountain. D. The writer climbed down the mountain soon after taking picture. Jawaban: A Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah (A) yang artinya hobi penulis adalah mendaki gunung karena teks tersebut menceritakan tentang pengalaman pertama penulis mendaki gunung. Jadi, mendaki gunung bukan hobi penulis.

10. What is the most suitable title for the text? A. Climbing a mountain is a dangerous activity. B. My first experience in climbing a mountain. C. Camping on the mountain is exciting. D. My hesitating time on holidays. Ujian Nasional 2005/2006

Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut menceritakan tentang pengalaman penulis naik gunung. Jadi, judul yang paling tepat untuk teks tersebut adalah (B) yang artinya pengalaman pertama saya saat naik gunung.

C.

Complete the text with the words in the box.

a. f.

fun scary

b. g.

pictures colorful

c. h.

stayed rest

d. i.

scenery garden

e. j.

closer tired

My Holiday Last week I went to Mount Bromo. I (1) ________ in my friend’s house in Probolinggo, East Java. The house has a big (2) ________ with (3) ________ flowers and a small fish pond. In the morning, my friend and I saw Mount Batok. The (4) ________ was very beautiful. We rode on horseback. It was (5) ________, but it was fun. Then, we went to get a (6) ________ look at the mountain. We took (7) ________ of the beautiful scenery there. After that, we took a (8) ________ and had lunch under a big tree. We went home in the afternoon. We were very (9) ________. However, I think it was really (10) ________ to have a holiday like this. I hope my next holiday will be more interesting. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Jawaban: 1. c 3. g 5. f 7. b 9. j

132

2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

UNIT 2 Recount

i d e h a

Variasi: Answer the questions based on the text. 1. When did the writer go to Mount Bromo? Jawaban: Last week. 2. Where did he/she stay? Jawaban: In his/her friend’s house in Probolinggo, East Java. 3. What does the house have? Jawaban: It has a big garden with colorful flowers and a small pool. 4. What did the writer see in the morning? Jawaban: He/she saw Mount Batok. 5. What is the writer’s opinion about the scenery there? Jawaban: It was beautiful. 6. What did the writer feel when he/she rode on horseback? Jawaban: It was scary, but it was fun. 7. What did he/she do before taking a rest? Jawaban: He/she took pictures of the beautiful scenery. 8. Where did the writer have lunch? Jawaban: Under a big tree. 9. When did the writer and his/her friend go home? Jawaban: They went home in the afternoon. 10. What did the writer think of the holiday? Jawaban: It was fun.

D. 1. 2. 3.

Change the verbs in brackets into their correct forms. Eva Mufid Eva Mufid Eva Mufid

: : : : : :

4.

Eva : Mufid :

5.

Eva : Mufid :

________ (Do) you go on the picnic to the beach last Sunday? Yes, it ________ (be) great. Why didn’t you come? I ________ (have) to stay at home and study for an exam. So tell me about it. Well, the bus ________ (pick) us up around seven o’clock in the morning. And what time did you arrive at the beach? At nine thirty. First, we ________ (walk) along the beach, and after that we ________ (play) volleyball until lunchtime. Did you buy lunch at the beach? At first we ________ (decide) to have lunch there, but a friend ________ (inform) us that there was a good restaurant near the beach. We ________ (agree) to go there. So what time _______ (do) you come home? Around four o’clock in the afternoon.

Jawaban: 1. Did, was 2. had, picked 3. walked, played 4. decided, informed, agreed 5. did

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

133

Variasi: A.

Complete the dialogs with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets. Practice the dialogs with your friend.

Example: Lena : Where ________ you ________ (go) yesterday? I ________ (call) you twice but no one ________ (pick up) the phone. Ery : Oh, sorry. Yesterday was my father’s birthday. We ________ (have) dinner outside. Answer: Lena : Where did you go yesterday? I called you twice but no one picked up the phone. Ery : Oh, sorry. Yesterday was my father’s birthday. We had dinner outside. 1.

Tessa Elly Tessa Elly 2. Dani Willy Dani Willy 3. Tevi Inung Tevi Inung Tevi Jawaban: 1. Tessa Elly Tessa Elly 2. Dani Willy Dani Willy 3. Tevi Inung Tevi Inung Tevi B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

134

: : : : : : : : : : : : :

________ (Do) you ________ (feel) something? No, I didn't. I ________ (feel) the earth shaking. Oh, no! Don’t say that again. You’ve scared me. Who ________ (turn) on the TV? I did. What’s up? Turn it off when you don’t watch it. O.K. I ________ (watch) Fantastic 4 yesterday evening. ________ (Do) you? Yeah. It ________ (be) really fantastic! You ________ (go) to the movie with your brother, didn't you? No. I ________ (go) there with my cousin.

: : : : : : : : : : : : :

Did you feel something? Oh no! I didn’t. I felt the earth shaking. No. Don’t say that again. You’ve scared me. Who turned on the TV? I did. What’s up? Turn it off when you don’t watch it. O.K. I watched Fantastic 4 yesterday evening. Did you? Yeah. It was really fantastic! You went to the movie with your brother, didn’t you? No. I went there with my cousin.

Make sentences using the words below. Read your sentences with proper pronunciation. not stay/yesterday eat/this morning/? visit/before you came here/? live/two years ago study/last night/?

UNIT 2 Recount

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

not watch the news/a few minutes ago go to the museum/last vacation not go shopping/last Sunday visit grandma/last week not perform the dance/last night

Contoh jawaban: 1. We didn’t stay home yesterday. 2. What did you eat this morning? 3. Whom did you visit before you came here? 4. I lived with my uncle’s family two years ago. 5. What subject did you study last night? 6. We didn’t watch the news about the government’s policy a few minutes ago. 7. My friends and I went to the museum last vacation. 8. We didn’t go shopping last Sunday. 9. Dita visited her grandma last week. 10. We didn’t perform the dance last night. E.

Complete the text with the correct forms of the verbs in brackets.

Hi, guys. Have you ever traveled around Indonesia? Not yet? Well, I have. And I didn’t ________ (1. spend) much money. Don’t you believe it? I ________ (2. go) to Jakarta last holiday. I ________ (3. stay) for four days in my uncle’s house. Uncle Tri, Aunt Rita and my cousin ________ (4. take) me to some tourists resorts in Jakarta, like Ancol the Wonderland, the National Monument, and of course the Indonesia’s Miniature Park or TMII. I ________ (5. spend) almost five hours there. This park is really amazing. I could go around Indonesia just from one place. I went from one province to another in few minutes. I could ________ (6. see) all the islands in Indonesia from above when I ________ (7. ride) the skylift. I also ________ (8. see) some beautiful animals and flowers. It ________ (9. be) really fun. The last thing I ________ (10. do) was having lunch. What a nice holiday! I will never forget it. Jawaban: 1. spend 6. see

A.

2. went 7. rode

3. stayed 8. saw

4. took 9. was

5. spent 10. did

Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text.

Paragraf-paragraf acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 3 2

As the transfusion progressed, his face grew pale and began crying. Then, he looked at the doctor and asked with a trembling voice, “Will I start to die right away?” The doctor asked Liz’s 5-year old brother, “Young boy, your sister is suffering now, and she needs your blood. Are you willing to give your blood to your sister?” I saw him hesitate for a moment before taking a deep breath and saying, “Yes, I’ll do it if it will save her.”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

135

Then, because the doctor felt curious, he asked the little boy, “If you thought that you would die, why did you give your blood to your sister?” And the boy’s answer was “Because . . . I love her.” The doctor answered him, “Of course not, young boy. You will not die because you give your blood to someone. Don’t worry.” Many years ago, when I worked as a volunteer at a hospital, I got to know a little girl named Liz. She was suffering from a serious disease and needed a blood transfusion.

5

4 1

Adapted from: http://www.baywideweb.com/content/fivelessons.htm (May 26, 2007)

Variasi: A.

Find the meanings of the words below.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. curious = ingin tahu 2. transfusion = transfusi 3. save = menyelamatkan 4. volunteer = sukarelawan 5. trembling = gemetar 6. progress = berlangsung 7. suffer = menderita 8. hesitate = ragu-ragu 9. willing (to) = bersedia 10. breath = nafas B.

Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task A.

1.

Nina : What did you ________ from? Andi : Diarrhea. At first the child ________ to approach the woman, but after he knew that she was his mother, he immediately ran to her. The boy’s voice was ________ when he confessed that he had stolen the money. Mr. Aji : Are you ________ to do overwork in this office? Mr. Sanusi : Sure, Sir. The man worked as a ________ to take care of the tsunami victims.

2. 3. 4. 5.

Jawaban: 1. suffer B.

2.

hesitated

3.

trembling

4.

willing

5.

volunteer

Identify the structure of the proper text in Task A.

Jawaban: Orientation

136

UNIT 2 Recount

Many years ago, when I worked as a volunteer at a hospital, I got to know a little girl named Liz. She was suffering from a serious disease and needed a blood transfusion.

Series of Events

The doctor asked Liz’s 5-year old brother, “Young boy, your sister is suffering now, and she needs your blood. Are you willing to give your blood to your sister?” I saw him hesitate for a moment before taking a deep breath and saying, “Yes, I’ll do it if it will save her.” As the transfusion progressed, his face grew pale and began crying. Then, he looked at the doctor and asked with a trembling voice, “Will I start to die right away?” The doctor answered him, “Of course not, young boy. You will not die because you give your blood to someone. Don’t worry.” Then, because the doctor felt curious, he asked the little boy, “If you thought that you would die, why did you give your blood to your sister?” And the boy’s answer was “Because . . . I love her.”

Variasi: Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

______ ______ ______ ______ ______

The young boy thought that he would die because he had given his blood. The writer was the boy’s sister. The boy gave his blood because he had to do it. The boy was five years old. At that time the writer was suffering from a serious disease.

Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. The writer was a volunteer at the hospital where Liz stayed. 3. F. The boy gave his blood because he loved his sister. 4. T 5. F. At that time Liz was suffering from a serious disease, not the writer. C.

Write sentences using the present perfect tense based on the picture. Tina’s Room You can use the verbs below. ● ●

play read

● ●

draw collect

● ●

take listen to

Example: Tina has kept some packs of noodles.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

137

Contoh jawaban: 1. Tina has played the guitar. 3. She hasn’t taken pictures. 5. She has collected some animal dolls.

2. Tina has drawn some animals. 4. She has read books about science. 6. Tina has listened to the radio.

Variasi: In pairs, ask your partner these questions. You may add additional questions. Write the result fo your interview on a sheet of paper. If your partner answer “Yes”, put a tick (✔) in the ‘Yes’ column. If he/she says “No”, put a tick (✔) in the ‘No’ column. No.

Have you ever . . . ?

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

had a penfriend broken your arm or leg forgotten to do your homework met a famous person won a prize in a composition been in a foreign country sung an English song had a terrible nightmare played in a drama cheated in an exam

Yes

No

Example: This is about Mirdad. He has never had a penfriend. Once he has broken his arm/leg. It was in 2003 when he got a motorcycle accident with his father. He has never forgotten to do his homework. Quite diligent, right? D.

Continue the sentences below to make a proper text. Use your own words.

Heavy rains hit my place few days ago. It didn’t stop for five hours. Suddenly, water flowed up from the river. It spread everywhere. People tried to save their things, so did my family. __________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ Contoh jawaban: Heavy rains hit my place two days ago. It didn’t stop for five hours. Suddenly, water flowed up from the river. It spread everywhere. People tried to save their things, so did my family. Actually, we often get flood every year, especially in the rainy season. However, it always comes in sudden. It makes everyone panicked. This time I heard many babies and children cried. All people rushed to higher places. They walked in a hurry. Water inundated the houses and streets in a few days. Cars and other vehicles couldn’t the street. It was really horrible.

138

UNIT 2 Recount

E.

Do you have a memorable experience? Write a recount text about it.

Contoh jawaban: I have a younger sister. I love her very much. However, one day, when she and I were eating together, suddenly I broke the glass beside me. I felt surprised, and so did my sister. Suddenly, mother came. She asked us, “Oh, no. Who broke the glass?” I was really afraid to tell her the fact because the glass was one of my mother’s favorites, I guessed. I said, “Not . . . me. It was Ela.” Ela felt shocked hearing this. I could see it from her face. She tried to defend hersef, “No. It was Eka . . . .” But mother believed me more than her. Then, mother asked her, “If you have made a mistake, confess it bravely. Now, sweep the floor and clean it from the broken glass. Eka, please help your sister.” I helped her. But I saw there were some tears in her big eyes. I kept silent. In my heart, I felt that I won over her. However, since that time, she didn’t want to be with me anymore. She played with her doll and directly left when I approached her. She also didn’t come to my class during the break as she usually did before. And, she kept locking herself in her room. I felt really lonely, and realized that it was my fault actually. I felt guilty. Then, one day, I approached her when she was playing. She was almost leaving. However, I grasped her hand and said, “Forgive me, dear sister. It was my fault.” At first she still didn’t want to see me. However, I kept apologizing. Then, she finally said, “O.K.” She cried. I embraced her and promised I would never do it anymore.

2.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Letters

Spoken Text Read the text and understand the explanation. Attention, please. We’ve found some keys in the hall. If you have lost them, please meet Mr. Bambang at the teacher room during the break. Thank you. The text above is an announcement. It is used to give information about something in a public place. An announcement can be spoken or written.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

139

Written Text Read the following text and understand the explanation.

Jalan Menara Bunga 12 Bukittinggi

August 14, 2009

Dear Mirima, My brother and I are in Bukittinggi now. We arrived here on Sunday morning at five. It was already busy probably because of the holidays. We went directly to the remains of De Kock Fortress and found a lot of people jogging along this area. We took a rest here, sat under the tree and enjoyed the fresh air. It was almost 6:30 a.m. We went to a famous warung, called “Pical si Kai”. Here we had coffee, pical, ketupat gulai, etc. Because all hotels had been full, we rented a room in a house nearby. The room was quite nice and clean. The rent was not too expensive. At about eight we went to Sianok Valley. It is such a very beautiful valley. On the bank of the valley there is a long cave, called Japanese cave. It is very long. It goes deeply into the ground with an entrance at one end, and an exit at the other end. The people here said that a long time ago the cave was used by the Japanese army to protect themselves from the Dutch attack. At that time it seemed that there was nothing in the ground. Both the entrance and the exit were covered by plants. That’s our first day in Bukittinggi. We are going to visit Lake Maninjau, Lembah Anai Falls, etc. the following day. Hope to be here with you someday. Please reply soon. Love, Vena Junita

The text is a letter. A letter has a certain structure as follows. 1. Date. It shows the date when the letter is written on. 2. Inside address. It shows whom the letter is sent to or the recipient and the address. It usually mentions the recipient’s full name and address. 3. Greeting. It is also known as the “salutation”. It says “Dear (name of recipient)”. 4. Body. This shows the content or the subject matter of the letter. 5. Closing. This is the farewell phrase, such as: “Cheers”, “Love”, “Best regards”, “Yours truly” or “Sincerely”. 6. Signature. Signature is important for formal letters. It is seldom mentioned in informal letters. The full name of the writer is often printed below the signature.

140

UNIT 2 Recount

Answer the questions. 1. 2. 3. 4.

A.

What announcements have you heard recently? Contoh jawaban: Announcement about a math test. Where did you hear the announcement? Contoh jawaban: In the classroom. Do you often send letters? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Whom do you usually send the letter to? Contoh jawaban: To my aunt or penfriend.

Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Attention, please. The show will start in a few minutes. Please sit down on the seats provided and please do not approach the fence surrounding the stage. Although the animals which are going to perform are trained well, they are dangerous. Thank you. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B.

Where can you hear such an announcement? Jawaban: In a circus. What should the audience do? Jawaban: They should sit on the seats provided. What shouldn’t audience do? Jawaban: They should not approach the fence surrounding the stage. Why shouldn’t they do that? Jawaban: Because the animals which are going to perform are dangerous. What do you know about the performers? Jawaban: They are animals which are trained well, but dangerous. Find the words which have the following meanings in the text in Task A.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. tempat duduk = seat 2. pagar = fence 3. disediakan = provided 4. sekitar = surrounding 5. terlatih = trained

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

141

C.

Complete the sentences with the correct words in Task B.

1. The animals are ________ well by Mr. Sanjaya. 2. You can choose your own ________ here. 3. The environment ________ my village is very clean. 4. A high ________ protects the plantation from animals. 5. Is the snack ________ for us? Jawaban: 1. trained 2. seat 3. surrounding 4. fence 5. provided Variasi: A.

Your teacher is going to read a text. Listen to him/her carefully. Then, answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Attention, please, There will be a flag ceremony next Monday. Don’t forget to wear your hats and ties. The students on duty will be the students of Class VIIIA. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B.

Who do you think the speaker is? Jawaban: A teacher. Who do you think the listeners are? Jawaban: The students. Where can you hear such an announcement? Jawaban: At school. What is the announcement about? Jawaban: A flag ceremony. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To announce something. Continue the statements below based on the text you have heard in Task A.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Next Monday there will be a ________. Don’t forget to wear ________. The students on duty will be ________. “Don’t forget to wear your hat, . . . .” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. 5. The word ‘you’ in the announcement refers to ________. Jawaban: 1. flag ceremony 2. your hats and ties 3. the students of Class VIIIA 4. 5. the students

142

UNIT 2 Recount

D.

Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru: For all performers, you all have performed very well. So, it is difficult for us to choose which of you should win the contest. Finally, after a long discussion, we come to the conclusion that Anggara’s group is the third winner, Ina’s group is the runner up and . . . the first winner is . . . Nita’s group. For these groups, please come forward to receive trophies from the principal. Jawaban: It’s an announcement about the winners of a contest. E.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text you have heard in Task D. Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. How did the performers perform themselves? 2. What should the winners do? 3. Which group is the third winner? 4. Who will give them the trophies? 5. In your opinion, who is the speaker? Jawaban: 1. Very well. 2. Come forward to receive trophies from the principal. 3. Anggara’s group. 4. The principal. 5. One of the juries or the host.

A.

Say the announcement below aloud.

To celebrate our Independence Day, we will hold some activities. One of them is blood donation. A drop of your blood is very meaningful for those who need it. If you want to donate your blood, please Renny in the OSIS room. Thank you. Variasi: Read the following announcement aloud. Then, retell it using your own words. Attention, please. The end of this semester is approaching. We will conduct an end semester party as usual. Each class should prepare an attractive attraction to be performed. Please be prepared. Thank you.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

143

Contoh jawaban: Attention, please, We will end this semester soon. As usual, we will hold an end semester party. All classes should prepare interesting performances such as dramas, singing, dancing, etc. Please be prepared. Thank you. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the announcement in Task A. ______ ______ ______ ______ ______

The announcement is about blood donation at school. The blood donation is to celebrate the Independence Day. The blood donation is the only activity for the Independence Day. A little blood is useful. Students who want to donate their blood can go to the sickbay.

Jawaban: 1. T 2. T 3. F. It is just one of the activities. 4. T 5. F. Students who want to donate their blood can Renny in the OSIS room. Variasi: Read the announcement aloud. Then, state whether the following statements are true (T) of false (F). Attention, please. We’ve found a wallet with some money in it in the parking area. If you are the one who has lost it, please go to the security office to confirm the wallet. Thank you. Statements: 1. ______ The announcement is about a lost wallet. 2. ______ The wallet contains money. 3. ______ The person who lost the wallet should go to the cashier. 4. ______ The person who lost the wallet should confirm what the wallet looks like. 5. ______ The wallet was found in the parking area. Jawaban: 1. F. The announcement is about a found wallet. 2. T 3. F. He/she should go to the security office. 4. T 5. T C.

Tell your friends an announcement based on each situation.

1.

One of your teachers is absent. However, he gives you an assignment. Tell the class about his/her absence and what the assignment is. 2. Suppose you are a teacher in your school. Because there have been many students who come late, make an announcement about the thing the late comers should do. Contoh jawaban: 1. Attention, please.Mr. Anwar cannot come today. However, he has given us an assignment to do. Please write down a recount text about your childhood experience. Then, submit it to the teacher on duty. Thank you. 2. Attention for all students. Many students have been late recently. Therefore, from now on students who come late must make a composition for about two pages. They should submit it exactly on the day they come late after the second break. Thank you. 144

UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: Deliver some announcements based on the situations. 1. 2.

Suppose you have found a purse in the school library. Make an announcement about it. Suppose you are a teacher in your school. Make an announcement that there will be a school bazaar next month. State the exact date/day and what the students should prepare. Contoh jawaban: 1. Attention, please. I have found a purse in the school library. It is red, small and contains some money. For the student who has lost it, please me: Lucia, Class VIIIA. 2. Attention for all, To celebrate our school anniversary, we will conduct a school bazaar next month, starting from October 5 to October 10. I hope all classes can participate. You can sell many kinds of things, such as food, books or products you create yourselves. If you are interested, you can meet me to get the requirement and registration forms during the break. Thank you.

A.

Read the letter below with proper pronunciation. What do the bold-typed words mean?

123 Geylang Road Singapore, March 20, 2009 Dear Bob, I was awfully sorry to hear that you were hurt in an accident last week. It was only this morning that I knew that you were taken to General Hospital. Fortunately, you were not seriously injured. I do hope that you are getting well by now. However, I am sure that you would like to know that many of your classmates are concerned about you. They want to send you their best wishes for your early recovery. Anyway, with your mother staying with you most of the time, I hope that you will not feel lonely at the hospital. I do hope that you will recover soon. Yours sincerely, John Adapted from: Composition Letter Writing Comprehension Structure and Usage

Jawaban: 1. hurt = 2. fortunately = 3. seriously injured = 4. getting well = 5. concerned about =

luka untungnya terluka parah sembuh menaruh perhatian

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

145

6. 7. 8.

wishes early recovery lonely

= harapan = penyembuhan/pemulihan yang segera = kesepian

Variasi: Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the letter in Task A. 1. ______ The letter is about a wish to visit Bob soon. 2. ______ John stayed in General Hospital. 3. ______ John knew the news about Bob two days before he wrote the letter. 4. ______ Bob’s classmates didn’t pay attention to him. 5. ______ Bob’s mother always stayed with him. Jawaban: 1. F. The letter is about a wish that Bob is getting well. 2. F. It was Bob who stayed in General Hospital. 3. F. John knew the news in the morning before he wrote the letter. 4. F. Bob’s classmates were concerned about him. 5. T B.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1.

The text is a letter of ________. A. application B. invitation C. introduction D. complaint Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat awal surat, ”We are sorry to complain about the service that your travel agency provided on our school holiday Bali Tour on July 8-10.”. Jadi, isi surat itu tentang keluhan (complaint) atas jasa yang diberikan.

2.

The writer feels disappointed with the followings, except ________. A. the dinner provided B. canceling to visit one object C. being late to check in D. the traveling Jawaban: D Penulis merasa kecewa dengan pelayanan agen perjalanan yang berkaitan dengan makanan untuk makan malam dan keterlambatan check in yang menyebabkan batalnya rencana mengunjungi salah satu tempat wisata. Jadi, yang tidak termasuk hal yang mengecewakan penulis adalah (D) traveling.

The Manager of KEN TOUR Jalan Ahmad Yani 12 Surabaya Dear Sir, We are sorry to complain about the service that your travel agency provided on our school holiday Bali Tour on July 8–10. First, on our arrival we had to stay outside the hotel despite our tiredness after 12 hours journey. The people in charge said that all the rooms were still occupied by another group. We were welcomed to check in after waiting for 5 hours. That means our tour was two hours delayed. Consequently we missed one of the places to visit. At the dinner time, many of us found no food left, so we had to buy some food outside. We look forward to receiving your response. Thank you. Yours faithfully, Andi

146

UNIT 2 Recount

3.

4.

How long was the tour? A. 2 days. B. 3 days. C. 5 hours. D. 12 hours. Jawaban: B Dalam surat disebutkan bahwa tour liburan ke Bali mulai tanggal 8 sampai 10 Juli. Jadi, tour tersebut berlangsung selama 3 hari (three days).

Jawaban: D Dalam surat tersebut Andi menyatakan keluhan. Karena mengajukan keluhan, dapat dipastikan bahwa tour tersebut tidak berjalan sukses. Jadi, pernyataan yang tidak sesuai teks adalah the tour was successful. 5.

Which is NOT TRUE based on the text? A. The travel agent is Ken Tour. B. The travel agency did not arrange the tour well. C. The students spent their holiday in Bali. D. The tour was successful. Ujian Nasional

A.

The sentence “We missed one of the places to visit.” means ________. A. they enjoyed their visit B. they did not visit one of the arranged tourist objects C. they were happy on their holiday D. they wanted to stay longer Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut mempunyai arti ”Kami melewatkan salah satu tempat wisata untuk dikunjungi.”. Dari kalimat tersebut dapat diketahui bahwa mereka tidak mengunjungi satu tempat wisata (they did not visit one place).

Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper letter.

Surat yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 6 4 1 3

8

5 2 7

Finally, I went to a cafe nearby to have lunch. I spent three days in Bandung and that was really fun. First, I visited Tangkuban Perahu. The place is just wonderful. After that, I went to Dago Street. I bought some T-shirts there. Denpasar, July 20, 2009 By the way, I want to tell you about my holiday. Last month, I went to Bandung. I was so happy because it was my first time to visit the place. There are many interesting places to visit. Sincerely, Ketut Tantri Then, I went to Cibaduyut. I bought many things like shoes, dolls, and some souvenirs. I also did not forget to buy ‘peuyeum’. You know, Bandung is famous for it. Hi, Putri, how are you? I hope you are fine. Anyway, I will write to you again next time. Write to me as soon as you can. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

147

Variasi: Read the proper letter in Task A once again. Then, decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F). 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

______ ______ ______ ______ ______

The letter is about the writer’s holiday last week. The writer had been to Bandung twice before writing the letter. First, the writer went to Tangkuban Perahu. The writer bought some T-shirts in Cibaduyut. The writer’s last activity was having lunch.

Jawaban: 1. F. It is about the writer's holiday last month. 2. F. It was the first time the writer went to Bandung. 3. T 4. F. He bought some T-shirts in Dago Street. 5. T B.

Suppose you are Putri. Write a reply to your friend’s letter in Task A.

Contoh jawaban:

Jalan Sudirman 20 Yogyakarta August 15, 2009 Dear Tantri, It’s nice reading the story about your last holiday. I am interested in going to Bandung some day. Will you go there again together with me? Well, talking about my holiday, I spent it with my friends. We had a camping in a hill about seven kilometers from my house. We spent two days there. It was really a nice experience, you know. Moreover, we all who ed the camp are girls! So, we did what boys usually do when we were camping, like bringing our heavy stuff, carrying pails of water from the river nearby, etc. We also built our tents ourselves. It was really enjoyable for us. It was like we had our own home. Wanna try with me? O.K., that’s all about my holiday. See you soon. Love, Putri

148

UNIT 2 Recount

Variasi: Read the letter below. Then, write a reply of the letter.

Jalan Pujangga 29 Jakarta August 15, 2009 Dear Putri, Putri, I’m so glad knowing that you and your family will come here next holiday. We haven’t met each other for a long time. I miss you so much. If you come here, I will show you a new park in my town. It is a nice place. You said you and your family would go by train. However, I don’t know when you will come here exactly. Please tell me the time, so I can pick you up at the railway station. O.K., that’s all for now. Please reply soon. My love to Auntie, Uncle and Raka. Love, Diana Contoh jawaban:

Dear Diana, I’m happy receiving your letter. It seems that I will have a nice holiday in your town. I want to go sightseeing around your town. I have never enjoyed your town yet since my last visit there five years ago. Well, we will arrive at your town on Saturday, this week, at about 5 p.m. I hope you can pick us up at the railway station. Thank you. See you, Putri

C.

Write a letter to your friend or family based on one of the topics below.

Topics: ● Your experience when you were an elementary school student. ● Your sad/embarrassing experience.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

149

Contoh jawaban:

Dear Ida, How have you been? I really miss you because we haven’t met since we graduated from elementary school. I when we first got to be close to each other. When we were in the fourth grade, in the art lesson. Mr. Gunawan asked us to sing a national song. When it was my turn to come forward, I felt really afraid. I didn’t want to do it. All our friends encouraged me, including you. Finally, I stepped forward, but I didn’t know what to sing. Even Mr. Gunawan sang a song himself and asked me to repeat after him. However, his attempt was useless. I still didn’t sing. Then, I went to my seat. He got angry with me. Later, during the break, you approached me and encouraged me. You said that I had a good voice. You also said that not all our friends were better than me. I felt courageous because of your encouragement. Then, after the break, I told Mr. Gunawan that I would sing, and I made it. Since that time, you always encouraged me whenever I felt down. Thanks, mate. Now, it’s been more than a year we have separated from each other. I believe you have stories to tell. I look forward to hearing from you. With love, Betsy

Variasi: Write a letter about your experience when going to a tourist place. Contoh jawaban:

Dear Anita, How was your holiday? Did you have any interesting experience during your holiday? Well, I want to tell you my experience. Last holiday my friends and I went to the zoo. It is a new zoo in my town. Many people are interested to visit it, including us. Actually, the zoo is not far from our houses. That’s why we just rode our bikes. Arriving there, we bought the tickets. Entering the zoo, we could see many animals in their own shelters or cages. Firstly, we saw the elephants shelter. There were four elephants in the shelter. Wow! They were really big! Then, we went to the monkey cage. Actually I wanted to throw some peanuts to the monkeys, but we were not allowed to do it. We just smiled and laughed looking at the monkey’s behavior. After that, we walked around the zoo and saw many other animals. We were in the zoo for about two hours. We really enjoyed our holiday there. Will you come and see the zoo some day with me? Love, Rindra

150

UNIT 2 Recount

Write your memorable experience when you were a child.

Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. appetite : breathe : broad : broken down : cheat : compliment : embarrass :

selera bernapas lebar rusak mencontek memuji memalukan

pediatrician prescribe replace runner up slight submit suffer touch turn

: memberikan : dokter anak : menulis resep obat : menggantikan : nomor dua : sedikit : mengumpulkan : menderita : menyentuh : giliran

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

151

A.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Ms. Sandy : Excuse me, but I was just iring your bag. It’s really nice. Mrs. Hans : Oh, thank you. Ms. Sandy : Could you tell me where you bought it? I have been looking for one like that for a long time. Mrs. Hans : I bought it in the Luggage Store in Plaza Indonesia. Ms. Sandy : Oh, thank you very much. Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

1. Ms. Sandy said, “Excuse me, but I was just iring your bag. It’s really nice.” What does it mean? A. She expresses her gratitude. B. She expresses her happiness. C. She compliments Mrs. Hans’ bag. D. She asks for Mrs. Hans’ help. Jawaban: C Kalimat yang dikatakan Bu Sandy artinya, ”Maaf, tetapi saya hanya mengagumi tas Anda. Tas itu sangat bagus.”. Kalimat ini merupakan ungkapan untuk memuji. 2. What can you conclude from the dialog? A. Ms. Sandy wants to buy the bag. B. Mrs. Hans and Ms. Sandy have the same bag. C. Ms. Sandy wants to go to Indonesia. D. Mrs. Hans and Ms. Sandy want to buy a bag together. Jawaban: A Dari kalimat-kalimat yang dikatakan Bu Sandy mengenai tas Bu Hans, ”It’s really nice.” yang artinya ”(Tas itu) sangat bagus.” dan juga ”Could you tell me where you bought it?” yang artinya ”Bersediakah Anda memberi tahu tempat Anda membelinya?”, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Bu Sandy menyukai tas Bu Hans dan ingin membeli tas seperti itu. 152

UNIT 2 Recount

Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Anang : Would you please help me? We need to buy more cakes for the party. Candra : Sure. Where should we buy them? Anang : In the bakery on Jalan Kenari. Candra : O.K. Let’s go. 3. What is the dialog about? A. A party. B. A bakery. C. Buying cakes. D. Holding in a party. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Anang meminta bantuan Candra untuk bersamasama membeli kue dan Candra menyetujuinya. Jadi, topik pembicaraan mereka mengenai membeli kue. 4. Anang said, “Would you please help me?” What does it mean? A. He is asking for information. B. He is giving information. C. He is asking for help. D. He is giving help. Jawaban: C Kalimat yang dikatakan Anang artinya ”Bersediakah Anda membantu saya?”. Kalimat ini merupakan ungkapan untuk meminta bantuan (ask for help). Read the dialog and answer questions 5 and 6. Ryan : Ari, where will you go? Ari : To the shop over there. I need some toothpaste. Ryan : Would you also buy me a bar of soap, please? I’m running out of it. Ari : Sure. 5. From the dialog we know that ________. A. Ryan is asking for help B. Ryan is giving help C. Ryan is refusing help D. Ryan is accepting help Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan tersebut, Ryan meminta Ari untuk membelikannya sabun dengan mengatakan, ”Would you also buy me a bar of soap?” yang artinya, ”Maukah kamu

membelikan saya sabun?”. Kalimat itu menunjukkan bahwa Ryan meminta bantuan (asking for help). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan jenis ungkapan yang sesuai. 6. What does Ryan want Ari to do? A. To buy him toothpaste. B. To buy him detergent. C. To buy him soap. D. To buy him towel. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat Ryan, ”Would you also buy me a bar of soap? I'm running out of it.” yang artinya ”Maukah kamu membelikan saya sabun? Saya kehabisan sabun.”. Read the text and answer questions 7 to 10.

Dear Kusumawardhani, Have you still lived in the town where you were born or where you grew up as a young child? Last June I went back to the town where I was born and to the two towns where I grew up. Together with my parents and my brother, I went back to Southern Cross in West Australia. Well, I was born there and lived there for the first four years of my life. Then, my family and I moved to Narrogin, about a four hour drive away. I was surprised that I actually ed both towns, although of course Narrogin was clearer in my memory. You know, I lived in Narrogin for 6 years and I even went back to see the house that my grandfather built in the late 1950s. It was still there. Then, I went to see my old primary school too–it hasn’t changed much at all. Yeah, I just like the old days really. This is all my story. Please share your interesting story with me. I look forward to it. Yours sincerely, Kevin August Adapted from: KangGuru Radio English

7. How long did Kevin live in Southern Cross, West Australia? A. For 3 years. B. For 4 years. C. For 5 years. D. For 6 years. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ” . . . , I went back to Southern Cross in West Australia. Well, I was born there and lived there for the first four years of my life.” yang artinya ”. . . , saya kembali ke Southern Cross di Australia Barat. Saya lahir di sana dan tinggal di sana empat tahun pertama kehidupan saya.”. 8. What was surprising for Kevin? A. He could go back to both of the towns. B. Narrogin and Southern Cross didn’t change at all. C. The house his grandfather had built wasn’t destroyed. D. He ed the town he was born and the town he grew up. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat ”I was surprised that I actually ed both towns . . . .” yang artinya ”Saya merasa terkejut karena saya masih ingat kedua kota itu . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak terdapat dalam teks. 9. Who went to see both of the towns with Kevin? A. His father and his mother B. His father and his brother. C. His parents and his brother. D. His parents and his sister. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”Together with my parents and my brother, I went back . . . .” yang artinya ”Bersamasama dengan orang tua dan saudara lakilaki saya, saya kembali ke . . . .”. 10. Which statement is TRUE according to the text? A. Kevin was born in Narrogin. B. Kevin could see the house his grandfather built. C. Kevin saw his secondary school in Narrogin. D. Kevin lived in Narrogin for four years.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

153

Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . and I even went back to see the house that my grandfather built in the late 1950s. It was still there.” yang artinya, ”. . . dan saya bahkan kembali untuk mengunjungi rumah yang dibangun oleh kakek saya pada tahun 1950-an akhir. Rumah itu masih ada di sana.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. For questions 11 to 13, choose the correct words to complete the following text. Hi, everybody. Let me tell you something. Yesterday Grade VIII students went to a swimming competition at Banyubiru swimming pool. The first race I entered was the freestyle. I (11) ________ the third place and got a blue ribbon. The next race was backstroke. I came fifth. Later on, my friend swam in the butterfly race and won. After lunch, we (12) ________ in the relays. Grade VIII students (13) ________ so hard for our team. Finally, my mom arrived to take me home. I was very tired but happy. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII

11. A. won B. got C. swam D. competed Jawaban: A Kalimat soal artinya ”Perlombaan pertama yang saya ikuti adalah gaya bebas. Saya . . . peringkat ketiga dan mendapatkan pita biru.”. Kalimat ini cocok dilengkapi dengan kata ’won’ yang artinya ’memenangkan’. 12. A. won B. got C. worked D. competed Jawaban: D Kalimat soal berarti ”Setelah makan siang, kami . . . dalam estafet.”. Karena yang diikuti oleh penulis adalah perlombaan, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalah competed yang artinya berlomba. Pilihan

154

UNIT 2 Recount

jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya memenangkan, (B) artinya memperoleh, dan (C) artinya bekerja. 13. A. cried B. sang C. shouted D. cheered Jawaban: D Kalimat soal artinya ”Siswa kelas VIII . . . untuk regu kami.”. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat ini adalah cheered yang artinya bersorak-sorak. Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15.

Dear Mrs. Handoko, I am very grateful because you have taken care of my mom tenderly and carefully with all your heart. You are so kind to my family. May God always bless you with health and riches because of your kindness. Now, my mother is in good condition. She even can make jokes with her granddaughter. I’m happy because of this. Sincerely yours, Mrs. Sanjaya 14. Why did Mrs. Sanjaya send Mrs. Handoko a letter? A. To express her complaint. B. To express her compliment. C. To ask for her help. D. To express her gratitude. Jawaban: D Jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan kalimat ”I am very grateful because . . . .” yang artinya ”Saya sangat berterima kasih karena . . . .”. 15. “ . . . you have taken care of my mom tenderly . . . .” The underlined word means ________. A. mature B. lovingly C. calmly D. emotionally Jawaban: B Kata ’tenderly’ yang artinya ’dengan lembut’ mempunyai arti yang hampir sama dengan ’lovingly’ yang artinya ’dengan kasih sayang’.

Read the text and answer questions 16 to 20. Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour to Europe. They were traveling on a guided tour to five countries. They were going to travel through the Netherlands, Belgium, , Switzerland and for two weeks. The guide for the tour was a Swiss. On the first day of the travel the guide told them to check their ports, their traveler cheques and their foreign cash. He told them to keep them safely. They traveled in a comfortable coach with a toilet, music and video. The guide stopped the coach at many famous places. He explained the cultural importance of the places. They stayed in big hotels for the night and ate in the restaurants. On the way, they stopped at small restaurants to eat lunch. In big towns, they went for shopping. They bought many souvenirs for their friends. They enjoyed the two-week tour. 16. The text is about ________. A. traveling B. shopping C. tracking D. visiting Jawaban: A Dari kalimat-kalimat awal teks, yaitu ”Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour to Europe. They were traveling on a guided tour to five countries.” yang artinya ”Bapak dan Ibu Charly sedang berwisata ke Eropa. Mereka pergi dengan wisata terpandu ke lima negara.”. Jadi, teks tersebut tentang bepergian (travelling). 17. Where were Mr. and Mrs. Charly touring? A. Africa. B. Europe. C. America. D. Australia. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat, ”Mr. and Mrs. Charly were on a tour to Europe.” yang artinya ”Bapak dan Ibu Charly sedang berwisata ke Eropa.”. 18. The guide told them to check their immigration ________, such as port, visa and exit permit. A. papers B. letters C. records D. documents

Jawaban: D Paspor, visa, dan izin keluar merupakan dokumen (document) imigrasi. 19. What is paragraph three about? A. Shopping in big towns. B. Staying in famous places. C. Visiting famous places. D. Eating in big restaurants. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat ”The guide stopped the coach at many famous places.” yang artinya ”Pemandu itu menghentikan kereta di banyak tempat terkenal.”. 20. ”They enjoyed the two-week tour.” The underlined word has the same meaning as ________. A. got bored with B. got pleasure from C. became addicted to D. became amazed at Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: B Kata ’enjoyed’ yang artinya ’menikmati’ sama artinya dengan got pleasure from yang artinya memperoleh kesenangan dari. B.

● ● ●

Complete the text with the correct words in the box. Change them into the correct form. buy go sit

● ● ●

have make take

● ●

get see

Shirley’s Day Off Shirley enjoyed her day off yesterday. She (1) ________ up late, (2) ________ jogging in the park, (3) ________ a long shower, and (4) ________ a big breakfast. In the afternoon, she (5) ________ a film with her sister. Then, she (6) ________ groceries at the supermarket, and she (7) ________ a big dinner for her parents. After dinner, Shirley and her parents (8) ________ in the living room and talked. Shirley had a very nice day off yesterday. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

155

Jawaban: 1. got 2. went 3. took 4. had

5. 6. 7. 8.

saw bought made sat

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2: ● Sebelum berpindah ke Unit 3, guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

156

UNIT 2 Recount

A.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Ronnie : Happy birthday, Ed! Wow, what a cool watch you have! Is it a present? Eddy : Thanks. Yes, it’s a birthday present from my aunt. She bought it in Singapore. Ronnie : Lucky you! I wish I had a watch like that. Eddy : I hope you’ll get a watch like this on your next birthday. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

1. What is the dialog about? A. A birthday present. B. Eddy’s watch. C. Eddy’s birthday. D. Eddy’s aunt. 2. Which statement is NOT TRUE about Eddy’s watch? A. He got it as a birthday present. B. He bought it in Singapore. C. He wore it on his birthday. D. He got it from his aunt. 3. Ronnie said, “Wow, what a cool watch you have!” What does it mean? A. He is greeting Eddy. B. He is giving information to Eddy. C. He is complimenting Eddy’s watch. D. He is offering his help. Read the dialog and answer questions 4 and 5. Rio : You look busy. Want a hand, Donna? Donna : If you don’t mind, please take the cups on the table. Then, bring them to the kitchen. Rio : O.K.

4. What will Rio do? A. Take the cups on the table. B. Put some cups on the table. C. Take some cups in the kitchen. D. Give the cups to Donna. 5. Donna said “If you don’t mind, please take the cups on the table.” What does it mean? A. She is greeting Rio. B. She is giving attention to Rio. C. She is asking for Rio’s help. D. She is offering her help. For questions 6 and 7, choose the correct answer based on the following sentences. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Shop assistant : Here it is. Shop assistant : Can I help you? Shop assistant : Which one? The red one or the the pink one? Anna : Yes. Would you take me the dress over there? Anna : Thank you. Anna : The red one, please.

6. The correct arrangement of the sentences is ________. A. 1–6–2–4–3–5 B. 2–4–3–6–1–5 C. 2–6–1–4–3–5 D. 3–6–2–4–1–5 7. Anna said, “Would you take me the dress over there?” What does it mean? A. She is asking for information. B. She is giving information. C. She is giving something. D. She is asking for help. 8. Andra : Please taste the soup I’ve made. Paula : Sure, thanks. Andra : What do you think? Paula : _______. A. Um . . . it’s delicious B. Please don’t bother C. That’s right D. Certainly

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

157

Read the text and answer questions 9 to 13.

Dear Mellyani, On my last school holiday, my classmates and I went to Borobudur. The Borobudur Temple is really magnificent. The hugeness of the temple really impressed me. How could our ancestors build such a big temple? It was amazing. In the temple, we went upstairs step by step. Walking around the temple, we saw many reliefs on the temple walls. Some foreigners seemed interested in them. I overheard their conversation with the guide. Actually, the reliefs tell a story. It was really a nice experience! I hope you can go there someday. Cheers, Renny 9. Whom did Renny go to Borobudur with? A. Her tour guides. B. Her classmates. C. Renny’s friends. D. Some foreigners. 10. Renny ired the temple because of its ________. A. visitors B. reliefs C. stones D. size 11. Which of the following statement is NOT TRUE about Renny? A. She is a student. B. Mellyani is one of her friends. C. She didn’t enjoy the holiday. D. She really enjoyed visiting the Borobudur Temple. 12. “In the temple, we went upstair step by step.” (Paragraph 2) The word ‘we’ refers to ________. A. Renny B. the foreigners C. Renny and her classmates D. Renny and Mellyani

158

UNIT 2 Recount

13. ”The Borobudur Temple is really magnificent.” (Paragraph 1) The word ‘magnificent’ has the same meaning as ________. A. fabulous B. unbelievable C. attractive D. strange Read the text and answer questions 14 to 18.

Kupang, May 7, 2009 Dear Paula, Hello, Paula. How are you? It’s been a month since I last heard from you. Well, I just wanted to tell you that I was in hospital last week. According to the doctor, I got a dengue fever. At first, I felt my body became weak, then I fainted when I was studying in the classroom. Soon, I was taken to the hospital because of the high fever. At the hospital, I was brought into the emergency unit. The doctor immediately gave some treatment. Finally, I had to stay there for one week. Every day the doctor kept me on a drip. At the seventh day, my condition was getting better. After the final check, the doctor gave me permission to go home. Now, I’m feeling much better. Because of my illness, I am now more careful about keeping in my house clean, especially my room. I don't want to get the same illness again. O.K., I think that’s all from me. Please write to me soon. Bye. Regards, Nadira Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

14. What is the purpose of the letter? A. To tell about a dengue fever. B. To tell about the doctor’s treatment in hospital. C. To tell about the writer’s daily activities in hospital. D. To tell the writer’s experience when she was hospitalized.

15. When was the writer taken to the hospital? A. Yesterday. B. Last week. C. Last month. D. Two days ago.

20. What did the workmen find? A. An 8-meter long phyton. B. An 8-meter long cobra. C. A 9-meter long phyton. D. A 9-meter long cobra.

16. How long did the writer stay in hospital? A. Two days. B. Five days. C. A week. D. Two weeks.

21. How was the snake when a workman was approaching it? A. It didn’t move. B. It approached the man. C. It was dead. D. It poked its head.

17. “The doctor immediately gave some treatment.” (Paragraph 2) What does the underlined word mean? A. Straightly. B. Finally. C. Carefully. D. Formally. 18. What can the writer learn from her experience? A. Doctor always gives immediate treatment. B. She should keep her house clean. C. Her classmates love her. D. She should study harder. Read the text and answer questions 19 to 24. The workmen who were building the new hospital in my town caught a snake last month. It was in the drain near the building construction site. Early in the morning, a workman was just going to sit under the tree when suddenly he saw a long creature lying in the drain. It did not move when he was approaching it. Then, he shouted to the other workmen who were going to start to work. Then, they caught the 8-meter long phyton and brought it to the authority of the zoo in this town. The diameter of its body was about 25 centimeters. They believed that the snake might belong to someone living in the area. The police were trying to find the owner. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

19. What is the structure of the story? A. Orientation–Complication–Resolution. B. Orientation–Events–Re-orientation. C. Identification–Description. D. Goal–Materials–Steps.

22. What was the man doing when he saw the snake? A. He was cleaning the drain. B. He was going to climb the tree. C. He was going to start to work. D. He was going to sit under the tree. 23. Which statement is TRUE according to the text? A. The workmen were building a new factory. B. The snake might belong to the zoo. C. The workmen brought the snake to the owner. D. The police were trying to find the owner. 24. “Then, they caught the 8-meter long phyton and brought it to the authority of the zoo in this town.” The word ‘authority’ has the similar meaning to ________. A. writer B. control C. attention D. autonomy Read the text and answer questions 25 to 30. When I was an elementary school student, I had a bad experience which I still regret up to now. At that time I really liked the lesson about social studies. We had the lesson two times a week, on Tuesday and Friday. On Fridays, before the lesson began, we always had a small test or quiz about the previous lessons. We did the quiz on our test books. Because I liked the lesson very much, I always studied hard a few days before, even a week before the quiz. The result was I always got very good marks in the quiz. The teacher was proud of me and always praised me before other students.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

159

One day, because I had many things to do, I hadn't studied before the test. And because the day before the lesson was a holiday, I went on a trip with my family. It was enjoyable. We went to go to the trip in the morning and came back home in the evening. I didn’t want my mark to be lower than before. So, I decided to cheat. On Thursday evening, I wrote the lesson material on a piece of paper and put it on my test book. When I did the quiz, I could do it easily. I just looked at the lesson material and write it all. However, my deskmate knew this. Then, he reported it to my teacher. I was very embarrassed and regretful. Although the teacher didn’t get angry with me, I knew that all the hard effort which I had done was useless. You know why? Yeah, he had to think that I had got good marks because I cheated. 25. What is the text about? A. The writer’s experience when he/she cheated. B. The writer’s experience when he/she did a task in social studies. C. The writer’s experience when he/she got a low mark. D. The writer’s experience when he/she had a trip with his family. 26. When did the writer have a trip? A. On Tuesday. B. On Wednesday. C. On Thursday. D. On Friday. 27. How many times a week did the writer have the quiz? A. Once. B. Twice. C. Three times. D. Four times. 28. How did the teacher know that the writer cheated? A. He saw when the writer was doing it. B. The writer’s deskmate reported it to him. C. The writer’s attitude made him curious. D. He saw the writer’s lesson material.

160

UNIT 2 Recount

29. Why did the writer cheat? A. Because he/she hadn’t studied. B. Because the quiz was difficult. C. Because he/she had a trip the day before. D. Because he/she wrote the quiz on his test book. 30. What was the teacher’s opinion according to the writer? A. The writer just cheated once. B. The writer never studied hard. C. The writer couldn’t do his/her quiz. D. The writer got good marks because he/she cheated. B.

Change the words in brackets into their correct forms.

1. I (be) here since last week. 2. (Do) Sinta (sweep) the floor this morning? 3. Sinta and Farida (be) in the canteen a few minutes ago. 4. Ellyana (be–not) absent yesterday. 5. (you, have) breakfast already? 6. I (not–sleep) well last night. 7. Mrs. Gunawan (prepare) the party since 8:00 a.m. 8. Mr. Arman (teach) here for four years. 9. Susi was watering the flowers when the telephone (ring). 10. My father was reading a newpaper when somebody (knock) at the door. C.

Write a recount text about your trip experience.

Jawaban Review Unit 2 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. B. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awal Ronnie, ”Wow, what a cool watch you have! Is that a present?” yang artinya, ”Wow, sungguh sebuah jam yang bagus! Apakah itu hadiah?”. Kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya juga menyatakan bahwa percakapan tersebut mengenai jam Eddy (Eddy’s watch). 2. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat Eddy mengenai jam itu, ”Yes, it’s a birthday present from my aunt. She bought it in Singapore.” yang artinya ”Ya, ini adalah hadiah ulang tahun dari bibi saya. Dia membelinya di Singapura.”. Jadi, yang membeli bukan Eddy, tetapi bibi Eddy. 3. C. Kalimat yang dikatakan Ronnie artinya ”Wow, sungguh sebuah jam yang bagus!”. Kalimat ini merupakan ungkapan untuk memuji (complimenting). 4. A. Dalam percakapan, Donna mengatakan, ”If you don’t mind, please take the cups on the table.” yang artinya ”Jika kamu tidak keberatan, tolong ambil cangkir-cangkir di atas meja.”. Rio menjawabnya, ”O.K.” yang artinya ”Baiklah.”. Jadi, Rio akan mengambil cangkir-cangkir di atas meja untuk dibawa ke dapur. 5. C. Ungkapan tersebut yang artinya ”Jika kamu tidak keberatan, tolong ambilkan cangir-cangkir di atas meja.” adalah ungkapan untuk meminta bantuan (ask for help). 6. B. Percakapan diawali dengan pelayan toko yang menanyakan apakah ada yang dapat dibantu (2), lalu Anna meminta agar pelayan toko itu mengambilkannya baju (4), pelayan toko menanyakan baju yang dimaksud (3), dan Anna menjawabnya (6). Selanjutnya, pelayan toko memberikan baju tersebut (1) dan Anna berterima kasih kepadanya (5). 7. D. Kalimat soal artinya ”Maukah Anda mengambilkan baju di sana?”. Dari kalimat tersebut diketahui bahwa Anna meminta pelayan toko untuk membantunya mengambilkan sesuatu

8. A.

9. B.

10. D.

11. C.

12. C.

13. A. 14. D.

15. B.

16. C.

17. A.

18. B.

(asking for help). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan jenis ungkapan yang tepat. Dalam percakapan tersebut Andra meminta pendapat Paula mengenai sup masakannya. Respons yang tepat adalah ungkapan untuk memberi pendapat/memuji, yaitu (A) yang artinya um . . . (masakan) ini lezat. Di awal surat, Renny menulis ”On my last school holiday, my clasmates and I went to Borobudur.”. Jadi, dia pergi bersama teman sekelasnya. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat ”The hugeness of the temple really impressed me.”. Kata ’hugeness’ yang artinya ’kebesaran’ menunjukkan ukuran (size) candi Borobudur. Dalam surat Renny mengungkapkan bahwa mengunjungi Borobudur adalah pengalaman yang manis, yang berarti dia menikmati liburannya di Borobudur. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) salah karena bertentangan dengan hal ini. Kata ’we’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada Renny dan temanteman sekelasnya yang pergi ke Candi Borobudur. Kata ’magnificent’ mempunyai arti yang sama dengan ’fabulous’, yaitu ’megah’. Dari keseluruhan isi surat diketahui bahwa surat tersebut mengenai pengalaman penulis saat dirawat di rumah sakit (when she was hospitalized). Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf pertama, ”Well, I just wanted to tell you that I was in hospital last week.” yang artinya ”Ya, saya hanya ingin memberi tahu bahwa saya dirawat di rumah sakit minggu lalu.”. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”Finally, I had to stay there for one week.” yang artinya ”Akhirnya, saya harus dirawat di sana selama satu minggu.”. Kata ’immediately’ memiliki makna ’segera’. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan straightly yang artinya langsung. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Because of my illness, I am now more careful about keeping my house clean especially my room.” yang artinya PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

161

19. B. 20. A.

21. A.

22. D.

23. D.

24. B. 25. A.

26. C.

162

”Karena sakit itu, saya sekarang lebih hati-hati menjaga rumah tetap bersih, terutama kamar saya.”. Teks tersebut merupakan teks recount, yang strukturnya adalah Orientation–Events–Re-orientation. Dalam teks disebutkan ”Then, they caught the 8-meter long phyton.” yang artinya ”Kemudian, mereka menangkap ular piton sepanjang 8 meter.”. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It did not move when he was approaching it.” yang artinya ”Ular itu tidak bergerak saat dia mendekatinya.”. Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat, ”A workman was just going to sit under the tree when suddenly he saw a long creature lying in the drain.” yang artinya ”Seorang pekerja akan duduk ketika tiba-tiba dia melihat makhluk panjang yang tergeletak di saluran.”. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat akhir teks, yaitu ”The police were trying to find the owner.” yang artinya ”Polisi berusaha menemukan pemiliknya.”. Pilihan jawaban yagn lain salah karena tidak sesuai isi teks. Kata ’authority’ yang artinya ’pihak berwenang’ memiliki arti yang hampir sama dengan control atau pengawasan. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I didn’t want my mark to be lower than before. So, I decided to cheat.” yang artinya ”Saya tidak ingin nilai saya lebih rendah daripada sebelumnya. Jadi, saya memutuskan untuk mencontek.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat ”On Fridays, before the lesson began, we always had a small test or quiz about the previous lessons.” yang artinya ”Setiap Jumat, sebelum pelajaran dimulai, kami selalu mengerjakan tes kecil atau quiz tentang pelajaran sebelumnya.” dan juga kalimat ”And because the day before the lesson was a holiday, I went on a trip with my family.” yang artinya ”Dan karena hari sebelum pelajaran itu adalah hari libur, saya pergi bertamasya bersama

UNIT 2 Recount

27. A.

28. B.

29. A.

30. D.

B. 1. 3. 5. 7. 9.

keluarga saya.”. Dari kedua kalimat ini, dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis bertamasya pada hari Kamis (Thursday), sehari sebelum quiz pada hari Jumat. Pilihan jawaban ini benar berdasarkan kalimat ”On Fridays, before the lesson began, we always had a small test or quiz . . . .” yang artinya ”Setiap Jumat, sebelum pelajaran dimulai, kami selalu mengerjakan tes kecil atau kuis.”, sehingga hanya sekali (once) seminggu. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”However, my deskmate knew this. Then, he reported it to my teacher.” yang artinya ”Namun, teman sebangku saya mengetahui hal ini. Kemudian, dia melaporkannya kepada guru.”. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”. . . I hadn’t studied before the test. . . . So, I decided to cheat.” yang artinya, ”. . . saya belum belajar sebelumnya. . . . . Jadi, saya memutuskan untuk mencontek.”. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir teks, ”Yeah, he had to think that I had got good marks because I cheated.” yang artinya ”Ya, guru pasti berpikir bahwa saya mendapat nilai baik karena saya mencontek.”.

Isian have been were Have you had has prepared rang

2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

Did, sweep was not did not sleep has taught knocked

C. Esai Contoh jawaban: Last week, my brother and I spent our holiday in Jakarta. We stayed in Uncle Tonny’s house. We went there by bus. We left from Yogyakarta on Friday. Before we left, we prepared some things. First, we booked two tickets at the ticket agency. On the departure day, we got on the bus from Giwangan terminal at about 3:00 p.m. After that, we stopped to have dinner at Ajibarang. After having dinner, we continued our travel. We arrived at Lebak Bulus terminal early morning. From the terminal, we took a bus no. C 09. Then, we arrived at our uncle’s house. It was a long trip, but we enjoyed it. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. it and deny facts, 2. congratulate someone, 3. create short functional texts (lost and found announcements), 4. tell descriptions of certain places using spoken English, 5. write short functional texts (ments), 6. write descriptive texts about certain places, and 7. use question words and indefinite pronouns.

You heard that your friend’s brother became the first winner in the regional athletic competition. When you met him, you asked about the fact. Your friend itted the fact. Then, you sent your congratulations for him. Do you know kinds of expressions of ithing and denying facts as well as congratulating? Don’t worry, you’ll find them in this unit. You can also practice those expressions in the form of conversations.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

163

3.1 Expressions

itting and Denying Facts Study the dialogs and understand the explanation. Our football team failed to the coming competition because of the financial matter.

Listen! There will be a music festival next month!

1

2

That’s right. I’ve read the brochure.

No way! We had done fund raising and it got a lot of money, you know.

Pay attention to the bold typed sentences in the dialogs above. The sentences “There will be a music festival next month!” and “Our football team failed to the coming competition because of the financial matter.” are the expressions of stating facts. Meanwhile, the response “That’s right.” is the expression of itting a fact and “No way!” is the expression of denying a fact. Here are some other expressions you can use to it and deny facts. Statements ● ● ●

●

164

Rina won the speech contest, didn’t she? You got ten in physics, right? The students are doing an experiment in the lab, aren’t they? You told me that Lina would move to Bandung.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

itting Facts

Denying Facts ●

●

Yes, she did./ That’s true. I did./You’re right.

●

No, she didn’t. You have got wrong information. I wish. In fact, I didn’t.

●

Right.

●

Are they? I don’t think so.

●

I did.

●

●

No, I didn’t say that.

Congratulating Study the dialogs and understand the explanation. 1

Congratulations! You deserve to win.

2

Well done! Your work is the best. Thank you.

Thank you.

You say “Congratulations!” or “Well done!” to appreciate someone’s work or success. Say “Thanks.” or “Thank you.” when someone congratulates you. Here are some other expressions of congratulating and their responses. Congratulating

Responding

Fantastic!/Terrific! I must congratulate you on your success. Happy birthday! Happy marriage for both of you! Happy Mother’s Day!

Thank you. Thanks. Thank you for saying so.

Answer the questions orally. 1. 2. 3. 4.

When your friend tells you a fact, which you know is true, how will you respond to it? Contoh jawaban: I will say, “It is.” or “That’s true.” When your friend tells you something, but you know that it isn’t true, what will you say? Contoh jawaban: I will say, “No, it is not true.” When your friend won a swimming competition, what would you say to him/her? Contoh jawaban: I will say, “Congratulations! You’re really excellent!” What other expressions do you know to congratulate someone? Contoh jawaban: – Nice work! – Well done! – Excellent!

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

165

A.

Listen to your teacher. Write the sentences you have heard correctly.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Terrific! 2. You did a great job! 3. Absolutely right! 4. Happy birthday! 5. That is not true. 6. Yes, it is confirmed. 7. Do you? That’s great! 8. Long life and healthy! 9. That’s absolutely wrong! 10. Happy marriage for both of you! Variasi: Copy the table below. Classify the sentences in Task A into their correct groups. Share your work with the class. Congratulating

itting Facts

Denying Facts

_______________________ _______________________ _______________________ _______________________ _______________________ _______________________

___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________ ___________________

______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________ ______________________

itting Facts

Denying Facts

Jawaban: Congratulating – – – – – –

166

Terrific! You did a great job! Happy birthday! Do you? That’s great! Long life and healthy! Happy marriage for both of you!

UNIT 3 Descriptive

– –

Absolutely right! Yes, it is confirmed.

– –

That is not true. That’s absolutely wrong!

B.

Complete the dialog while listening to your teacher.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Benny and Jaka are on their way to the Bogor Botanical Garden. Jaka : I’ve never seen a Rafflesia flower in my life before. (1) I wonder what it looks like. Benny : You’ll be surprised when you see it. Jaka : Why? (2) Is it beautiful? Benny : It is. Jaka : It’s beautiful. So, it must smell good, right? Benny : No, it is not. Jaka : (3) Are you sure? Benny : Well, you’ll find it out yourself when we’ve got there. A few minutes later, they arrive at the place where the Rafflesia flower is. Benny : Can you smell something? Jaka : What smell? (4) I don’t smell anything. (Pointing at the Rafflesia flower.) Is that the Rafflesia? Benny : (5) Yes, it is. Jaka : Wow, it is beautiful! Benny : (6) Just like what I’ve said. Now, let’s get closer. Do you smell something? Jaka : Yeah. (7) The smell is really bad. Where does it come from? Benny : The Rafflesia! Jaka : (8) No way! Benny : Well, if you don’t believe me, get close to it and smell it. What do you think? Jaka : (9) You’re right. It smells really bad. Benny : O.K., we’ve seen enough. Let’s get away from here. I can’t help the smell. Jaka : O.K. (10) Let’s go. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialogs with proper sentences based on what you have heard. Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Frank : I heard you got the highest score in math. Is that right? Liz : Yup. Frank : (1) Congratulations! You deserved to get it for your hard work. Liz : (2) Thanks, Frank. Dialog 2 Tika Dito Tika Dito Tika

: : : : :

You broke the radio, didn’t you? (3) No, I didn’t. Didn’t you? (4) Positive. It had been broken before I used it. (5) I’m sorry.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

167

B.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 1. What is the dialog about? 2. Why did Frank congratulate Liz? 3. What did Frank say to congratulate Liz? 4. What did Liz say to respond the congratulation? Dialog 2 5. What is the speakers’ relationship? 6. Where does the dialog take place? 7. What had been broken? 8. Dito said, “No, I didn’t.” What does it mean? Jawaban: 1. About congratulating someone for her achievement. 2. Because Liz got the highest score in math. 3. He said, “Congratulations!” 4. She said, “Thanks, Frank.” 5. They are brother and sister. 6. At home. 7. It’s a radio. 8. He denies the fact.

C.

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dia Task B. Correct the false ones.

1. ______ Jaka and Benny are going to see a Rafflesia flower. 2. ______ It is the first time for Benny to see a Rafflesia flower. 3. ______ From the beginning Jaka knows that Rafflesia has a terrible odor. 4. ______ Both Jaka and Benny agree that Rafflesia is beautiful. 5. ______ Benny is comfortable to smell the odor. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. It is the first time for Jaka, not Benny, to see a Rafflesia flower. 3. F. Jaka doesn’t know that Rafflesia has a terrible odor, but Benny knows it. 4. T 5. F. Benny can’t help the bad odor.

168

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the dialog while listening to your teacher. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dito : Vera, it seems that (1) you have no plan for this afternoon. Do you? Vera : No, I don’t. What’s up? Dito : Hm . . . I want to go to Lisa’s house (2) to study together. What if you us? Vera : What will you study? Dito : Math. (3) We will have a math test tomorrow, right? Vera : A math test! (4) Are you sure about it? Dito : You must have forgotten. (5) Mr. Ardi announced it a week ago. You can read it also on our class announcement board. Vera : Oh, no! O.K., I’ll go with you. Dito : Fine, I’ll pick you up at two p.m. B.

Answer the questions based on the dia Task A.

1.

Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Classmates. Where will the people go this afternoon? Jawaban: They will go to Lisa’s house. What will they do there? Jawaban: They will study together. Why do they need to study together? Jawaban: To face the coming a math test. What time will Dito pick Vera up? Jawaban: At two p.m.

2. 3. 4. 4. C.

Listen to the dia Task A once again. Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones.

1. ______ Vera has already had a plan for this afternoon. 2. ______ Dito will go to Lisa’s house to study together. 3. ______ Vera re that there will be a math test tomorrow. 4. ______ The teacher informed about the test to the students last week. 5. ______ The students can read the test information on the school wall magazine. Jawaban: 1. F. Vera has not had a plan to go this afternoon. 2. T 3. F. Vera forgets that there will be a math test tomorrow. 4. T 5. F. The students can read the test information on the class announcement board.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

169

D.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the following dialogs. Answer them orally.

Dialog 1 Teacher : Ariel : Teacher : Ariel : Teacher :

Ariel, here’s your report. Thank you, Sir. Congratulations! You’re the smartest student in this class. Am I, Sir? Yes, you are.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who are talking in the dialog? 2. What is the dialog about? 3. Why does the teacher congratulate Ariel? 4. When do you think the dialog occurs? Jawaban: 1. Teacher and student. 2. About congratulating someone. 3. Because he is the best student in his class. 4. When students receive their reports. Dialog 2 Mr. Tio: How is your art work so far? Halim : Finally, I finish it successfully, Dad. Mr. Tio: May I see it? Halim : Sure. Here it is. Mr. Tio: Um, it’s just perfect. Well done! You deserve to get the best. Halim : Thanks. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who are talking in the dialog? 2. Where do you think the dialog takes place? 3. What did Mr. Tio say to respond to Halim’s success? 4. Mr. Tio said, “You deserve to get the best.” What does the word ‘deserve’ in Indonesian mean? Jawaban: 1. Father and son. 2. At home./In Halim’s house. 3. He said, “Well done! You deserve to get the best.” 4. It means ‘pantas’ or ‘layak’. Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan variasi soal ini, sebagai berikut. Dino : You look so cheerful today. What happened? Tia : Guess what! The teacher asked me to represent our school for the story telling competition next month. Dino : Is it true? Tia : It is! Dino : I’m happy for you then.

170

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Where does the dialog probably take place? 2. What did the teacher ask Tia to do? 3. What competition will Tia to represent her school? 4. When will the competition be held? 5. Dino said, “Is it true?” What does it mean? Jawaban: 1. At school (in a classroom). 2. The teacher asked her to represent her school for the story telling competition. 3. The story telling competition. 4. It will be held next month. 5. He wants to confirm the news.

E.

Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut Dion memanggil wanita tersebut dengan sebutan ”Mom”. Jadi, yang bercakapcakap adalah ibu dan anak laki-laki (mother and son).

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Listen to the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Dion has arrived home. He has just ed an English story telling competition. He is the runner up. Mother : Hello, dear. You look so tired. Just sit down and I’ll get you a glass of orange juice. Dion : Thanks, Mom. Mother : Here is the juice. Now, tell me. How was the competition? Dion : It was tiring, but I felt great, Mom. Guess what! I’m the runner up. Here is the certificate. Mother : Congratulations, dear! You really make me proud. Dion : Thanks, Mom. Mother : Father should know about this. I’ll call him now. And . . . you’d better take a rest. Dion : O.K., Mom. 1.

Who are talking in the dialog? A. Two friends. B. Father and son. C. Mother and son. D. Teacher and student.

2.

Dion succeeded in becoming the ________ winner. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan tersebut, Dion mengatakan, ”I’m the runner up.” yang artinya “Saya juara kedua.”. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (B) second yang artinya kedua.

3.

“It was tiring, but I felt great, Mom.” The underlined word has a similar meaning to ________. A. worrying B. exhausting C. interesting D. boring Jawaban: B Kata ’tiring’ artinya ’melelahkan’. Kata ini memiliki makna yang hampir sama dengan kata exhausting. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Worrying artinya mengkhawatirkan, interesting artinya menarik, dan boring artinya membosankan.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

171

Listen to the dialog and answer questions 4 and 5. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Fira : Lily, are you going to have lunch at the canteen? Lily : No. I’m going to the library. I need some books. Want to go there too? Fira : I’d like to, but I can’t. I have an appointment with Dina to have lunch together. Why don’t you go with Saskia? I heard she wanted to borrow a novel. Lily : Did she? O.K., I’ll ask her. Thanks for the info, Fira. Fira : You’re welcome. 4.

Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”I heard she wanted to borrow a novel.” yang artinya ”Saya dengar dia (Saskia) ingin meminjam sebuah novel.”. Jadi, alasan Saskia pergi ke perpustakaan adalah untuk meminjam novel (to borrow a novel), bukan (A) yang artinya untuk mengembalikan novel, (B) yang artinya untuk membaca novel, dan (C) yang artinya untuk mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah. 5.

Why did Saskia want to go to the library? A. To return a novel. B. To read a novel. C. To do her homework. D. To borrow a novel.

“Lily said, “Did she?” The underlined word refers to ________. A. Dina B. Saskia C. Fira D. Fira’s friend Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut diucapkan Lily untuk merespons informasi yang disampaikan Fira sebelumnya bahwa Saskia juga akan pergi ke perpustakaan untuk meminjam novel. Jadi, kata ’she’ merujuk pada Saskia.

Variasi: Dengan percakapan-percakapan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal lain sebagai berikut. Listen to the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2.

Listen to the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.

1.

What competition did Dion participate in? A. An English story telling competition. B. An English speech contest. C. An English debate competition. D. An English competition. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua pengantar percakapan tersebut, ”He has just ed an English story telling competition.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.

3.

2.

What did mother say to Dion for his success? A. Well done! B. Good work! C. Congratulations! D. Fantastic!

172

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Jawaban: C Kalimat yang diucapkan ibu Dion untuk memberi selamat kepadanya adalah ”Congratulations!”.

Who are talking in the dialog? A. Playmates. B. Pen friends. C. Classmates. D. Two strangers. Jawaban: C Kalimat soal tentang siapa yang bercakap-cakap. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kata kunci ’canteen’ yang artinya ’kantin’ dan ’library’ yang artinya ’perpustakaan’, dan ruangan-ruangan tersebut biasa ditemukan di sekolah. Jadi, percakapan tersebut kemungkinan besar terjadi antara teman sekelas (classmates). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Playmates artinya teman bermain, pen friends artinya sahabat pena, dan two strangers artinya dua orang asing.

4.

A.

Who are going to have lunch together in the canteen? A. Fira and Dina. B. Fira and Lily. C. Lily and Saskia. D. Lily and Dina. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Fira, yaitu ”I have an appointment with Dina to have lunch together.” yang artinya ”Saya punya janji dengan Dina untuk makan siang bersama.”. Jadi, yang akan pergi makan siang bersama di kantin adalah Fira dan Dina. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan.

5.

“I heard she wanted to borrow a novel.” What is the opposite meaning of the underlined word? A. use B. lend C. keep D. take Jawaban: B Kata ’borrow’ artinya meminjam. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata ’lend’ yang artinya meminjamkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Use artinya memakai atau menggunakan, keep artinya menyimpan, dan take artinya mengambil.

Read and practice the dialogs with proper pronunciation.

Dialog 1 Dina heard her brother, Setya, got a job as an executive purchasing manager of a publishing company. Dina : Mom told me that you got a job. Is it right? Setya : That’s right. I work as an executive purchasing manager now. Dina : Wow, great! Congratulations, then! Setya : Thank you. Dialog 2 Vera : I heard our homeroom teacher will be retired next month, won’t he? Dino : That’s what I heard. Well, we need to confirm it. Vera : You’re right. Let’s ask him. Dino : Let’s go. Variasi: A. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs before. Dialog 1 1. Where does the dialog take place? Jawaban: In Dina and Setya’s house. 2. Why did Dina congratulate her brother? Jawaban: Because he got a new job. 3. What did she say? Jawaban: She said, “Wow, great! Congratulations, then!” 4. What is Dina’s brother now? Jawaban: He is an executive purchasing manager.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

173

Dialog 2 1. What is the dialog about? Jawaban: It is about the news that the homeroom teacher will be retired next month. 2. Who are involved in the dialog? Jawaban: Classmates. 3. Where does the dialog take place? Jawaban: At school. 4. What expressions can you find in the dialog? Give examples. Jawaban: It is the expression of itting the fact. Example: Vera said, “You’re right.” B.

Read the dialog with proper pronunciation, then answer the questions.

Today is Lika’s birthday, but she looks upset. She thinks everyone forgets it. Lika : Mom, what date is it today? Mother : It’s October the fifth. What’s up, dear? Lika : Don’t you something, Mom? Mother : Do I promise you something? Lika : No, Mom, but today is my birthday. No one gives me a wish. (Lika begins to cry.) Mother : Gotcha! Look! We are ready for your birthday party. Father : Happy birthday, dear. Here’s something for you. Lika : Thanks, Dad, Mom. I thought you forgot my special day. Questions: 1. Why did Lika look upset that day? Jawaban: Because she thought that everyone forgot her birthday. 2. “She thinks everyone forgets it.” What does the underlined word refer to? Jawaban: It refers to Lika’s birthday. 3. Did everyone in Lika’s family forget her birthday? Jawaban: No, they didn’t. 4. What did Lika’s father give her? Jawaban: He gave her a birthday present. 5. When does Lika celebrate her birthday? Jawaban: On October the fifth (October 5). C.

Complete the following sentences with correct answers based on the dia Task B. 1. “Today is her birthday, . . . .” The word ‘her’ refers to ________. 2. “ . . . , but she looks upset.” The word ‘she’ refers to ________. 3. “She thinks everyone forgets it.” The word ‘everyone’ refers to ________. 4. “Don’t you something, Mom?” The word ‘you’ refers to ________. 5. “No one gives me a wish.” The word ‘me’ refers to ________. 6. “We are ready for your birthday party.” The word ‘we’ refers to ________. 7. “Here’s something for you.” The word ‘you’ refers to ________. 8. “I thought you forgot my special day.” The word ‘you’ refers to ________. Jawaban: 1. Lika’s 2. Lika 3. Lika’s family 4. Lika’s mother 5. Lika 6. Lika’s parents 7. Lika 8. Lika’s parents

174

UNIT 3 Descriptive

B.

Complete each dialog with the correct expressions in the box. Then, practice the complete dialogs with a friend.

Dialog 1 a. b. c. d. e.

Here you are You can do it better next time Thank you What score did you get Congratulations

Vega : Hardi, have you received your work paper? Hardi : I have. Linda gave it to me a few minutes ago. Vega : Tell me. (1) ________? Hardi : Well, I got 95. Vega : Did you? May I see it? Hardi : Sure. (2) ________. Vega : You’re right. (3) ________! You must have done it very carefully! Hardi : (4) ________. So, what about yours? Vega : I only got 75. Not bad, I guess. Hardi : Well, (5) ________. Vega : I hope so. Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. c 5. b Dialog 2 a. b. c. d. e.

I see Really What do you think do you know what time it is What about the Internet access

Shinta : Ajeng, (1) ________? Ajeng : Um . . . it’s almost four o’clock. Why? Shinta : Well, I’m afraid I will arrive home late. You know, I need to go to the Internet cafe first. Ajeng : (2) ________. Wait a minute. I know the nearest one. Shinta : (3) ________? Ajeng : Although it is small, the access is fast enough and the fare is reasonable. Shinta : (4) ________? Ajeng : No doubt. I’ll take you there. (5) ________? Shinta : O.K., then. Thanks. Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

175

Variasi: Complete the statements based on the dialogs in Task B. 1. According to dialog 1, Hardi got his work paper ________ ago. 2. Hardi received his work paper from ________. 3. Knowing Hardi’s score, Vega said, “________” 4. Hardi’s score is 95 while Vega’s is 75. It means Hardi’s score is ________ than Vega’s. 5. “You must have done it very carefully.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. 6. Dialog 2 takes place in ________. 7. Shinta and Ajeng are going to the ________. 8. The nearest one is ________, but the access is ________. 9. Ajeng has no ________ that Shinta won’t spend much money to pay the fare. 10. “I know the nearest one.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. Jawaban: 1. a few minutes 2. Linda 3. Congratulations! 4. higher/better 5. carelessly 6. the afternoon 7. Internet cafe 8. small; fast enough 9. doubt 10. farthest

C.

Choose the correct answer based on the dialogs in Task B.

Read dialog 1 and answer questions 1 to 3. 1.

176

What is the dialog about? A. Expressing certainty on something. B. Congratulating someone. C. Requesting someone to do something. D. Inviting someone. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebut tentang memberi selamat (congratulating someone) kepada seseorang atas prestasinya, yaitu mendapat nilai bagus. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya mengungkapkan kepastian terhadap sesuatu, (C) artinya meminta seseorang untuk melakukan sesuatu, dan (D) artinya mengundang seseorang.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

2.

Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the dialog? A. Vega got lower score than Hardi did. B. Hardi and Vega were doing homework. C. Vega knew Hardi’s score before. D. Hardi received his work paper from his teacher. Jawaban: A Pernyataan yang sesuai dengan isi percakapan adalah Vega memperoleh nilai (75) lebih rendah dibanding Hardi (95). Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Hardi dan Vega sedang mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah mereka salah karena mereka sedang bercakap-cakap tentang nilai tugas mereka. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya Vega mengetahui nilai Hardi sebelumnya salah karena Vega tidak tahu sehingga dia bertanya kepada Hardi. Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya Hardi menerima kertas tugasnya dari guru salah karena dia menerimanya dari Linda.

3.

Where do you think the dialog takes place? A. On the street. B. At home. C. At bus station. D. In a classroom. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut kedua tokoh berbicara tentang nilai tugas mereka yang baru saja mereka terima. Dengan demikian, kemungkinan besar percakapan tersebut terjadi di kelas. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan tempat yang tepat untuk membicarakan nilai yang baru saja mereka ketahui.

Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Well, I’m afraid I will arrive home late.” yang artinya ”Saya khawatir saya akan tiba di rumah terlambat.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 5.

Read dialog 2 and answer questions 4 and 5. 4.

D.

Why does Shinta feel upset? Because ________. A. she will be at home late B. she has no companion C. she doesn’t bring enough money D. she doesn’t know the nearest Internet cafe

“I’ll take you there.” The underlined word refers to ________. A. Shinta’s house B. Ajeng’s house C. the Internet cafe D. their school Jawaban: C Kata keterangan tempat ’there’ mengacu pada nama sebuah tempat yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu the nearest Internet cafe. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan tempat yang dimaksud.

Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs, then practice them with a friend.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Mr. and Mrs. Reno hold a house-warming party this evening for their new house. Mr. Wilson : Sure. 5 4 3

Mr. Reno

: Thank you. Please enjoy the drink. Make yourself comfortable.

2

Mrs. Reno : Good evening, Mr. Wilson. Thank you for coming. Please come in.

1

Mr. Wilson : Good evening, Mr. and Mrs. Reno.

Mr. Wilson : Thanks, and congratulations for the new house!

Dialog 2 Sekar : He is. 8 7

Viona : You’re right. How lucky Firman is.

4 1

Sekar : Listen! Firman is going to the student exchange program to Australia. He will be there for about three months. Viona : Sekar, what’s going on here?

6

Sekar : I’m not. If you don’t believe me, read the news on the announcement board yourself.

3

Viona : What news?

2

Sekar : Viona, haven’t you heard the news?

5

Viona : You’re not joking, are you?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

177

E.

Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs in Task D. Correct the false ones.

Dialog 1 1. ______ Mr. Wilson was holding a house-warming party. 2. ______ Mr. and Mrs. Reno have a new house. 3. ______ The party was held in the afternoon. 4. ______ Mr. Wilson congratulated Mr. and Mrs. Reno for their new house. 5. ______ Mr. Wilson came to the party with his wife. Jawaban: 1. F. They were Mr. and Mrs. Reno who were holding a house-warming party. 2. T 3. F. The party was held in the evening. 4. T 5. F. He came to the party alone. Dialog 2 1. ______ Sekar didn’t know what was going on. 2. ______ There wasn’t any news about Firman on the announcement board. 3. ______ Their school has a announcement board. 4. ______ Viona hadn’t heard the news that Firman would the student exchange program. 5. ______ Firman will stay in Australia for about two months. Jawaban: 1. F. She knew what was going on. We know it from what she said, “Listen! Firman will the student exchange program to Australia.” 2. F. The news about Firman was written on the announcement board. 3. T 4. T 5. F. Firman will stay there for about three months. Variasi: Guru dapat menulis percakapan acak dan pertanyaan berikut di papan tulis, lalu siswa menyalinnya di buku masing-masing. A.

Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Tiara and Seno are in Uncle Robby’s wedding party. They congratulate him. Uncle Robby : Thank you very much, Seno. Please enjoy yourselves in this party. 4

178

3 2

Seno

Uncle Robby :

Thank you, Tiara.

1

Tiara

Congratulations on your wedding, Uncle!

UNIT 3 Descriptive

: :

Good luck, Uncle. May God bless you and your new family.

Dialog 2 Linda : Good idea! Let’s go. 5 4

Vira

1 2

Linda : Vira, haven’t you heard any news about Tia? I wonder why she has been absent for two days. Vira : Well, Vino told me that her mother is sick and she has to take care of her.

3

Linda : I see. Listen, what if we go to her house today after school?

B.

: Well, that’s what I’m thinking of too. Let’s ask the others.

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Dialog 1 1. What does the dialog tell you about? Jawaban: Congratulating someone on his wedding. 2. Who involves in the dialog? Jawaban: Tiara, Seno and Uncle Robby. 3. Tiara said, “Congratulations on your wedding, Uncle!” What does it mean? Jawaban: She congratulates her uncle on his wedding. 4. What did Uncle Robby say to respond to Tiara’s sentence? Jawaban: He said, “Thank you, Tiara.” 5. “They congratulate him.” What does the underlined word refer to? Jawaban: It refers to Uncle Robby. Dialog 2 1. What are Linda and Vira talking about? Jawaban: They are talking about Tia who has been absent for two days. 2. Why was Tia absent? Jawaban: Because she had to take care of her sick mother. 3. Who told Vira about Tia’s condition? Jawaban: Vino did. 4. What does Linda and Vira plan to do after school? Jawaban: They plan to visit Tia and her sick mother. 5. “Let’s ask the others.” What do you think the underlined words refer to? Jawaban: Linda and Vira’s friends. F.

Create a dialog based on one of the situations below. Practice it with a friend in front of the class.

1. 2.

Today is your father’s birthday. Congratulate and say your wishes to him. Lia, your little sister, comes to you and shows you her mark in mathematics. She got 10. Congratulate her. 3. Your friend tells you that one of the biggest fashion stores in your place is offering a big discount up to 75%. Just by chance, you need to buy a new dress for your birthday party. Then, you ask your friend to confirm the fact. What would the two of you say? Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Happy birthday, Dad. May God bless you with a long life. Your father : Thank you, dear.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

179

2.

Lia : Look! I’ve got ten for math! You : Congratulations! You’re really my brilliant sister. Lia : Thank you.

3.

Rina : Dewi : Rina : Dewi :

Listen! The Silhouette fashion store is offering a big discount up to 75%! Really? I am sure. What a coincidence! I just want to buy a new dress for my coming birthday party.

Variasi: A. Write suitable responses for the following expressions. Share your work with the class. 1.

A : Look! I’ve got an A for my biology paper! B : ______________________________________________________________ 2. A : Listen! Dono is accused of stealing Rina’s money. B : ______________________________________________________________ 3. A : The government will build some new freeways. B : ______________________________________________________________ 4. A : Mother, happy Mother’s Day. I love you. B : ______________________________________________________________ 5. A : It’s unbelievable that our team lost the game yesterday. B : ______________________________________________________________ Contoh jawaban: 1. That’s great! Well done! 2. That’s a mistake. Dono is an honest person. I’m sure he didn’t do such a bad thing. 3. It is. I’ve read about it in the newspaper. 4. Thank you, dear. I love you too. 5. It is, but that’s the fact. B.

Make two dialogs based on the guidelines below. Then, practice the dialogs in front of the class with your friend.

1.

180

Sita

Handi

greets Handi. She asks where Handi will go.

responds to the greeting. He tells Sita that he will go to the market.

tells Handi that the market was caught on fire last night.

says that the fact is true. He explains that he is going to check his uncle’s stall in the market.

responds to Handi’s explanation. She offers to him.

accepts the offer and expresses his gratitude.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

2.

Nia

Ari

tells Ari that the teacher has chosen her to represent the school in the computer competition.

responds to the news. Then, he congratulates Nia.

expresses her gratitude.

reminds Nia to practice more so that she will win the competition.

expresses her promise. She asks Ari to help her whenever she is in trouble.

says his willingness.

Contoh jawaban: 1. Sita : Hi, Handi? Where are you going? Handi : I’m going to the market. Sita : What? Listen, the market was caught on fire last night! Handi : I know that. I’m going there to check my uncle’s stall whether it was burnt down or not. Sita : I see. If that’s so, may I ? Who knows I can help something. Handi : Of course. Thanks. 2.

Nia : Listen! The teacher has chosen me to represent the school in the computer competition! Ari : Has he? That’s great! Congratulations! Nia : Thank you. Ari : ! From now on, you have to practice more and more. Nia : Surely I will. But, will you help me whenever I need help? Ari : Of course, I will help you and you.

3.2 Genre

Spoken Text Read the monolog and study the explanation. Listen, all, I want to tell you about a very interesting place from the eastern part of our archipelago, Papua. This place is Baliem Valley. Have you ever heard this name before? O.K., listen to me carefully. Well, the Baliem Valley, which is sometimes known as the Grand Valley, is one of the highlands of Papua province. The valley is about 80 km in length and 20 km in width and lies at an altitude of about 1,000 m, with a population of 100,000. This place is occupied by the Dani people. And . . . the main town in the valley is Wamena. It has very beautiful scenery with the blue sky above it.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

181

You know, as far as the outside world was concerned, the Baliem Valley along with the unexpected presence of its large agricultural population was discovered by Richard Archbold on his third zoological expedition to New Guinea in 1938. Since then the valley has gradually been opened up to a limited amount of tourism. Now, the Baliem Valley becomes one of the major tourist spots in Papua. Many tourists, domestics and overseas, have visited the place. O.K., that’s my description about the Baliem Valley. Thanks for listening. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baliem_Valley (Desember 28, 2008)

The text above is a spoken descriptive text. In spoken texts, there is usually interaction between speakers and listeners. Therefore, in such texts, you can find some fillers, such as well . . ., um . . ., you know . . . and listen, all.

Written Text Read the text and try to understand its generic structure. Title

Identification

Description

Thousand Islands Thousand Islands (Indonesian: Kepulauan Seribu) is the only regency of Jakarta, Indonesia. It lies on the Java Sea, precisely on the north of Jakarta, the capital city of Indonesia. The entire area consists of a string of 105 islands which stretch 45 kilometers north into the Java Sea, with the closest lying in Jakarta Bay only a few kilometers off mainland Jakarta. With a total land area of 8.7 km2, the population of the entire islands is about 20,000. Pramuka Island is the regency seat of the Thousand Islands; although, the most populated island is Panggang Island. The area itself is a marine national park; although, development is allowed on 37 of the islands. Some others are uninhabited and some of them are developed to become resort islands, such as Bidadari, Ayer, Laki, Putri, Pelangi, Sepa and Bira. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thousand_Islands_(Indonesia) (December 28, 2008)

182

UNIT 3 Descriptive

The text is a written descriptive text. A descriptive text focuses on the characteristic features of a particular thing, e.g. a person, an animal or a thing. Descriptions are usually organized to include: ● Identification to the subject of the description; ● Description, presenting the characteristics or the features of the subject, e.g. physical appearance, qualities, habitual behavior, significant attributes. Note: Grammatical characteristics of descriptive texts are: ● use of particular nouns, e.g. Thousand Islands ● use of the simple present tense, e.g. The entire area consists of a string . . . ., Some others are uninhabited and . . . . ● use of detailed noun phrases to provide information about the subject, e.g. With a total land area of 8.7 km2 the population of the entire islands is about 20,000 ● use of a variety of types of adjectives, e.g. entire, uninhabited ● use of relating verbs to provide information about the subject, e.g. Thousand Islands (Indonesian: Kepulauan Seribu) is the only regency of Jakarta, Indonesia

Grammar Section Question Words Read the following dialog and understand the explanation. Rika Sani Rika Sani

: : : :

Sani, what does your brother do? He is an architect. Where does he work? He works in a constructing company in Jakarta.

Pay attention to the bold-typed words above. They are called question words. You use question words to ask certain types of questions (question word questions). You often call them as WH words because they include the letters WH, such as Why and HoW.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

183

Here are some questions words you can use and their examples. WH Word What

Function asking for information about something

What is your name?

Answer My name is Andi.

asking for repetition or What? I can’t hear you. confirmation You did what?

I said that I couldn’t go to your house.

What . . . for

asking for a reason, asking why

What do you take an English course for?

To improve my English skills.

When

asking about time

When did Lina leave?

An hour ago.

Where

asking in or at what place or position

Where do your cousins live?

They live in Denpasar.

Which

asking about choice

Which color do you want?

I want green.

Who

asking what or which person or people (subject)

Who opened the door?

Arman did.

Whom

asking what or which person or people (object)

Whom did you see?

I saw our Principal.

Whose

asking about ownership

Whose are these keys? Whose turn is it?

These keys are mine. It is your turn.

Why

asking for reasons, asking what . . . for

Why did you come late this morning?

Because I woke up late.

asking about manner

How did the man do this He did it carefully and correctly. work?

asking about condition or quality

How was your exam?

How

184

Example

UNIT 3 Descriptive

It was rather difficult.

The question word how can be combined with an adjective and an adverb. It functions to ask about extent and degree. See the examples below. Function

Example

Answer

How far

asking about distance

How far is your house from school?

Around two kilometers.

How long

asking about length (time or space)

How long will it take to finish the craft?

About three days.

How many

asking about quantity (countable)

How many cars are there?

There are 25 cars.

How much

asking about quantity (uncountable)

How much money do you have?

I have Rp50,000.

How old

asking about age

How old are you?

I am twenty years old.

How come (informal)

asking for reasons, asking why

How come I can’t see her?

Because you came late.

WH Word

Source: http://www.englishclub.com/vocabulary/wh-question-words.htm (April 4, 2008)

Indefinite Pronouns Read the following dialogs and understand the explanation. 1. Vita : Linda, what’s wrong with you? You look sad. Linda : Someone has broken my calculator. Vita : I’m sorry to hear that. 2. Tito : Henny, did you see anything on the table? Henny : No, I didn’t see anything. Did you lose something? Tito : Yes. I lost my pin. Henny : I’ll tell you when I find it. The bold-typed words in the dialogs above are called indefinite pronouns. You use an indefinite pronoun to refer to a person, thing or place that is not specific. Usually indefinite pronouns use some and any. Some is used in affirmative/positive sentences, any in questions and negatives. However, some is also used in questions when you want an affirmative answer. Example: Did you buy something in the market? Yes, I did. Here are indefinite pronouns. Interrogative

Positive

Negative

To refer to a nonspecific person/ people

someone, somebody, everyone

anyone, anybody, none (of . . .), no one, nobody

To refer to nonspecific thing(s)

something, everything anything, nothing

anything

To refer to nonspecific place(s)

somewhere, everywhere

anywhere

Function

anyone, anybody

anywhere, nowhere

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

185

Answer the questions orally. 1. 2. 3.

A.

You have learned recount texts in Unit 2. What is the purpose of a recount text? Jawaban: To tell past experiences. What elements does it have? Jawaban: Orientation, event, re-orientation. What are the differences between recount and descriptive texts in general? Jawaban: A recount text is to tell past experiences while a descriptive text is to describe something in particular. A recount text has orientation, event, re-orientation. A descriptive text has identification and description.

Complete the following text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Do you know the biggest market in Jakarta? I guess, it should be Tanah Abang Market. Tanah Abang Market is precisely (1) situated on Jalan Tanah Abang, Central Jakarta. It is true that this market is one of the biggest and busiest (2) shopping spots in Indonesia. You know, Tanah Abang Market started off about 300 years ago as an (3) animal market. As time goes by, now it (4) occupies a three-storey commercial building. It also spills over to the hundreds of (5) street vendors sprawling in the area. They take up not just the (6) sidewalks but also part of the road. No wonder the traffic there is often Picture source: http://www.news_okezone_com crawling. The market opens (7) daily, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The stalls there sell mainly textiles, apparel, carpets and draperies. However, one can also find imaginable (8) merchandises, such as home accessories, (9) kitchenware, shoes, firecrackers and even rifles! Fruits, soft drinks and snacks abound. Like other markets, buyers can (10) bargain the prices offered by sellers. Adapted from: http://travel.yahoo.com/p-travelguide-2881455-tanah_abang_market_jakarta-i?action=describe (December 28, 2008)

186

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Variasi: A. Read the following words. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. B

A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. B.

occupy street vendor stall draperies merchandise kitchenware sidewalk crawling bargain sprawling

a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j.

barang dagangan bahan gorden trotoar kios, kedai pedagang kaki lima bertebaran menempati, menduduki menawar perkakas dapur merayap

Jawaban: 1. g 2. e 3. d 4. b 5. a 6. i 7. c 8. j 9. h 10. f

Make sentences using the words in Task A correctly.

Contoh jawaban: 1. The government has occupied the bankrupt bank for two months. 2. The street vendors have caused traffic jams in front of the market. 3. My aunt has two stalls that sell fruits and snacks. 4. There are many attractive motifs of the draperies in the shop. 5. All guests of the exhibition can find any wooden and rattan merchandise. 6. My aunt needs to buy some kitchenware for her new house. 7. It is a common thing that many vendors build their stalls on the sidewalk. 8. My little brother likes crawling here and there. 9. If you shop in traditional market, try to bargain the offered price. 10. You can find many attractive stalls sprawling in the area of night fair. B.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the text in Task A. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions correctly.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What is the text about? 2. When did the market open for the first time? 3. What was actually the market on its first opening? 4. Where is the market situated? 5. Why is the traffic there often crawling? 6. What time does the market open? 7. What do most stalls in the market sell? 8. What kind of imaginable merchandises are mentioned in the text? 9. Can we find kitchen utensils in the market? 10. Do the sellers offer fixed prices for all items? How do you know? Jawaban: 1. The description of Tanah Abang Market. 2. 300 years ago.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

187

3. An animal market. 4. On Jalan Tanah Abang, Central Jakarta. 5. Because hundreds of street vendors sprawling in the area take up not just the sidewalks but also part of the road. 6. It opens daily from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. 7. They sell mainly textiles, apparel, carpets and draperies. 8. There are home accessories, kitchenware, shoes, firecrackers and rifles. 9. Yes, we can. 10. No, they don’t. From the statements, “. . . buyers can bargain the prices offered by sellers.” Variasi: Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan teks berikut sebagai latihan. A.

Listen to your teacher carefully. Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Hi, guys. Have you ever been to Madura Island? Not yet? Well, I’m going to tell you about this (1) island. Madura Island is part of East Java that consists of four (2) regencies. It has excellent quality of (3) agriculture outputs and beautiful tourist resorts and more. Well, Madura is about 160 km in (4) length and about 40 km across at its widest point. You know, Maduranese (5) population is about 3 millions, most of them are farmers or fishermen. The most famous (6) attraction of this island is the annual bull racing (kerapan sapi), which takes place during the (7) dry season in August – September. Um . . . the bull racing is a race between two pairs of (8) bulls, each team pulling a rider and sled. Then, the (9) final race is held in Madura’s capital, Pamekasan on October. Last but not least, Madura has been well-known for its batik textile (10) production, you know. The most popular batik is at Tanjungbumi, Bangkalan. Well, that’s all about Madura Island. Adapted from: http://www.eastjava.com/tourism/bangkalan/index.html (June 26, 2007)

B.

Listen to your teacher carefully. Answer his/her questions based on the text in Task A correctly.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What is the text about? 2. In which part of Java is the island located? 3. How wide is Madura Island? 4. How many inhabitants are in the island? 5. What do most of the inhabitants do for a living? 6. What is the most famous attraction in Madura? 7. When does the attraction usually take place? 8. What is the bull racing? 9. Where does a final race usually take place? 10. Where can we find the most popular batik textile production in Madura? Jawaban: 1. The text is about the description of Madura Island. 2. East Java. 3. It is 40 km wide.

188

UNIT 3 Descriptive

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. C.

There are 3 millions. Farmers and fishermen. A bull racing. During the dry season in August to September. A race between two pairs of bulls, each pairs pulling a rider and sled. In Pamekasan. At Tanjungbumi, Bangkalan. Listen to your teacher carefully. Complete the statements based on the text you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Let me tell you about our neighbor country Singapore. Singapore is an island city of about 4 million people. It’s a beautiful city with lots of parks and open spaces. It’s also a clean city. Most of the people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island. The business district is very modern, with lots of tall new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice older sections. In Chinatown there are rows of old shop houses. The government buildings in Singapore are very beautiful and dated from the colonial days. Singapore is famous for its shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping centers. Most of the goods are duty free. Singapore’s restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food, and the prices are quite reasonable. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

1. Singapore is our ________ country. 2. Singapore is a very ________ and ________ city. 3. There are many ________ and ________ in the city. 4. The Singapore’s business district is ________. 5. The island city has also some nice ________. 6. There are many good ________ in Singapore. 7. Most of the goods in Singapore are ________. 8. The Singapore’s ________ sell many kinds of food. Jawaban: 1. neighbor 2. beautiful; clean 3. parks; open spaces 4. very modern 5. older sections 6. shopping centers 7. duty free 8. restaurants

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

189

Variasi: Answer the following questions based on the text you have heard in Task C. 1. What is Singapore like? Jawaban: It is a beautiful island city with lots of parks and open spaces. It’s also a clean city. 2. How big is the population of Singapore? Jawaban: It is about 4 million people. 3. Where do most people live? Jawaban: Most people live in high-rise flats in different parts of the island. 4. Is the business district old fashioned? Why do you say so? Jawaban: No, it is not. The statement explains that the business district is very modern, with lots of tall new office buildings. 5. What can we find in Chinatown? Jawaban: We can find rows of old shop houses. 6. Are the Singapore’s government buildings old ones? Why/Why not? Jawaban: Yes, they are because they are dated from the colonial days. 7. What is Singapore most famous for? Jawaban: It is most famous for its shops and restaurants. 8. How are the food prices in the restaurants? Jawaban: They are reasonable. D.

Your teacher will tell you an interesting place. Retell it using your own words. You may use the following words. ● glorious ● Navy officer ● honor sword ● confidence ● seriousness ● sustained ● diorama ● masterpiece ● devotion

Picture source: www.photobucket_com

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Let me tell you about Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument. You may call it Monjaya. Anyway, do you know the meaning of “Jalesveva Jayamahe”? Well, it means “in the sea we are glorious”. The Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument describes a figure of a middle rank TNI- AL or Indonesian National Navy officer. He wears a complete uniform with his honor sword upstanding. The officer stares toward the sea with fully confidence and seriousness ready to dash against the wave and go through storm. This monument was built in Ujung Surabaya, East Java and the first stone was set on December 5, 1990. It is a statue as high as 30.8 meters, which sustained by a building as high as 26.1 meters. On some parts of the building, there is a diorama of heroic history of the navy since the era of physical pre-revolution up until the 90’s. The creative sculptors and architects

190

UNIT 3 Descriptive

of the building are Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers. They are ed in The Nyoman Nuarta Group. The monument is great evidence and a very amazing suborder masterpiece. It has a high historic value, as the reflection of the highness of Indonesian nation as the maritime nation one. The other meaning of this statue figure is as the readiness symbol to receive the devotion from generation to the next generation. Adapted from: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=297http://www.petra.ac.id/eastjava/cities/sby/ tourobj/monjaya.htm (December 28, 2008)

Contoh jawaban: Listen, friends. I’d like to tell you a very interesting place. It is Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument or usually called Monjaya. Before I tell you further, can you to tell me the meaning of Jalesveva Jayamahe? Raise your hand, please. Very good! It means in the sea we are glorious. As you can see from the picture, this monument describes a figure of a middle rank TNI- AL or Indonesian National Army-Navy officer. Look! The officer wears a complete uniform with his honor sword upstanding. He also stares toward the sea with fully confidence and seriousness ready to dash against the wave and go through storm. You can find this monument in Ujung Surabaya, East Java. The construction of the monument began on December 5, 1990. Do you know the height of the monument? Well, the statue itself is as high as 30.8 meters, which sustained by a building as high as 26.1 meters. Quite tall, isn’t it? Besides, on some parts of the building, you can see a diorama of heroic history of the navy since the era of physical pre-revolution up until the 90’s. Acting as the creative sculptors and architects are Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers who are ed in The Nyoman Nuarta Group. Well, the monument is truly great evidence and a very amazing suborder masterpiece. It has a high historic value, for reflecting the highness of Indonesian nation as the maritime nation one. Further, this statue figure also functions as the readiness symbol to receive the devotion from generation to the next generation. O.K., that’s about the Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument. I hope we can visit it someday. Variasi: Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal lain seperti berikut. Teks yang dibacakan guru: I’m going to tell you about Tawangmangu. Wells, . . . Tawangmangu is a recreational resort offering cool weather, scenic views, swimming pools, bungalow style hotels and restaurants. Tawangmangu is located 40 km east of Solo. This place lies on the slopes of Mount Lawu, with an elevation of 1,300 m above sea level. It’s quite cool, you know. This place has some temples in ruins, a national park and the beautiful 40 m high waterfall of Grojogan Sewu. Adapted from: http://www.hoteltravel.com/indonesia/central java/guides/sightseeing.htm (January 30, 2007)

Contoh jawaban: Hello, friends. Let me tell you about Tawangmangu. You know, . . . Tawangmangu is a very popular recreational resort in Central Java. This place offers cool weather, scenic views, wonderful waterfalls and swimming pools. For accommodation, there are many bungalow style hotels and restaurants around the resort. The place is located 40 km east of Solo. This place lies on the slopes of Mount Lawu, with an elevation of 1,300 m above sea level. I tell you that it’s quite cool. This place has some temples in ruins and a national park. Besides, you can find the beautiful 40 m high waterfall of Grojogan Sewu. So, if you like to have a trip close to nature, Tawangmangu is one of the choices.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

191

E.

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task D. Correct the false ones.

1. ______ “Jalesveva Jayamahe” means “on the land we are glorious”. 2. ______ The monument describes a figure of a general Indonesian National Navy. 3. ______ The statue of the Navy officer wears a complete uniform. 4. ______ The monument lies in East Java. 5. ______ The monument consists of three parts. Jawaban: 1. F. “Jalesveva Jayamahe” means “in the sea we are glorious”, not “on the land”. 2. F. The monument describes a figure of a middle rank officer of Indonesian National Navy (general is the highest rank in an army). 3. T 4. T 5. F. The monument consists of two parts, i.e. the statue itself and the sustained building. Variasi: Guru dapat menambah pernyataan-pernyataan yang lain sebagai berikut. 1. ______ The monument has no historic value at all. 2. ______ The monument reflects our country as a maritime nation. 3. ______ We can see dioramas in all parts of the building. 4. ______ The diorama is about the heroic history of the navy since the era of physical pre-revolution up after the 90’s. 5. ______ The statue functions as the readiness symbol to receive the devotion from generation to the next generation. Jawaban: 1. F. It has a high historic value. 2. T 3. F. We can see a diorama only in some parts of the building. 4. F. The diorama is about the heroic history of the navy since the era of physical pre-revolution up until the 90’s. 5. T F.

Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Kayoon Park is located along the western bank of Kayoon River. It is an evening recreation park and specific East Java food center. A variety of water sports are performed here, such as sailing, swimming, motor boat and even canoe races. To the north of Kayoon Park is the Kayoon Market, selling beautiful orchids and tropical decorative.

192

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Kayoon Market also provides all public needs from various certifiable bundle flowers, start from fresh interest, dried flower and artificial flower both local and also imported. Source: http://www.javatourism.com/ index.php?Page=298 (December 28, 2008)

1.

What is the monolog about? A. The description of a particular person. B. The description of a particular thing. C. The description of a particular place. D. The information of a public place. Jawaban: C Monolog tersebut menjelaskan tentang deskripsi suatu tempat tertentu (the description of a particular place), yaitu

Taman Kayoon (Kayoon Park) dan Pasar Kayoon (Kayoon Market). 2.

The Kayoon Park is situated along the ________ of Kayoon River. A. eastern bank B. western bank C. northern bank D. southern bank Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Kayoon Park is located along the western bank of Kayoon River.”, sehingga Taman Kayoon terletak di tepi barat sungai Kayoon (the western bank of Kayoon River).

3.

There are some water sports available in the park, except ________. A. sailing B. swimming C. canoe races D. parasailing Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”A variety of water sports are performed here, such as sailing, swimming, motor boat and even canoe races.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa olahraga air yang tidak tersedia di Taman Kayoon adalah parasailing.

4.

What does the Kayoon Market sell? A. Beautiful orchids and tropical decorative. B. Imported orchids. C. Beautiful jasmines. D. Low-qualified flowers.

A.

Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ” . . . the Kayoon Market, selling beautiful orchids and tropical decorative.”. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (A). 5.

Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about Kayoon Park and Market? A. The park is a morning recreation park. B. The park offers specific East Java food. C. The market is on the north of Kayoon Park. D. The market provides various certifiable bundle flowers. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya taman itu adalah taman rekreasi pada pagi hari tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”It is an evening recreation park . . . .” yang artinya ”Tempat ini adalah taman rekreasi pada petang hari . . . . ”. Pilihan jawaban (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”It is . . . specific East Java food center.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”To the north of Kayoon Park is the Kayoon Market, . . . .”, dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Kayoon Market also provides all public needs from various certifiable bundle flowers, . . . .”. Jadi, pernyataan yang salah (not true) adalah pilihan jawaban (A).

Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her. Make a list of data about the description of Sydney Opera House. Sydney Opera House

The Sydney Opera House is a large performing art place. It becomes an Australian icon. The Sydney Opera House was established in 1973. It is located in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia. It covers 1.8 hectares of land and has 183 m long and about 120 m wide. The building can load 25,000 people. The Opera House is a place for large theatrical productions. It is the home of Opera Australia, the Sydney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. There are five theaters in Sydney Opera House. There are also five rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaurants, six bars and many souvenir shops. The design of the Opera House is very unique. The roof looks like giant shells. Besides for theatrical productions, the Opera House is also used for other functions. It is used for weddings, parties and conferences. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

193

Contoh jawaban: Point 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Established Location Size Capacity Design Functions

7.

Home of

8.

Rooms

Fact of the Sydney In 1973. Sydney, New South Wales, Australia. It covers 1.8 hectares of land and has 183 m long and about 120 m wide. 25,000 people. It is very unique. The roof looks like giant shells. For theatrical productions as well as for weddings, parties and conferences. Opera Australia, the Sydney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. Five theaters, five rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaurants, six bars and many souvenir shops.

Variasi: A.

Read the text with proper pronunciation. Answer the following questions. Bogor

Have you ever been to Bogor? Let me tell you about it. Bogor was previously known as “Buitenzorg” meaning “without worries” during the Dutch colonial era. The Dutch chose Bogor to be the first palace of the Dutch Governor General in 1745. It was restored in 1832. The Bogor Palace still stands solid and elegant today with its large gardens. Here deer roam freely on the green grass under tall old trees. Further, Bogor is also famous for its Botanical Garden. It covers an area of 87 hectares with thousands of species of plants from all over the world. Here, you can see the world’s largest flower, the Rafflesia. It really has bad odor. Adapted from: http://www.indonesia-tourism.com/west-java/places.html (June 26, 2007)

Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: The description of Bogor. 2. What does the word “Buitenzorg” mean? Jawaban: It means “without worries”. 3. What was Bogor in 1745? Jawaban: It was the first palace of the Dutch Governor General. 4. What can visitors see in the garden? Jawaban: Deer roam freely on the green grass under tall old trees. 5. What has bad odor? Jawaban: The Rafflesia.

194

UNIT 3 Descriptive

B.

Fill in the table based on the text in Task A. Compare your work with your friend’s.

Tabel yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Point

B.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Previous name The meaning of the name The famous places Brief description of Bogor Palace

5.

Brief description of Bogor Botanical Garden: – size – collection

Fact of Bogor Buitenzorg Without worries. Bogor Palace and Bogor Botanical Garden. The Bogor Palace still stands solid and elegant today with its large gardens. Here deer roam freely on the green grass under tall old trees. It covers an area of 87 hectares with thousands of species of plants from all over the world, including the world’s largest flower Rafflesia.

Retell the text in Task A based on the data you have made before.

Contoh jawaban: I’d like to tell you about the Sydney Opera House. You now, this building has become an icon of Australia. It was established in 1973. As its name, this building is situated in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia. Now, talking about its size, this building covers 1.8 hectares of land, it is 183 meters long and around 120 meters wide. No wonder, it can load 25,000 people. One thing that makes this building famous is the design itself. You know, its roof looks like giant shells. At the moment, this building functions mainly for large theatrical productions. Besides, it’s also used for weddings, parties and conferences. Concerning the theatrical productions, this building is the home of Opera Australia, the Sydney Theater Company and the Sydney Symphony. To all the activities there, the Sydney Opera House has five theaters, five rehearsal studios, two main halls, four restaurants, six bars and many souvenir shops. Well, that’s all what I can tell you about the Sydney Opera House. Thanks for listening. Sebelum menyuruh siswa melakukan retelling, guru dapat memberi latihan kosakata sebagai berikut. Variasi: A. Find the meaning of the following words according to the text in Task A. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. cover = meliputi, mencakup 2. design = rancangan 3. establish = mendirikan 4. hall = aula 5. icon = lambang 6. load = menampung 7. performing = pementasan 8. rehearsal = latihan, gladi bersih 9. shell = kerang 10. souvenir = cinderamata

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

195

B.

Find the synonyms of the following words and their meanings.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Word 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

C.

icon established located home design unique giant function load production

Synonym

Meaning

mark founded situated base architecture special huge use contain outcome

lambang/tanda didirikan/dibangun terletak rumah/pangkalan rancangan/arsitekstur unik/istimewa sangat besar fungsi/kegunaan menampung/berisi produksi/hasil

Complete the text with the correct words in the box. The Small Hotel

a. d. g. j. m.

beds spend comfortable lodging expensive

b. e. h. k. n.

accommodation located friendly the room breakfast

c. f. i. l. o.

receptionist holiday bathroom luggage cost

Dino and Arya are going to (1) ________ their (2) ________ in Semarang. They are going to spend one night there. For (3) ________, they usually choose a hotel on Jalan Majapahit. It is small, but clean and tidy. The hotel is (4) ________ near a bus station, and some angkot vehicles the main road in front of the hotel. These vehicles make them easier to go to many places. This hotel provides (5) ________ and (6) ________. Every time they come to the hotel, a friendly (7) ________ helps them choose a (8) ________ room with two (9) ________. There is a (10) ________ in the room. Then, the bellboy carries their (11) ________. The (12) ________ of a room in this hotel is not too (13) ________. This covers the cost of (14) ________ and the breakfast. The bellboy and the workers of the hotel are kind and (15) ________. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Jawaban: 1. d 6. n 11. l

196

2. f 7. c 12. o

UNIT 3 Descriptive

3. b 8. g 13. m

4. e 9. a 14. k

5. j 10. i 15. h

D.

Choose the correct answer based on the text in Task C.

1.

What does the hotel provide? A. Lunch. B. An extra bed. C. Free transportation. D. Lodging and breakfast. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”This hotel provides lodging and breakfast.”,. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

2.

What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell something in general. B. To entertain the listeners. C. To describe a particular place. D. To tell past experiences. Jawaban: C Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive karena menjelaskan tentang deskripsi suatu tempat tertentu (describe a particular place), yaitu hotel di Semarang tempat Arya dan Dino biasa menginap. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuan teks report, (B) adalah tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) adalah tujuan teks recount.

3.

How is the hotel staff? They are ________. A. kind B. friendly C. comfortable D. kind and friendly Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir teks, yaitu ”The bellboy and the workers of the hotel are kind and friendly.”. Subjek The bellboy and the workers merupakan karyawan hotel (hotel staff).

4.

“This hotel provides . . . .” (Paragraph 2) The synonym of the underlined word is ________. A. reaches B. offers C. presents D. obtains Jawaban: C Kata ’provides’ dalam kalimat tersebut berarti ’menyediakan’. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata presents yang artinya mempersembahkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Kata reaches artinya mencapai, offers artinya menawarkan, dan obtains artinya mendapatkan.

5.

“These vehicles will make them easier to go to many places.” (Paragraph 2) The underlined word refers to ________. A. Dino and Arya B. the receptionist and the bellboy C. angkot vehicles D. the hotel’s workers Jawaban: A Kata ganti orang (pronoun) ’them’ mengacu kepada orang berjumlah lebih dari satu dan telah disebutkan di kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu Dino dan Arya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

197

Variasi: State whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task C. Correct the false ones. 1. ______ Dino and Arya are going to spend their holiday in the capital city of West Java. 2. ______ They usually choose a hotel on Jalan Majapahit. 3. ______ The hotel is big and luxurious. 4. ______ The bus station is quite far from the hotel. 5. ______ There aren’t any public vehicles that in front of the hotel. 6. ______ There is a bellboy who carries the guests’ luggage. 7. ______ The hotel bellboy will help the guest choose a proper room for him. 8. ______ The hotel’s price is quite expensive. 9. ______ The cost includes the room and breakfast. 10. ______ All the hotel’s staff are kind and friendly. Jawaban: 1. F. They are going to Semarang, the capital city of Central Java. 2. T 3. F. The hotel is small, but cleand and tidy. 4. F. The bus station is near the hotel. 5. F. There are angkot vehicles that in front of the hotel. 6. T 7. F. It is a hotel receptionist who will help the guest choose his room. 8. F. The hotel’s price is quite cheap or not too expensive. 9. T 10. T E.

Describe the place in the picture orally. Find the reference about it in the Internet or your book.

Picture source:http://www.pbase_com

198

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Contoh jawaban: Do you know the building in the picture? Well, it is called Eiffel Tower. It is one of the most favorite places in the world to visit. We can see the tower in Paris, , the world’s fashion center. The tower is designed by Alexandre Gustave Eiffel for the World Fair. Guess what! There are 2,500,000 rivets and 18,038 steel pieces that make up the Eiffel Tower. It first opened on March 31, 1889. And . . . every seven years workers repaint it with fifty tons of dark brown paint. During the renovation of the Eiffel Tower 1,000 tons were removed from it. You know, the Eiffel Tower weighs 7,000 tons. The base is 412 square feet or 2.5 acres. The tower itself is about 1,052 feet high including the television antenna at the top. Otis Elevator Company had designed glass-walled elevators, which climbed the legs of the tower to get to the first and second platforms. From the second floor to the third platform, which is near the top, four balanced elevators go up and down in the area. If you looked on a clear day, from the top platform, the view stretches for 50 miles, around 80 kilometers.

The Eiffel Tower consists of three levels. On the first level are three-glass-confined structures. Next is the second level. They both contain one restaurant: Le Parisien on the lower level and La Belle on the upper level. The third part is the Salle (hall) Gustave Eiffel, where there is space for business, conferences, expositions, cultural events, and social meetings. There is a souvenir shop and a snack bar located on the smaller second floor. Even from this level, it is very possible that an excellent view of Paris can be seen without having to go to the top. Source: http://www.east-buc.k12.ia.us/00_01/FP/eif/eif; htm, http://library.thinkquest.org/J001664/EiffelTower.html (December 28, 2008)

Variasi: Do the task in pairs. The procedure: 1. Student A reads and understands Text 1, while Student B reads and understands Text 2. 2. Student A asks any information about Text 2 and Student B answers all Student A’s questions correctly. 3. Change the role. Student B asks any information about Text 1 and Student A answers all Student B’s questions. Text 1 (for Student A) Nusa Tenggara Nusa Tenggara is the name for the chain of islands which lies to the east of Bali. Including the islands of Komodo, Lombok, Flores and Timor, Nusa Tenggara spans a variety of landscapes, from tropical forests, high volcanic lakes and dry savannahs. The largest islands are Lombok and Sumbawa, with hundreds of smaller islands between. East Nusa Tenggara has 566 islands. The long northern arch of the island chain is the result of volcanic activity, whilst the southern islands are formed from coral deposits. Most of the eastern islands are arid, due to hot winds blowing from the continent of Australia and sparsely vegetated. The Western half of Nusa Tenggara is moister and has denser vegetation. The Northern part of the chain is known for deep lakes contained in the craters of extinct volcanoes, the most famous of which are the colored mineral lakes on Gunung Keli Mutu in Flores. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 2 (for Student B) Kya-Kya Surabaya Kya-Kya Kembang Jepun is in the shopping center, Kembang Jepun Street that is the center of eastern Indonesia trade and economy. This place is a spacious outdoor eating place which opens at night. It is a center of local, national, even international foods. Local foods like lontong balap, empek-empek Palembang, nasi Padang and also Chinese foods and EuropeanAmerican foods. It presents the warm situation feeling of dinner recreation by providing unlimited food and beverage with the typical food/beverage of the local area (cookery Tionghoa, the middle east cookery, Indonesia cookery) even invite the youngsters victuals; included of western snacks (burger, pizza, etc.) and traditional snacks Source: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=296 (December 28, 2008)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

199

Contoh jawaban: Student A : Where is Kya-Kya located? Student B : In the shopping center, Kembang Jepun Street in Surabaya. Student A : What is the place actually? Student B : It is an outdoor eating place. Student A : When does this place open? Student B : At night. .... Student B : What is the name of Nusa Tenggara for? Student A : It is the name for the chain of islands which lies to the east of Bali. Student B : What are the largest islands? Student A : Lombok and Sumbawa. Student B : How is the geographical condition of Nusa Tenggara? Student A : It spans a variety of landscapes, from tropical forests, high volcanic lakes and dry savannahs. F.

What is the place that you have visited recently? Tell your friends about it.

Contoh jawaban: Last month I visited my grandparents in Surabaya. They took me to the Surabaya Zoo. From its name, you must know that the zoo lies in Surabaya, East Java. You know, the zoo was founded based on Dutch General Governor’ 40th policy on August 31, 1916. At the beginning it was named Soerabaiasche Planten-En Dierentuin or in English it means Botanical and Animal Garden of Surabaya. Well, the zoo opens daily from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Talking about the ticket price, it’s not expensive, only Rp8,000. There you can enjoy beautiful animals and a plant garden in the middle of the city. You can see scarce animals, like Sumatran tigers, komodos, Kalimantan crocodiles and others. O.K., that’s my description about Surabaya Zoo. Thank you for listening. Source: http://www.javatourism.com/index.php?Page=300 (December 28, 2008)

A.

Read the text with proper pronunciation and intonation. National Museum

National Museum is known among Indonesians as ‘Museum Gajah’ or ‘Elephant Museum’ because of a small, sculpture of an Asian elephant which is mounted in front of it. The elephant, like the bulk of the museum’s collection, dates back to colonial times. This colonial building with its Doric columns keeps one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia. The building is designed around a central courtyard that is the museum’s sculpture garden. The presentation of the exhibits is very simple. Here you can find exhibits from all of the major kingdoms of Indonesia’s rich Hindu-Buddhist past. Highlights include Sanskrit inscriptions from Sumatra’s Sriwijaya kingdom and beautiful Hindu statues from East Javanese dynasties. Best of all is a massive fourteenth century statue of King Adityavarman standing on human skulls. This statue holds pride of place at the end of the courtyard and is one of the most important statues ever made in Indonesia. 200

UNIT 3 Descriptive

The museum also has a huge and impressive collection of Chinese porcelain.They frame every dynasty of Chinese history. A whole porcelain stool collected in Aceh is said to be absolutely unique. You will struggle to find a better collection of antique ceramics anywhere in SoutheastAsia. Ceramic lovers will also enjoy displays from ancient Thailand and Vietnam. There are also extensive displays of ethnographic materials from all around the archipelago. You will find artifacts from most of Indonesia’s varied and colorful ethnic groups. These displays will appeal to both art lovers and people wanting to get an insight into Indonesia’s cultural diversity. Source: http://www.tripadvisor.com/ShowReviews-g294229-d379313-r20369519-National_MuseumJakarta_Java.html (December 28, 2008)

Variasi: A. Answer the following questions based on the text before. 1. What does the text tell you about? Jawaban: The description of National Museum or Museum Gajah. 2. Why is the museum called Museum Gajah? Jawaban: Because there is a small, sculpture of an Asian elephant in front of the museum. 3. What is the role of the museum related to preserving artifacts? Jawaban: It keeps one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia. 4. How is the museum designed? Jawaban: It is designed around a central courtyard that is the museum’s sculpture garden. 5. What can we find in the museum? Jawaban: We can find exhibits from all of the major kingdoms of Indonesia’s rich HinduBuddhist past. 6. What is the best of all collections in the museum? Jawaban: It is a massive fourteenth century statue of King Adityavarman standing on human skulls. 7. Besides all the artifacts, what other things does the museum display? Jawaban: A huge and impressive collection of Chinese porcelain, a whole porcelain stool collected in Aceh, ceramics displays from ancient Thailand and Vietnam and extensive displays of ethnographic material from all around the archipelago. 8. “You will struggle to find a better collection of . . . .” What does the word ‘you’ refer to? Jawaban: The readers. 9. “ . . . one of the most astounding collections of artifacts in all Southeast-Asia.” What does the word ‘astounding’ mean? Jawaban: It means ‘mengejutkan’. 10. “As well as these exhibits, there are also extensive displays of ethnographic . . . .” What is the opposite meaning of the underlined word? Jawaban: Narrow.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

201

B.

Match the following words with their correct meanings the box. Then, make sentences using the words. a. d. g. j.

sebagian besar menarik hasil kecerdasan manusia menjaga

b. e. h.

tengkorak manusia prasasti pameran

c. f. i.

kembali ke zaman keragaman halaman gedung

1. appeal 2. artifact 3. bulk 4. courtyard 5. date back 6. exhibit 7. human skull 8. inscription 9. diversity 10. mount Jawaban: 1. d 2. g 3. a 4. i 5. c 6. h 7. b 8. e 9. f 10. j Contoh jawaban: 1. The computer fair will appeal most students in the city. 2. Archeology experts may study the prehistoric age from the found artifacts. 3. The statue, like the bulk of the shop’s collections, is five hundred years old. 4. Some old buildings have large courtyards. 5. The pictures date back to my childhood in Surabaya. 6. More than a thousand people have visited the art exhibit. 7. In Tana Toraja, we can see many human skulls in a cave. 8. Most of the inscriptions found in our country are written in Sanskrit. 9. The diversity makes our country rich of valuable culture and customs. 10. There are some security officers in the housing complex to mount and protect the residents from robbery and such things. C.

202

Find the words related to National Museum vertically or horizontally. Then, find their meanings. A

F

O

T

N

S

R

W

A

V

H

W

E

O

K

D

R

E

D

E

C

E

R

A

M

I

C

T

D

P

E

S

T

A

T

U

E

F

N

O

I

Q

B

Y

L

L

A

H

P

U

L

D

S

C

B

U

Y

A

N

A

E

U

N

I

L

P

D

I

I

W

S

L

C

A

G

P

Y

I

B

O

T

E

L

E

P

B

O

Z

S

K

H

T

C

E

S

U

D

K

N

E

T

C

M

T

U

A

I

N

S

C

R

I

P

T

I

O

N

I

Y

R

N

C

O

L

L

E

C

T

I

O

N

U

H

P

T

T

G

A

I

P

O

P

O

R

C

E

L

A

I

N

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Jawaban:

● ● ● ● ●

B.

A

F

O

T

N

S

R

W

A

V

H

W

E

O

K

D

R

E

D

E

C

E

R

A

M

I

C

T

D

P

E

S

T

A

T

U

E

F

N

O

I

Q

B

Y

L

L

A

H

P

U

L

D

S

C

B

U

Y

A

N

A

E

U

N

I

L

P

D

I

I

W

S

L

C

A

G

P

Y

I

B

O

T

E

L

E

P

B

O

Z

S

K

H

T

C

E

S

U

D

K

N

E

T

C

M

T

U

A

I

N

S

C

R

I

P

T

I

O

N

I

Y

R

N

C

O

L

L

E

C

T

I

O

N

U

H

P

T

T

G

A

I

P

O

P

O

R

C

E

L

A

I

N

ceramic = inscription = porcelain = ethnic = ancient =

keramik prasasti porselen etnis, kesukuan kuno, antik

● ● ● ● ●

statue = collection = elephant = sculpture = dynasty =

patung koleksi gajah pahatan dinasti

Match each description with the correct picture. Then, write the name of each place.

a

Picture source: http:// WALLlibrary_ thinkquest_org

b

Picture source: http:// www.omega_files_wordpress_com

c

Picture source: http:// www_nationalgeographic_com

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

203

1.

Borobudur is a Buddhist monument in Central Java. It was built in the ninth century. Borobudur has 2,672 reliefs and 504 Buddha statues. The reliefs illustrate the journey of pilgrims to three levels in Buddhist cosmology. Those three levels are Kamadhatu, Rupadhatu, and Arupadhatu. Borobudur is still used for pilgrimage. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

2.

To the northwest and north of Beijing, a huge, serrated wall zigzags its way to the east and west along the undulating mountains. It is said to be visible from the moon. With a total length of over 6,000 kilometers, it extends to the Jiayu in Gansu Province in the west and to the mouth of the Yalu River in Liaoning Province in the east. Source: http://www.chinavista.com/travel/greatwall/greatwall.html (January 7, 2009)

3.

This is a statue of a reclining lion with a human head that stands on the Giza Plateau on the west bank of the Nile, near modern-day Cairo, in Egypt. It is the largest monolith statue in the world, standing 73.5 m long, 6 m wide, and 20 m high. It is the oldest known monumental sculpture, and is commonly believed to have been built by ancient Egyptians in the third millennium BC. It faces due east and houses a small temple between its paws. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Great_Sphinx (January 7, 2009)

Jawaban: 1. c Borobudur Temple 3. b Sphinx in Giza

2.

a

The Great Wall of China

Variasi: A. Do the tasks. Untuk mengetahui pemahaman siswa tentang teks-teks deskriptif sederhana di atas, guru dapat memberi soal-soal atau latihan-latihan pengayaan sebagai berikut. Text 1 State whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Correct the false ones. 1. ______ Borobudur is a holy place for the Hindust people. 2. ______ Borobudur is located in Central Java. 3. ______ Borobudur was built in the tenth century. 4. ______ There are three levels in Buddhist cosmology. 5. ______ Borobudur has 2,672 statues. Jawaban: 1. F. It is a holy place for the Buddhist people. 2. T 3. F. It was built in the ninth century. 4. T 5. F. It has 2,672 reliefs and 504 statues. Text 2 Complete the following statements based on the text. 1. The Great Wall lies on ________ of Beijing. 2. The Great Wall is ________ long. 3. The fabulous building extends to ________ and to ________. 4. The wall was built along ________. 5. “With a total length of over 6,000 kilometers, it extends to the Jiayu . . . .” The underlined word refers to ________.

204

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Jawaban: 1. the northwest and north 2. over 6,000 kilometers 3. the Jiayu in Gansu Province in the west; the mouth of the Yalu River in Liaoning Province in the east 4. the undulating mountains 5. the Great Wall Text 3 Answer the following questions correctly. 1. Where is the statue located? Jawaban: It was situated on the Giza Plateau on the west bank of the Nile, near modern-day Cairo, in Egypt. 2. What is the size of the statue? Explain it. Jawaban: It has 73.5 m long, 6 m wide, and 20 m high. 3. When was the statue built? Jawaban: In the third millennium BC. 4. Who built the monumental statue? Jawaban: Ancient Egyptians did. 5. What does the statue look like? Jawaban: It looks like a reclining lion with a human head. B.

Match each description with the correct picture and name it. a

b

Picture source: http:// www.bensguide_gpo_gov

1.

Picture source: http:// www_drreissner_de

Thousands of people visit Pisa’s famous tower in Italy each year and wonder just how much longer it can exist without falling. Millions of dollars have been spent to stop the tower crashing to the ground. Soft, shifting soil has always been the tower’s problem. Recently, it was discovered that the tower had moved two millimeters. Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

2.

The building is located at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue in Washington D.C. It is a huge house where the president of the United States of America stays and works during his term. People first recognized the building as the Presidential Palace and Theodore Roosevelt gave the name White House in 1901. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

205

Jawaban: 1. b The leaning tower of Pisa 2. a The While House C.

Do the following tasks based on the texts in Task B.

Text 1 Answer the following questions correctly. 1. How much has been spent to save the tower? Jawaban: Millions of dollars. 2. Where can you see the tower? Jawaban: In Italy. 3. What has always been the tower’s problem? Jawaban: Soft, shifting soil. 4. What was the recent discovery? Jawaban: It was that the tower had moved two millimeters. 5. How many people visit the famous tower each year? Jawaban: Thousands of people. Text 2 Complete the following statements based on the text. 1. The White House is in Washington D.C., precisely at ________. 2. The building is the place where ________. 3. Firstly, people called the building ________. 4. The name of the building changed into the White House in ________. 5. The president of the U.S.A who gave the name White House was ________. Jawaban: 1. 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue 2. the president of the United States of America stays and works during his term 3. the Presidential Palace 4. 1901 5. Theodore Roosevelt C.

Complete the utterances with correct Wh-questions.

1.

A : ________ are the architects of the Jalesveva Jayamahe Monument? Q : Drs. Nyoman Nuarta and his co-workers. 2. A : ________ money do we need to renovate the old house? Q : More than ten million rupiah, I guess. 3. A : ________ can you see the big Jam Gadang? Q : In Padang, West Sumatra. 4. A : ________ do you like to visit museums? Q : Because the museum collection tells a story about certain past events. 5. A : ________ city do you want to spend your long holiday in? Q : Sydney, of course. Jawaban: 1. Who 2. How much 3. Where 4. Why 5. Which

206

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut. 1. A : ________ is the beach from your hometown? Q : About ten kilometers far. 2. A : ________ does your father usually ride a motorcycle? Q : Around 60 kilometers per hour. 3. A : ________ was the old house built? Q : A hundred years ago. 4. A : ________ do you see in front of the Nasional Monument? Q : A small, sculpture of an Asian elephant. 5. A : ________ house is on the corner of the street? Q : It is Mr. Sanjaya’s house. Jawaban: 1. How far 2. How fast 3. When 4. What 5. D.

Whose

Complete the sentences with correct indefinite pronouns.

1.

Adi : Did you see (a) ________ in this room an hour ago? Tiara : No, I saw (b) ________.

2.

Dion : Have you planned to go (a) ________ next holiday? Rika : Yes. I have decided to go to Bali. What about you? Dion : I don’t go (b) ________. My uncle’s family is going to visit us.

3.

Tesa : Who will the rafting activity next week? Rika : ________ of us. It’s dangerous for those who are less experienced.

4.

Tika : Did you buy (a) ________ in the bazaar? Rani : Yeah, I bought this desk lamp. But, my sister bought (b) ________.

5.

Dita : Hi, Dita! Are you going (a) ________? Flo : Hi, Flo! Yes, I am. I’m going to the supermarket. I want to buy (b) ________. Jawaban: 1. a. anyone/anybody b. no one/nobody 2. a. somewhere b. anywhere 3. None 4. a. anything b. nothing 5. a. somewhere b. something Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal berikut. 1. I don’t know ________ in this room. I feel I am a stranger here. 2. My mother went to the supermarket to buy ________. 3. Luckily, ________ got seriously injured in the accident this morning. 4. I lost my wallet this morning. I dropped it ________ on my way to work. 5. ________ has stolen my motorcycle. Jawaban: 1. anyone/anybody 2. something 3. nobody 4. somewhere/Somebody 5. Someone/Somebody

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

207

E.

Bandung Bandung is the provincial capital of West Java, Indonesia. It is situated in the Java Island on a highland plateau about 768 meters above sea level. The city is surrounded by mountains and located in the middle of prehistoric lake. The main part of Bandung lies to the south of the railway line that crosses the city from east to west. Most of the banks, airlines, tourist offices and five-star hotels are located here, along with the alun alun, as the main square in Indonesian cities is called. The principal thoroughfare, Jalan Asia Afrika, is in this part of town. There is also Jalan Braga, which was the up-market shopping area in colonial times and is now the center of Bandung’s nightlife. Most of the city’s budget accommodation and many of its huge shopping malls are also in this area. On the other side of the railway are the elegant residential areas of the old Dutch suburbs with their wide tree lined streets, gardens and parks. The urban area stretches north along two parallel arterial roads, Jalan Setiabudi and Jalan Juanda, to the hills of Dago. The offices of the West Java provincial government, the Bandung Institute of Technology and the zoo are located in this area. Although Bandung is only about 200 years old, it has many places of historic and cultural interest, not least its museums and art deco architecture. Source: http://www.bandungtourism.com/ home_brief_e.php (December 28, 2008)

1.

208

tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) yang artinya untuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara umum adalah tujuan teks report.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell a past event. B. To describe a certain place. C. To amuse the readers. D. To describe something in general. Jawaban: B Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive karena berisi tentang deskripsi atau gambaran kota Bandung. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah untuk mendeskripsikan tempat tertentu (to describe a particular place). Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya untuk menceritakan peristiwa lampau adalah tujuan teks recount, (C) yang artinya untuk menghibur pembaca adalah

UNIT 3 Descriptive

2.

The following places are situated near the city’s main square, except ________. A. many banks B. 5-starred hotel C. tourist offices D. the Old Dutch suburbs Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat “Most of the banks, airlines, tourist offices and five-starred hotels are located here, along with the alun alun, . . . .”. Jadi, yang tidak terdapat di dekat alun-alun kota adalah pilihan jawaban (D) the old Dutch suburbs.

3.

Where is the shopping area in Bandung? A. Along Jalan Asia Afrika. B. Along the alun-alun. C. Along Jalan Braga. D. Between Jalan Setiabudi and Jalan Juanda. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan kalimat “There is also Jalan Braga, which was the up-market shopping area . . . and many of its huge shopping malls are also in this area.” yang artinya ”Ada juga Jalan Braga, yang dulu merupakan kawasan belanja . . . dan banyak mal perbelanjaan besar juga terdapat di kawasan ini.”, kawasan perbelanjaan terletak di sepanjang Jalan Braga (along Jalan Braga). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

4.

Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The Old Dutch suburbs have narrow tree lined streets. B. Bandung lies in a mountainous area. C. The West Java provincial government is situated in Dago. D. Bandung has many historical places. Jawaban: A Pernyataan yang salah (not true) adalah pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kawasan pemukiman Belanda Tua memiliki jalan dengan pepohonan yang sempit. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat awal paragraf tiga, yaitu ” . . . the Old Dutch suburbs with their wide tree lined streets

artinya Bandung memiliki beberapa tempat bersejarah, sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . it has many places of historic and cultural interest.”.

. . . .” yang artinya ” . . . kawasan pemukiman Belanda Kuno dengan jalanjalan dengan pepohonan yang lebar, . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya Bandung terletak di kawasan pegunungan, sesuai dengan kalimat akhir paragraf satu, ”The city is surrounded by mountains . . . .” yang artinya ”Kota ini (Bandung) dikelilingi oleh pegunungan . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya pemerintahan propinsi Jawa Barat terletak di kawasan Dago, sesuai dengan kalimat ”The offices of the West Java provincial government, . . . are located in this area.” dengan ’this area’ mengacu pada perbukitan Dago (the hills of Dago yang disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya). Pilihan jawaban (D) yang

5.

“On the other side of the railway are the elegant residential areas of . . . .” (Paragraph 4) The underlined word has a similar meaning to ________. A. enchanting B. interesting C. awful D. ugly Jawaban: A Kata ’elegant’ mempunyai arti yang sama dengan kata ’enchanting’, yaitu memesona. Interesting artinya menarik, sedangkan awful dan ugly artinya jelek/ buruk.

Variasi: A. Complete the following texts with the correct words in the box. Text 1 a. c. e.

very friendly fresh air and clean water its strange flower, Rafflesia

b. d.

named after a British Governor a small town in South of Bengkulu

Manna, an Unforgettable Small Town Manna is (1) ________. It lies between Bukit Barisan Hills and the Hindi Ocean. It has (2) ________. The people there are (3) ________. The houses are mostly in white and blue. Manna city is also known for (4) ________. It is the biggest flower in the world. Its size is 1.40 m in diameter. It blooms only once a year. Rafflesia is (5) ________, Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

Jawaban: 1. d Text 2 a. c. e.

2.

c

3.

a

4.

there is no sound of traffic in the same way as their ancestors magnificent views across the river Nile

e

5.

b. d.

b

has tall buildings and broad streets Water sellers and herdsmen wander

Egypt’s Capital Cairo is the largest city in Egypt. Here you can always roll back the centuries. Modern Cairo (1) ________, equal to any in the capitals of Europe or Australia. From the top floors of impressive blocks of flats you can gaze at (2) ________. However, behind the modern buildings are narrow alleys where (3) ________. The only sounds that come to your ears are the calls of the stall-holders. (4) ________ through the streets as their forefathers did thousands of years ago. Many of the poorer people still dress (5) ________. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

209

Jawaban: 1. b B.

2.

e

3.

a

4.

d

5.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

sesuai dengan kalimat ”Rafflesia is named after a British Governor, Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles.”.

Read Text 1 and answer questions 1 to 3. 1.

What is the main idea of the text? A. The biggest flower in the world. B. The small town Manna. C. The Bukit Barisan Hills. D. The white and blue houses. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari judul teks, yaitu ”Manna, an Unforgettable Small Town”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan gagasan pendukung.

2.

Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The town lies in Sumatra Island. B. We can find Rafflesia in the town every year. C. A few of the houses in Manna have white and blue colors. D. The name of Rafflesia is taken from the name of the British Governor. Jawaban: C Pernyataan yang salah (not true) adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya sedikit rumah di kota Manna yang berwarna putih dan biru karena bertentangan dengan kalimat ”The houses are mostly in white and blue.” yang artinya ”Rumahrumah kebanyakan berwarna putih dan biru.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kota ini terletak di Pulau Sumatra” benar disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It lies between Bukit Barisan Hills . . . .”. Bukit Barisan adalah suatu wilayah di Pulau Sumatra. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya kita dapat menemukan bunga Rafflesia di kota itu setiap tahun, sesuai dengan kalimat ”It blooms only once a year.” yang artinya ”Bunga Rafflesia mekar sekali dalam setahun.”, sehingga setiap tahun kita dapat melihatnya. Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya nama Rafflesia diambil dari nama Gubernur Inggris,

210

UNIT 3 Descriptive

c

3.

How often does Rafflesia bloom? A. Once a month. B. Twice a month. C. Once a year. D. Twice a year. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”It blooms only once a year.” yang artinya ”Bunga itu (Rafflesia) mekar hanya sekali dalam setahun.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

Read Text 2 and answer questions 4 and 5. 4.

What can we hear in narrow alleys? A. The sounds of car horns. B. The calls of fruit sellers. C. The sounds of vehicles. D. The calls of the stall-holders. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The only sounds that come to your ears are the calls of the stall-holders.” yang artinya ”Satu-satunya suara yang bisa kalian dengar adalah seruan dari pemilik-pemilik kios.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

5.

“However, behind the modern buildings are narrow alleys . . . .” (Paragraph 1) The underlined word has an opposite meaning to ________. A. big B. wide C. long D. short Jawaban: B Kata ’narrow’ artinya ’sempit’, sehingga kata ini mempunyai makna yang berlawanan dengan kata wide yang artinya lebar. Big artinya besar, long artinya panjang, dan short artinya pendek.

A.

Rearrange the sentences into proper paragraphs.

Kalimat-kalimat yang diacak dan jawaban: 1.

2.

c

The gardens of the palace have an area of 284,000 square meters (28.4 hectares).

a

Istana Bogor is one of the 6 Presidential Palaces in Indonesia.

b

The palace is noted for its distinctive architectural, historical features, as well as the ading botanical gardens.

b

The main palace contains private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers’ meeting room, a theater room and the Garuda room (for welcoming State guests). The two wings are used as the guest residences for State guests. Kebun Raya Bogor (“Royal Gardens of Bogor”) or the Bogor Botanical Gardens are also part of the palace grounds.

c

a 3.

b a

The grounds of the estate contain several buildings–the largest of which is the main palace and its two wings. A herd of spotted deer still range within the palace grounds; a group of these had originally been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport. The palace houses an extensive art collection which had been accumulated by Soekarno. Source: http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Istana-Bogor (December 28, 2008)

Variasi: A. Answer the following questions based on the text above. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

How many presidential palaces are there in Indonesia? Jawaban: There are six (6). What makes the palace special compared to the other palaces? Jawaban: Its distinctive architectural, historical features, as well as the ading botanical gardens. What is the largest building on the ground of the palace? Jawaban: The main palace and its two wings. What can you find in the main palace? Jawaban: Private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers’ meeting room, a theater room, and the Garuda room. What is the function of the two wings? Jawaban: As the guest residences for State guests.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

211

B. Identify the structure of the text in Task A. Jawaban:

B.

Identification

Istana Bogor is one of the 6 Presidential Palaces in Indonesia. The palace is noted for its distinctive architectural, historical features, as well as the ading botanical gardens. The gardens of the palace have an area of 284,000 square meters (28.4 hectares).

Description

The grounds of the estate contain several buildings–the largest of which is the main palace and its two wings. The main palace contains private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers’ meeting room, a theater room and the Garuda room (for welcoming State guests). The two wings are used as the guest residences for State guests. Kebun Raya Bogor (“Royal Gardens of Bogor”) or the Bogor Botanical Gardens are also part of the palace grounds. The palace houses an extensive art collection which had been accumulated by Soekarno. A herd of spotted deer still range within the palace grounds; a group of these had originally been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport.

Rewrite the text in Task A using your own words.

Contoh jawaban: We have six Presidential Palaces, one of them is Istana Bogor. The palace is noted for its distinctive architectural, historical, features. Besides, it also has wide botanical gardens ading the palace. The width of the gardens itself is 284,000 square meters or 28.4 hectares. The palace area has some buildings. On the grounds of the estate, there are several buildings. Among them, the main palace with its two wings is the largest. The main palace has private offices for the head of state, a library, a dining room, a ministers’ meeting room, a theater room, and the Garuda room. The last room especially functions to welcome State guests. Meanwhile, the two wings are used as the guest residences for State guests. Further, the Bogor Botanical Gardens, also known as Kebun Raya Bogor, are also part of the palace grounds. In the palace you can find an extensive art collection which had been accumulated by Soekarno. Outside, you will see a herd of spotted deer walking around the palace grounds. Originally, a group of these had been brought there by the Dutch for hunting and sport. C. ● ● ● ● ● ●

212

Work individually to describe your hometown or your favorite place. Use the following questions as guidelines to prepare your description. What is your hometown/favorite place? Where is your hometown/the place situated? How big is your hometown/the place? How is the weather there like? What is it famous for? What’s interesting about your hometown/the place?

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Contoh jawaban: San Fransisco San Francisco is my favorite city in the United States. It is beautiful, clean, not too big, and it has something for everybody. I love the streets and buildings in San Francisco. The streets wind up and down the hills, with beautiful old brick and wooden houses on either side. One of my favorite things to do in San Francisco is to ride a cable car. It takes you to most parts of the city. It’s not a very comfortable ride, but it’s exciting and the views you see from the car are wonderful. Besides, I like the weather in San Francisco. It never gets too cold or too hot. The summers are pleasant. The fresh breezes blow off the ocean and the sky is always blue. It rains quite a lot in the winter, but it never gets very cold. Another thing I enjoy about the city is the restaurants. The seafood restaurants, with crabs and lobster, are my favorites. You can also get great Chinese, Japanese, American and European food in San Francisco. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Grade VIII Edisi 4

3.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and ments

Spoken Text Listen to your teacher and understand the explanation. Listen. This announcement comes from Amelia. She has just lost her purse. It is a brown leather purse with a written initial “SM”. Its size is 15 x 10 cm. Inside the purse are her student card on the name of Amelia Kartikawati, her ATM card and a hundred thousand note. She probably lost it along Jalan Sriwijaya. If you find it, please call her soon on 788532. There will be a reward to anyone who finds it. Thank you. The text above is an example of lost or found announcements. People make such announcements whenever they have lost or found something valuable. In the announcements, they have to say a clear description about the person/thing they have lost or found.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

213

Written Text Read the text and understand the explanation.

Please welcome to the first nature park in the town Safari Nature Park Features: ● Flying fox ● Jungle trekking ● Horse riding ● Games and quiz about nature And many more . . . . Ticket: Rp25,000 (adult); Rp15,000 (child) Opening hours: 9.00 a.m.–5.00 p.m. from Monday–Sunday

●

Bicycle trekking

So, what are you waiting for? Bring all of your family to enjoy the exciting and challenging activities here. Safari Nature Park Jalan Kemuning 35 Jakarta Telp. (021) 6789922

The text is called an ment. One of the functions of an ment is to promote something. When you make an ment, you have to give clear information about the promoted products/events and invite people to use the products/to come to the event. Besides, you should design the ment attractively.

Answer the following questions. 1. 2. 3. 4.

214

Have you ever heard a lost or found announcement before? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. If you have, what is the announcement about? Where did you hear the announcement? Contoh jawaban: About someone who was looking for her little sister after separating for fifteen years. I heard it on the radio. Do you like to read an ment on newspapers or magazines? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. What kind of ments do you like to read? Contoh jawaban: ments about the high technology products, such as mobile phones or notebooks.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

A.

Listen to your teacher. What does he/she tell you about?

Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru: May I have your attention, please? I have an announcement for you. One of your friends has just found a Quartz automatic girl’s watch. It was found in the school yard. To anyone who has it, please claim the thing in the teacher office during the break. Thank you. Jawaban: It’s an announcement about a watch found at school. Variasi: Find the meanings of the following words. Then, make sentences using the words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. attention = perhatian 2. watch = jam tangan 3. silver = perak 4. automatic = otomatis 5. claim = mengklaim Contoh jawaban: 1. The couple pays lot of attention to their first child. 2. My father has just bought me a new watch. 3. This pretty handicraft is made of silver. 4. Mr. John has an automatic car. 5. The man claims that the wallet is his. B.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the announcement in Task A. Listen to him/her carefully and answer the questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What kind of announcement is it? 2. Where do you think you can hear the announcement? 3. Who do you think says the announcement? 4. What thing is found? 5. What does it look like? 6. Where was the thing found? 7. If you are the owner of the found thing, what should you do? 8. When can you do it? Jawaban: 1. A found announcement. 3. The teacher. 5. It is Quartz girl’s watch. It’s automatic. The color is silver. 7. I should go to the teacher office to claim the watch.

2. 4. 6. 8.

At school. A watch. In the school yard. During the break.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

215

C.

Listen to the announcement and choose the correct answer.

Teks yang dibacakan guru: All right, listeners. It’s time to read some announcements. The first one comes from Miranda. O.K., Miranda has just lost her cat. It is a Turkish female cat. It has white and grey fur. She put a necklace with her name on it. She lost it on Sunday afternoon at about 4 p.m. when she was taking a walk in the city park. To anyone who has found it, please Miranda on 081326577321. A reward is waiting for you, guys. O.K., that’s our first announcement. Before I read you the second one, please enjoy the song from Yovie and the Nuno. 1.

2.

216

Where can you hear such an announcement? A. On the TV. B. On the radio. C. In a market. D. At the airport. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sapaan, ”All right, listeners.” yang artinya ”Baiklah, para pendengar.” dan kalimat terakhir ”. . . please enjoy the song from Yovie and the Nuno.” yang artinya ”. . . silakan menikmati lagu dari Yovie and the Nuno.”. What is the lost thing in the announcement? A. A cat. B. A bird. C. A rabbit. D. A hamster. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”O.K., Miranda has just lost her cat.” yang artinya ”O.K., Miranda baru saja kehilangan kucingnya.”, sehingga yang hilang bukan (B) yang artinya burung, (C) yang artinya kelinci, dan (D) yang artinya hamster.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

3.

Where did she lose it? A. In her house. B. In her school. C. In the city park. D. On the street. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ” . . . when she was taking a walk in the city park.” yang artinya ”. . . ketika dia mengajaknya jalan-jalan di taman kota.”.

4.

When did Miranda lose it? A. On Sunday morning. B. On Monday morning. C. On Sunday evening. D. On Sunday afternoon. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat, ”She lost it on Sunday afternoon . . . .” yang artinya ”Dia kehilangan kucingnya pada hari Minggu sore . . . .”.

5.

These are the characteristics of the lost thing, except ________. A. it is a female cat B. it has white and grey fur C. it belongs to Angora family D. it has a necklace with the writer’s initial Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat, ”It is a Turkish female cat. It has white and grey fur. She put a necklace with her name on it.” yang artinya ”Kucing itu adalah kucing keturunan Turki. Kucing itu memiliki bulu warna putih dan abu-abu. Dia (Miranda) memberinya kalung dengan inisial namanya.”. Jadi, yang bukan ciri-ciri kucing itu adalah (C) yang artinya termasuk keluarga Angora.

A.

Retell the lost and found announcements below using your own words.

1.

A novel was found at Strawberry Café, Jalan Teratai number 30 Bandung. The novel is entitled Perfume by Patrick Süskind. There is also a photograph inside the pages. Please Andika (022-7655675) at Strawberry Café during the working hours. 2. A cat was lost in the park near the stadium yesterday morning. The cat is a cute white Persian female. Her weight is about 8 kg and her height is 40 cm. She has a white ribbon around her neck. Please Wulandari (024-5456111). A nice reward has been waiting for you. Contoh jawaban: 1. Attention, all. I’ve just found a novel at Strawberry Café, Jalan Teratai number 30 Bandung. The title of the novel is Perfume by Patrick Süskind. Inside the book, I’ve also found the photograph of a girl. If you are the owner, please Andika on 022-7655675 at Strawberry Café during the working hours. Thank you. 2. Listen, everyone. A Persian cat was lost. I lost it in the park near the stadium yesterday morning. It is female and has white fur. It weighs about 8 kg and its height is 40 cm. There is a white ribbon around her neck. If you see or find it, please Wulandari on 0245456111. There will be a nice reward for you. Thank you. B.

Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the texts in Task A. Correct the false ones.

1. ______ Andika found a bottle of perfume at Strawberry Café. 2. ______ The novel is written by Patrick Süskind. 3. ______ Andika found nothing inside the book. 4. ______ Wulandari lost her Persian cat yesterday afternoon. 5. ______ The lost cat has a ribbon around its neck. Jawaban: 1. F. Andika found a novel entitled Perfume. 2. T 3. F. Andika found the photograph of a girl inside the book. 4. F. Wulandari lost her Persian cat yesterday morning. 5. T C.

1

Suppose you have lost or found the following things. How do you describe them? Make a lost or found announcement about each thing. 2

3

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

217

Contoh jawaban: 1. May I have your attention, please? Listen, I need your favor. I’ve just lost an EnglishIndonesian dictionary. The last time I saw it was on my desk. The book is very thick. I think it consists of more than two hundreds pages. It has green, red and yellow strips on its cover. One more thing, I write my initial “NS” on the left corner of the first page. To anyone who sees or finds it, please me Riana Class VIIIA. Thank you. 2. Attention, please. I left my wallet in this café an hour ago. But now, it’s gone. It is black and its size is around 13 x 10 cm. It has some pockets, for cards and money. Inside the wallet are my ATM card, ID card, driving license and some money. Please the café attendant if you see or find it. Thanks beforehand. 3. Listen, everyone. I’m looking for my backpack. I left it in the canteen this morning. It is black. There is a small pocket at the front, and a pin is attached to the pocket. Please call me Ronald Class VIIIF when you find it. Thank you.

A.

Read the text aloud with proper pronunciation and intonation.

Wonderland Park Jalan Pemuda 34 Surabaya Features: ● Roller coaster rides ● Doll house ● Water games Ticket: Rp25,000 (adult); Rp15,000 (child) Opening hours: 10 a.m.–8 p.m. Saturday–Sunday only There’s a special offer at the end of every month. The place is your ideal choice of relaxing and having fun with your family.

●

Playground

Variasi: A. Answer the following questions based on the text before. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

218

What is the purpose the text? Jawaban: To promote Wonderland Park. When does the park open? Jawaban: It opens on Saturdays and Sundays only at 10 a.m.–8 p.m. When do visitors get a special offer? Jawaban: At the end of every month. What facilities are available there? Jawaban: There are roller coaster rides, water games, doll house and playground. What is the place for? Jawaban: For relaxing and having fun with our families.

UNIT 3 Descriptive

B.

Read the text and answer the questions.

Trip to Bandung To spend your holiday, we offer you a trip package to Bandung. You will go to many interesting destinations, such as Mount Papandayan, where you can see the sunrise, Asia-Africa Museum and the shopping centers on Jalan Braga Cost per peer including transportation, free , food and lodging: Rp300,000 Length of stay : 3 days and 2 nights Place to stay : Jasmine Chalet Those who wish to go please us at: Flamboyan Travel Agent Jalan Melati number 12 Jakarta Telp. (021) 5567432

Questions: 1. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To promote a trip package. 2. How much is a participant charged for the trip? Jawaban: Rp300,000. 3. Where will the participants of the tour stay? Jawaban: In Jasmine Chalet. 4. How long will the trip last? Jawaban: It will last for three days and two nights. 5. What are some places included on the trip? Jawaban: Mount Papandayan, Asia-Africa Museum and the shopping centers on Jalan Braga. B.

Choose the correct answer based on the texts.

Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3.

MINUTEMAN Excellence Meets Clean CARPET MACHINES One Stop Cleaning Solution Minuteman’s Ambassador* Carpet Extractors – are the ideal choice for effective carpet and upholstery cleaning

Minuteman’s MPV* Multi-Purpose Vacuum maximum performance in a changeable, lightweight, dual motor vacuum lightweight with added bag capacity for longer, more effective cleaning power Gotcha!* Self contained, Lightweight, Portable, Spot Removal System. Minuteman’s Gotcha!* is designed for spot removal and carpet maintenance operations that require good skill, efficiency, power and hassle-free, one-person operation

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

219

1.

2.

3.

What is the ment about? A. Carpet Machines. B. Minuteman Carpet. C. Multi Purpose Carpet. D. Excellent Meets Clean. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai dengan judul/heading iklan tersebut, yaitu ”MINUTEMAN Excellence Meets Clean CARPET MACHINES One Stop Cleaning Solution”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai data pendukung/penjelas. Which statement is TRUE based on the text? A. Only one person may operate the machine. B. It’s hard for one person to empower the machine. C. It can be operated by one person easily. D. The machine cleans the power of the person. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir iklan tersebut, ”efficiency, power and hassle-free, one-person operation”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena pilihan jawaban itu menjelaskan bahwa hanya satu orang yang boleh mengoperasikan alat itu. Pilihan jawaban (B) salah karena pilihan jawaban itu menjelaskan bahwa sangat sulit bagi satu orang untuk mengoperasikan alat itu. Penjelasan ini bertentangan dengan kalimat terakhir iklan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (D) jelas salah karena pilihan jawaban itu menjelaskan bahwa alat itu ihkan kekuatan seseorang. “. . . and carpet maintenance operations that require good skill, . . . .” The underlined word can be best replaced by ________. A. take B. have C. need D. make Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

220

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Jawaban: C Kata ’require’ dan ’need’ artinya hampir sama, yaitu memerlukan atau membutuhkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) take artinya mengambil, (B) have artinya mempunyai, dan (D) make artinya membuat. Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5. Come and us on: City Fun Bike Start and Finish: The city hall Date : Sunday, February 22, 2009 Time : 6 a.m. Fee : Rp25,000, including snack and T-shirt There are many door prizes you can win, like 3 motorcycles, 10 mountain bikes, 10 televisions and many more. So, don’t miss it. person: Dika (081234557654), 4.

What is the text about? A. The information about door prizes. B. The invitation to get door prizes. C. The ment of a fun bike event. D. The description of a certain event. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan keseluruhan isi teks dapat disimpulkan bahwa isi teks tersebut tentang iklan kegiatan sepeda santai (the ment of a fun bike event). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya informasi mengenai hadiahhadiah sebuah kegiatan, (B) artinya undangan untuk mendapatkan hadiahhadiah, dan (D) artinya deskripsi kegiatan tertentu.

5.

Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about the event? A. It will be held on February twentysecond, 2009. B. The registration fee does not include a T-shirt and snack. C. It will start and finish at the same place. D. Some of the door prizes are motor cycles, bikes and televisions.

Jawaban: B Pernyataan yang salah adalah (B) yang artinya biaya pendaftaran termasuk T-shirt dan snack karena bertentangan dengan kalimat ”Fee: Rp25,000 including snack and T-shirt”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks.

A.

Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kegiatan itu akan dilaksanakan pada tanggal 22 Februari 2009, (C) artinya kegiatan itu akan mulai dan berakhir di tempat yang sama, dan (D) artinya beberapa dari hadiah-hadiah itu adalah sepeda motor, sepeda, dan television.

In pairs, make an attractive ment based on the situation.

Suppose you work in a marketing division in a publishing company. Your company is going to launch a special offer of selling a package of children’s story books in English and Bahasa Indonesia with low price. There is also a special discount on the first week of selling. The packages are available in all bookstores. Contoh jawaban: We offer you . . . A set of the most read children’s stories in English and Indonesian languages Get fifteen books for only Rp400,000. Available at all bookstores. There is a special discount on the first week of January. So, don’t miss this great offer! B.

Create an attractive ment about a tourist spot in your hometown.

Contoh jawaban:

Welcome to Happy Lake Garden Open : Monday to Friday : 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. Saturday and Sunday : 9 a.m. to 8 p.m. ission: Monday to Friday : Free Saturday and Sunday : Adults Rp5,000 Children under 12 Rp3,000

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

221

What is the place you want to visit on your holiday? Write the description of the place.

Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. budget built capital display entire establish evidence found

222

: : : : : : : :

UNIT 3 Descriptive

anggaran dibangun ibu kota pajangan seluruh mendirikan bukti ditemukan

heroic historic inhibited lost matter occur odor outdoor statue stretch wonder

: : : : : : : : : : :

sifat kepahlawanan bersejarah didiami kehilangan masalah terjadi, berlangsung bau luar ruangan patung membentang heran

C.

A.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5. Mother : Dear, what time is it now? Rika : Um . . . it’s ten to two p.m. What’s the matter, Mom? You look in a hurry. Mother : Well, I have an appointment with Mrs. Doddy to her in the cooking contest. Oh no, I will be late again. Rika : What time is the contest, Mom? And . . . where is it held? Mother : It’s at half past three and it’s held in the city hall. Rika : If that’s so, why don’t you meet her in the contest? It will save time, right? Mother : You’re right. But taking a public transport takes a long time. Rika : It is. I have a good idea. I’ll ask Doni, our neighbor, to take you there by motorcycle. I’m sure you won’t be late. But you should Mrs. Doddy that you’ll meet her there, Mom. Mother : That’s a great idea! O.K., I’ll call Mrs. Doddy. Thanks, dear. Rika : You’re welcome. 1. When does the conversation happen? A. In the morning. B. In the afternoon. C. In the evening. D. At midnight. Jawaban: B Percakapan tersebut terjadi pada pukul 13:50 siang hari (in the afternoon), yang disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Rika, ”Um . . . it’s ten to two p.m.”. 2. Why is Rika’s mother in a hurry? A. Because she thinks that she will be late to the contest. B. Because she has no companion to go to the contest.

Because Mrs. Doddy leaves her at home. D. Because she wakes up late. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan ibu, yaitu ”Oh no, I will be late again.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya karena dia tidak memiliki teman untuk pergi ke kontes itu, (C) artinya karena Bu Doddy meninggalkannya di rumah, dan (D) artinya dia bangun terlambat. 3. Mother said, “You’re right.” What does it mean? A. She denies a fact. B. She expresses her doubt. C. She its a fact. D. She congratulates someone. Jawaban: C Ungkapan tersebut artinya ”Kamu benar.”. Ungkapan tersebut diucapkan untuk mengakui sebuah fakta (itting a fact), bukan (A) yang artinya dia mengingkari fakta, (B) yang artinya dia mengungkapkan keraguan, dan (D) yang artinya dia memberi selamat. 4. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the dialog? A. Doni is Rika’s neighbor. B. The contest is held in the city hall. C. Mrs. Doddy is going to a cooking contest. D. Rika’s mother will be late to the contest if she rides a motorcycle. Jawaban: D Pernyataan yang salah adalah bahwa ibu Rika akan terlambat tiba di perlombaan apabila dia naik motor. Pernyataan ini bertentangan dengan kalimat ”I’m sure by riding a motorcycle you won’t be late.” yang artinya ”Saya yakin dengan naik motor ibu tidak akan terlambat.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat yang

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

223

dikatakan Rika, ”I’ll ask ask Doni, our neighbor, . . . .”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . it’s held in the city hall.”, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . Mrs. Doddy to her in the cooking contest.”. 5. Mother said, “But taking a public transport takes a long time.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. A. general B. open C. private D. strange Jawaban: C Kata ’public’ artinya ’(untuk) umum’. Lawan kata tersebut adalah private yang artinya pribadi, bukan general yang artinya umum, open yang artinya terbuka, dan strange yang artinya aneh. 6. Linda : Tell me, how was the final result? Tio : We beat our opponent 2-0. Linda : That’s great! ________ Tio : Thank you. A. It’s amazing! B. No way! C. No doubt! D. Congratulations! Jawaban: D Ungkapan yang tepat untuk merespons suatu kemenangan adalah ungkapan selamat, yaitu Congratulations! Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah ungkapan kekaguman, (B) adalah ungkapan mengingkari fakta, dan (C) adalah ungkapan keraguan. 7. Seno : Lola will move to Jakarta after the examination! Tika : ________ She never tells me that she’ll move out. A. No way! B. I’m sure of it. C. That’s right. D. I’ll be alright. Jawaban: A Berdasarkan kalimat berikutnya yang berarti ”Dia tidak pernah memberi tahu saya kalau dia mau pindah.” dapat disimpulkan bahwa ungkapan yang tepat adalah ungkapan mengingkari fakta, yaitu ”No way!” yang artinya ”Tidak mungkin!”. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan kepastian, (C) adalah ungkapan mengakui fakta, dan (D) adalah respons ungkapan untuk menanyakan kabar.

224

UNIT 3 Descriptive

8. Tommy : Last night, you went to the mall with a girl, didn’t you? Angga : I did. She is my cousin. What is the function of the underlined sentence? A. For giving information. B. For expressing certainty. C. For itting a fact. D. For denying a fact. Jawaban: C Ungkapan tersebut yang artinya ”Ya benar.” adalah ungkapan untuk mengakui fakta, bukan (A) yang artinya memberi informasi, (B) yang artinya mengungkapkan kepastian, dan (D) yang artinya mengingkari fakta. 9. Mother : Farah, ________ will you go for a study tour? Farah : For five days, Mom. A. how many B. how long C. how much D. how far Jawaban: B Respons Farah, ”For five days, Mom.” artinya ”Selama lima hari, Bu.”. Kalimat ini menyatakan lamanya Farah pergi study tour, sehingga kata tanya yang tepat melengkapi kalimat pertanyaan adalah how long yang artinya berapa lama. Pilihan jawaban (A) menanyakan jumlah benda yang dapat dihitung, (C) menanyakan jumlah benda yang tidak dapat dihitung, dan (D) menanyakan jarak yang ditempuh. 10. Vika : Where will you go this weekend? Dina : I will go ________. I have a lot of things to do at home. A. somewhere B. nothing C. nowhere D. anywhere Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat berikutnya yang berarti ”Saya mempunyai banyak hal yang harus dikerjakan di rumah.”. Oleh karena itu, jawaban yang tepat untuk merespons pertanyaan Vika yang artinya ”Ke mana kamu akan pergi akhir minggu ini?” adalah saya tidak pergi ke mana-mana (I will go nowhere).

11. “Attention, please. A biology book was found in the library. There’s no name on it, only an initial TN. If you are the owner, you can go to the library to claim it. Thank you.” Where do you think you can hear such an announcement? A. At school. B. In a bookstore. C. In a book fair. D. In a bus stop. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua yang artinya ”Sebuah buku biologi ditemukan di perpustakaan.” sehingga pengumuman tersebut tepat diucapkan di sekolah, bukan (B) yang artinya di toko buku, (C) yang artinya di pameran buku, dan (D) yang artinya di halte bus. Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13. The Ultimate Riding Experience We have quiet horses and ponies for every rider and professional guides to escort you. Children are most welcome and can be led as required. We recommend wearing long pants, sensible show and plenty of sunscreen. Helmets are provided but not compulsory. A ride with us, whether on the beach or throughthe lush green rice field of Canggu will complete your Bali Holiday Experience. ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Price List 1 hour ride ........................ US$30,00 ½ hour ride ....................... US$15,00 Pony Ride (under 5 yrs.) .. US$10,00 1½ hour ride ..................... US$40,00 Rides include Hotel Transfers, Safety Equipment and Insurance Cover.

Bookings For more information and bookings please ask your hotel tour desk, travel agent or us direct: Tarukan Equestrian Centre Jl. Nelayan No. 63 Br. Canggu Tua CANGGU Tel/Fax: (0361)7470644

12. What does the text mainly provide us? A. Hotel staff. B. Horse riding. C. Insurance cover. D. Professional guides. Jawaban: B Dalam teks tersebut terdapat judul ”The Ultimate Riding Experience” yang artinya ”Pengalaman Berkuda yang Paling Mewah”. Selanjutnya, dalam teks tersebut terdapat kalimat-kalimat yang menjelaskan tentang kegiatan berkuda, peralatan yang diperlukan, harga menyewa kuda, serta person (orang yang bisa dihubungi). Jadi, secara umum teks tersebut tentang naik kuda. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya staf hotel, (C) artinya perlindungan asuransi, dan (D) artinya pemandu profesional. 13. Ponies are prepared for ________. A. every rider B. guides C. adults D. kids Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: D Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Pony Ride (under 5 yrs.) . . .” yang artinya ”Naik Kuda Poni (di bawah umur 5 tahun) . . .”. Jadi, kuda poni disediakan untuk penunggang kuda yang berumur di bawah 5 tahun atau yang masih anak-anak (kids). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya setiap penunggang kuda, (B) artinya pemandu, dan (C) artinya orang dewasa. Read the text and answer questions 14 to 18. Taronga Zoo Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Australia. It lies in Sydney, New South Wales. It occupies a 33-hectare location. The name ‘taronga’ is an Aboriginal name. It means ‘water view’. The Zoo has Australia’s finest collection of native Australian animals and many exotic species. It has kangaroos, wallabies, and koalas. Those animals can be seen from

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

225

14. Where is Taronga Zoo located? A. In Sydney, Australia. B. In New Zealand. C. In New York. D. In the Aboriginal site. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua paragraf satu, yaitu ”It is located in Sydney, New South Wales.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

’pemandangan air’ karena sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf satu, yaitu ”The name ’taronga’ is an Aboriginal name. It means ’water view’.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kegiatan Kebun Binatang Taronga adalah satu-satunya kebun binatang di Australia salah karena bertentangan dengan kalimat ”Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Australia.” yang artinya ”Kebun Binatang Taronga adalah kebun binatang utama di Australia (bukan satu-satunya).”. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya binatang-binatang di Kebun Binatang Taronga tidak dapat dilihat dari jarak dekat salah karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”Those animals can be seen from a close distance.”. Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya Kebun Binatang Taronga hanya memiliki binatang-binatang asli Australia salah karena terdapat juga binatang-binatang eksotis lainnya (kalimat ”The Zoo has Australia’s finest collection of native Australian animals and many exotic species.”).

15. Where in Taronga Zoo can you find New Zealand kiwis? A. In the Tropical Forest. B. To the south of the zoo. C. In the Nocturnal House. D. In New Zealand. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ketiga paragraf dua, yaitu ” . . . and New Zealand kiwis in the Nocturnal House.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

17. “Taronga Zoo is the major zoo in Australia.” (Paragraph 1) What is the synonym of the underlined word? A. Inferior. B. Secondary. C. Significant. D. Ordinary. Jawaban: C Kata ’major’ artinya ’utama’. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata ’significant’ yang artinya ’penting/utama’. Kata inferior artinya rendah mutunya, secondary artinya tambahan, dan ordinary artinya biasa/umum.

16. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text? A. Taronga Zoo is the only zoo in Australia. B. The animals in Taronga Zoo cannot be seen in a close distance. C. The name ‘taronga’ is Aboriginal which means ‘water view’. D. Taronga Zoo only has native Australian animals. Jawaban: C Pernyataan yang benar adalah (C) yang artinya nama ’taronga’ berasal dari bahasa Aborigin yang berarti

18. “They are kept in the environment that is like their natural habitat.” (Paragraph 3) What does the underlined word refer to? A. Gorillas. B. Kangaroos. C. All the zoo’s animals. D. New Zealand kiwis Jawaban: C Kata ganti orang ketiga jamak ’they’ artinya ’mereka’. Kata ini merujuk pada subjek jamak yang disebutkan dalam kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ’all the animals in the zoo’ dalam kalimat ”All the animals in the

a close distance. There are platypuses, echidnas, and New Zealand kiwis in the Nocturnal House. There are also gorillas in the new Gorilla Tropical Forest. All the animals in the zoo are kept very well. They are kept in the environment that is like their natural habitat. Taronga is usually used as a site for scientific research, conservation, and education. It also offers a range of educational and special interest tours. Source: Scaffolding English Junior High School Students Grade VIII

226

UNIT 3 Descriptive

(2) He lives in a dormitory; (7) There are ten people, including my brother, living there; (1) The dormitory is situated not far from his campus; (4) Therefore, he always goes to campus on foot; (3) It means that he doesn’t need to spend money for bus fare; (6) Surely, he can save his money for something else.

zoo are kept very well.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan kata yang dimaksud. 19. your–dear–birthday,–Emily!–on– 1

2

3

4

5

fifteenth–congratulations 6

7

The correct arrangement of the sentence is ________. A. 2–4–1–7–5–6–3 B. 2–4–5–1–3–6–7 C. 7–5–1–2–4–6–3 D. 7–5–1–6–3–2–4 Jawaban: D Kata-kata tersebut akan membentuk kalimat bermakna, yaitu ”Congratulations on your fifteenth birthday, dear Emily!” yang artinya ”Selamat ulang tahun yang kelima belas, Emily sayang!”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena membentuk kalimat yang tidak bermakna. 20. (1) The dormitory is situated not far from his campus. (2) He lives in a dormitory. (3) It means that he doesn’t need to spend money for bus fare. (4) Therefore, he always goes to campus on foot. (5) My brother is a college student. (6) Surely, he can save his money for something else. (7) There are ten people, including my brother, living there. The proper arrangement of the text is ________. A. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(3)–(6)–(4) B. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(4)–(3)–(6) C. (5)–(2)–(7)–(1)–(6)–(3)–(4) D. (5)–(2)–(7)–(4)–(6)–(1)–(3) Jawaban: B Urutan kalimat yang benar untuk membentuk teks descriptive yang benar adalah (5) My brother is a college student;

B.

Complete the text with the correct words in the box.

a. c. e. g. i.

Samba anything love to sing largest country anybody

b. d. f. h. j.

on the beach outgoing great players darker located

Brazil Do you know (1) ________ about Brazil? Yes, the football team is one of the best in the world. It has (2) ________ like Ronaldo, Ronaldinho, Adriano. Now let me tell you more about Brazil. You know, Brazil is the (3) ________ in South America. It’s also the fifth largest country in the world. Does (4) ________ know where Brazil is? The country is (5) ________ in the eastern part of South America. Now what about the people? They are friendly, (6) ________, and they also like to have fun. They’re fun-loving people. Well, . . . if you’ve heard about (7) ________, then you must know that the Samba dance is from Brazil. The people (8) ________ and dance the Samba. They also love to sunbathe, lying (9) ________ to have their skin tanned. It means, they want to make their skin (10) ________. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Jawaban: 1. c 2. f 6. d 7. a

3. g 8. e

4. i 9. b

5. j 10. h

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

227

C. 1.

Answer the following questions based on the text in Task B. Where is Brazil located? Jawaban: It is located in the eastern part South America. How large is Brazil? Jawaban: It is the largest country in South America. It is also the fifth largest country in the world.

2.

3. 4.

5.

How do you describe the people of Brazil? Jawaban: They are friendly, outgoing and fun-loving people. What do Brazilians like to do? Jawaban: They like to sing and dance the samba, as well as to sunbathe on the beach. Why do they like to sunbathe? Jawaban: Because they want to have their skin tanned or darker.

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3: ● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 3. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

228

UNIT 3 Descriptive

A.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 5. Tejo : Don, what are you looking for here? Doni : Well, I’m looking for the pen you have lent me. Sorry, I have dropped it. Tejo : What? That’s my father’s pen! Doni : Oh, no. It should be an expensive pen, then. Tejo : Yes, it is. Besides, my father just bought it last week. Doni : That’s a disaster! What if I can’t find it? I don’t even have money to buy the new one at this moment. Tejo : Are you sure you have dropped it here? Didn’t you leave it in class? Doni : I’m sure of it. I have looked it in my bag and desk over and over, but it isn’t there. Tejo : Don’t panic. I’ll help you look for it. Doni : Thanks, Jo. Sorry for trouble you. 1. What is the dialog about? A. Buying a new pen. B. Losing a friend’s pen. C. Borrowing a friend’s pen. D. Returning a friend’s pen. 2. Where does the dialog take place? A. In Doni’s house. B. In Tejo’s house. C. In a bus station. D. At school. 3. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Playmates. B. Classmates. C. Brothers. D. Teacher and student. 4. Tejo said, “Sorry, I have dropped it.” What does it mean? A. itting a fact. B. Denying a fact. C. Giving information. D. Agreeing something.

5. “Oh, no. It should be an expensive pen, then.” The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________. A. sophisticated B. sharp C. narrow D. cheap For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct expressions to complete the following dialog. Rena : Auntie, (6) ________ on your newborn baby! Aunt : (7) ________, dear. Rena : What’s her name, Auntie? Aunt : We haven’t decided yet. Any suggestion? Rena : What about Rose? She is very beautiful. And . . . look at her red cheeks which look like blossoming roses. Aunt : (8) ________. O.K., I’ll think about the name. Thank you. Rena : You’re welcome. 6. A. B. C. D.

well done thank you welcome congratulations

7. A. B. C. D.

Thank you I’m sorry You’re welcome I’ll be all right

8. A. B. C. D.

No, they don’t You’re right That’s impossible I hope you are fine

9. Lila : Listen, Mr. Rahardian will be retired at the end of this month! Soni : That’s right. Our homeroom teacher told me about it yesterday. What is the function of the underlined sentence? A. For denying a fact. B. For expressing certainty. C. For itting a fact. D. For congratulating someone.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

229

10. Seto : ________ does your father usually drive his car? Dina : Around 80 kilometers/hour. A. How long B. How far C. How much D. How fast 11. Nita : I have some fruits. ________ do you like, apples or oranges? Dion : Apples, please. Thank you. A. What B. Which C. How D. When 12. Lisa : Where were you going yesterday afternoon? Siska : I was going to a computer fair. Lisa : What did you buy? Siska : ________. I just accompanied my elder sister. She bought a new flash disk. A. Nothing B. Anything C. Everything D. Something 13. Teacher : O.K., students, who is absent today? Student : ________ of us, Sir. Everyone is here. A. No one B. Nothing C. None D. Nobody Read the text and answer questions 14 to 16. Keukenhof Flower Park Keukenhof Flower Park is also known as the Garden of Europe. It is situated near Lisse, Netherlands. It is the world’s largest flower garden. Keukenhof is more than 150 years old. Its first grounds were founded around 1840. Everyone who loves flowers knows Keukenhof Flower Park. There are so many kinds of beautiful flowers. There are approximately 54,520 acres of parkland planted with tulips and other bulbs. Keukenhof is open from the last week of March to mid-May. The best time to view the tulips is around mid-April. However, it depends on the weather. In seven weeks Keukenhof has about 800,000 visitors. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII

230

UNIT 3 Descriptive

14. What is the purpose of the text? A. To describe a particular place. B. To tell about a past event. C. To amuse the readers. D. To describe something in general. 15. The following statements are TRUE, except ________. A. Keukenhof Flower Park lies in Netherlands B. Keukenhof Flower Park is more than 150 years old C. Keukenhof Flower Park is open from the last week of March to mid-May D. for six weeks about 800,000 people have visited Keukenhof Flower Park 16. “Its first grounds were founded around 1840.” (Paragraph 1) The underlined word has a similar meaning to ________. A. found B. destroyed C. created D. established Read the text and answer questions 17 and 18. Good afternoon, all the visitors of the book fair. We have a very important announcement for you. We have Dinda here. She informed us that she lost her purse in the fair. She couldn’t where she left it. The purse is square and pink. Inside of it are her student card on the name of Dinda Maharani, ATM card and some money. We do hope your favor, if you see it, please report it to the information desk immediately. Thank you. 17. These statements are TRUE about Dinda’s purse, except ________. A. its color is pink B. it is square C. there are two cards in it D. there is no money in it 18. “We do hope your favor, if you see it . . . .” The underlined word refers to ________. A. the listeners B. the book fair’s visitors C. all the customers D. the book fair’s committee

Read the text and answer questions 19 and 20. Are you looking for a convenient place to buy fruits with reasonable prices? Green Fruit Shop is the best choice You can find all kinds of fresh fruits here, both local and imported. We guarantee the quality and the freshness of our fruits. Soft opening: Sunday, February 15, 2009 The best quality and best service is our commitment. So, come and prove yourselves. 19. What is the text about? A. The finding of the best fruit shop. B. The description of a new fruit shop. C. The ment of a new fruit shop. D. The information of a fruit center. 20. “Are you looking for a convenient place to buy fruits . . . ?” The similar meaning of the underlined word is ________. A. important B. appropriate C. boring D. primary Read the text and answer questions 21 to 25. Jakarta Now Jakarta is the capital city of the Republic of Indonesia, a country composed of more than 300 ethnic groups speaking 200 different languages. As the capital city, Jakarta is a melting pot of representatives from each of these ethnic groups. Jakarta is the center of the nation’s industrial, political and cultural life. It is home to many of the country’s finest research institutes, educational facilities, and cultural organizations. Jakarta is uniquely the seat of both the national as well as the regional government.

Strategically positioned in the archipelago, the city is also the principal gateway to the rest of Indonesia. From the Capital City, sophisticated land, air, and sea transport is available to the rest of the country and beyond. It has the largest and most modern airport in the country, the most important harbor in Indonesia and is well-connected by rail of good roads to other destinations in Java, Sumatra, and Bali. Over the last several decades, Jakarta has proudly developed into one of Asia’s most prominent metropolitan centers. With a current population of nearly nine millions, Jakarta has undergone dramatic growth. Today, Jakarta’s skyline is covered by modern high-rises. The many shopping centers, recreation complexes and toll-roads have become hallmarks of the city. Jakarta’s cultural richness and dynamic growth contribute significantly to its growing importance as one of the world’s leading capital cities. Jakarta has become a major destination in its own right. Visitors come for Jakarta’s complete facilities and attractions that are in many ways unique and not available elsewhere. In the field of tourism Jakarta offers four and five star hotels, convention facilities, amusement parks, shopping centers, historical buildings, museums, tours and many other tourist attractions. Source: http://www.beritajakarta.com/english/About Jakarta/JakartaNow.asp (December 29, 2008)

21. What is the text about? A. Informing the history of Jakarta. B. Describing Jakarta in the past. C. Informing the best place in Jakarta D. Describing the capital city of Indonesia. 22. What is the political position of Jakarta in our country? A. As the seat of national and regional government. B. As a major destination in tourism. C. As the center of the national’s industry. D. As the principal gateway to the rest of Indonesia.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

231

23. What is the main idea of paragraph 4? A. Jakarta in the past era. B. The cultural life in Jakarta. C. Jakarta as one of Asia’s most prominent metropolitan centers. D. Jakarta as the principal gateway to the rest of Indonesia.

27. A. C.

its their

B. D.

his your

28. A. C.

little much

B. D.

many less

29. to finish–it–night–is–the task–on– 1

For questions 26 to 28, choose the correct words to complete the following text. The Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt is one of the Old Seven Wonders of the World Attractions. It (26) ________ by the Egyptian Pharaoh Khufu around 2560 BC. It was constructed to serve as a tomb for the pharaoh after his death. The pyramid is an architectural landmark, and the technique used for (27) ________ construction has been a topic of discussion among archaeologists and architects throughout the world. One of the most sought after tourist spots in the world, this monument has (28) ________ attractions. The famous Sphinx, a part of the monument, attracts tourists in numbers. Adapted from: http://www.placesonline.com/africa/egypt/ cairo/great_pyramid_of_giza.asp?gclid=CL_q0bPA5cCFQntegod_ymHDg

26. A. C.

232

built is built

UNIT 3 Descriptive

B. D.

builds was built

3

4

5

6

impossible–one.

24. In the tourism field, Jakarta offers the following, except ________ A. convention facilities B. four and five-star-hotels C. skyline buildings D. historical buildings 25. “From the Capital City, sophisticated land, air, and sea transport is available . . . .” (Paragraph 2) The underlined word means _________. A. unique B. modern C. different D. awkward

2 7

8

The correct arrangement of the words is ________. A. 2–4–7–1–5–6–8–3 B. 2–4–7–5–6–1–8–3 C. 8–3–4–5–2–1–6–7 D. 8–3–4–5–7–6–2–1 30. (1) They share mountains and waterfalls, rainforests, and long beaches. (2) There are eight islands of different sizes which form the Hawaiian Islands. (3) Their waters are filled with colorful fish, dolphins, and giant sea turtles. (4) While they differ from each other in some ways, they share many features, like their natural beauties. (5) The Hawaiian Islands are located in the middle of the Pacific Ocean, far away from any other lands. The correct arrangement of the sentences is ________. A. (5)–(1)–(3)–(2)–(4) B. (5)–(2)–(4)–(1)–(3) C. (5)–(3)–(1)–(4)–(2) D. (5)–(4)–(2)–(3)–(1) B.

Write a descriptive text about a historical building you know. Mind the structure of the text.

salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) biasanya diucapkan karena keberhasilan melakukan sesuatu, (B) adalah ungkapan terima kasih, dan (C) artinya selamat datang.

Jawaban Review Unit 3 A.

Pilihan Ganda

1. B.

Keseluruhan percakapan tentang Doni yang mencari pulpen yang dia pinjam dari Tejo, dengan kata lain dia telah menghilangkan pulpen itu. (losing Tejo’s pen). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya membeli pulpen baru, (C) artinya meminjam pulpen teman, dan (D) artinya mengembalikan pulpen teman.

2. D.

Berdasarkan kata keterangan tempat ’in class’ dari kalimat yang diucapkan Tejo, yaitu ”Didn’t you leave it in class?”, percakapan tersebut terjadi di sekolah (at school), bukan di (A) rumah Doni, (B) rumah Tejo, dan (C) di terminal bus.

3. B.

Berdasarkan kata keterangan tempat ’in class’ yang berarti percakapan tersebut terjadi di sekolah (at school), orang yang melakukan percakapan tersebut adalah teman sekelas, bukan (A) teman sepermainan, (C) saudara laki-laki, dan (D) guru dan siswa.

4. A.

Kalimat soal artinya ”Maaf, saya telah menjatuhkannya.” merupakan ungkapan mengakui sebuah fakta (itting a fact) bahwa dia telah menjatuhkannya (pulpen itu).

5. D.

Kata ’expensive’ artinya ’mahal’. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata ’cheap’ yang artinya murah. Sophisticated artinya canggih, sharp artinya tajam, dan narrow artinya sempit.

6. D.

Ungkapan yang tepat diucapkan Rena atas kelahiran seorang bayi adalah ucapan selamat. Jadi, kata yang tepat melengkapi soal adalah ’congratulations’ yang artinya ’selamat’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain

7. A.

Ungkapan yang benar untuk merespons ucapan selamat adalah terima kasih (thank you). Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah ungkapan permintaan maaf, (C) adalah ungkapan untuk merespons ucapan terima kasih, dan (D) adalah respons atas ungkapan untuk menanyakan kabar atau keadaan seseorang.

8. B.

Ungkapan yang tepat melengkapi percakapan tersebut adalah ”You’re right” yang artinya ”Kamu benar.”. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat sesudahnya yang artinya ”Baiklah, saya akan memikirkan nama itu.” yang berarti dia mengiyakan pernyataan Rena sebelumnya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) untuk menyangkal fakta, sedangkan (D) merupakan kalimat pengharapan.

9. C.

Kalimat soal artinya ”Itu benar.” merupakan ungkapan mengakui sebuah fakta (itting a fact) bahwa Pak Rahardian akan pensiun pada akhir bulan.

10. D.

Kalimat soal menanyakan kecepatan ayah Dina mengendarai mobil. Hal ini disimpulkan dari jawaban Dina yang menyebutkan kecepatan mobil itu, yaitu sekitar 80 km/jam. Kata tanya yang benar untuk menanyakan kecepatan laju mobil adalah how fast yang artinya seberapa cepat. How long untuk menanyakan durasi suatu kegiatan dilakukan, how far untuk menanyakan jarak suatu tempat dari tempat lain, dan how much menanyakan jumlah benda yang tidak dapat dihitung.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

233

11. B.

Kalimat soal artinya ” . . . yang kamu suka, apel atau jeruk?”. Kalimat ini mengungkapkan suatu pilihan. Kata tanya yang tepat melengkapi pertanyaan pilihan tersebut adalah which yang artinya yang mana. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak tepat digunakan untuk menanyakan pilihan.

12. A.

Berdasarkan kalimat selanjutnya yang artinya ”Saya hanya menemani kakak saya. Dia membeli sebuah flash disk baru.”, disimpulkan bahwa Siska tidak membeli apapun. Indefinite pronoun yang tepat melengkapi soal bermakna negatif, yaitu nothing.

13. C.

14. A.

15. D.

234

Dalam percakapan tersebut, guru bertanya siapakah siswa yang absen. Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat terakhir yang diucapkan siswa yang artinya ”Everyone is here.” yang artinya ”Setiap orang di sini.”. Dengan demikian, tidak ada siswa yang absen. Indefinite pronoun yang tepat melengkapi percakapan bermakna negatif dan tepat dipasangkan dengan ’of us’, adalah none. Teks tersebut berbentuk descriptive yang bertujuan untuk mendeskripsikan suatu tempat tertentu (to describe a particular place), yaitu Taman Bunga Keukenhof. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya untuk menceritakan peristiwa lampau merupakan tujuan teks recount, (C) yang artinya untuk menghibur pembaca merupakan tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) yang artinya untuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara umum merupakan tujuan teks report. Pernyataan yang benar untuk soal pengecualian (pernyataan yang salah) adalah (D) yang artinya selama enam minggu Taman Bunga Keukenhof telah dikunjungi kurang lebih 800.000 orang. Pernyataan ini tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”In seven weeks

UNIT 3 Descriptive

Keukenhof has about 800,000 visitors” yang artinya ”Dalam tujuh minggu Keukenhof dikunjungi kurang lebih 800.000 orang.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”It is situated near Lisse, Netherlands.”, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Keukenhof is more than 150 years old.”, dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Keukenhof is open from the last week of March to mid-May.”. 16. D.

Kata ’founded’ artinya ’didirikan’. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata ’established’ yang juga berarti didirikan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena memiliki arti yang berbeda. Found artinya ditemukan, destroyed artinya dihancurkan, dan created artinya diciptakan.

17. D.

Hal-hal yang benar tentang dompet Dinda adalah (A) berwarna merah muda dan (B) berbentuk persegi yang sesuai dengan kalimat ”The purse is square and pink.”, serta di dalamnya terdapat dua kartu, yaitu kartu siswa dan kartu ATM (kalimat ”Inside of it are her student card on the name of Dinda Maharani, ATM card . . . .”). Jadi, jawaban yang benar untuk soal pengecualian adalah (D) yang artinya di dalam dompet itu tidak ada uangnya karena bertentangan dengan kalimat ”Inside of it are . . . and some money.”.

18. B.

Kata ganti orang ’you’ mengacu kepada siapa pengumuman tersebut dibacakan, yaitu pengunjung pameran buku (the book fair’s visitors). Hal ini disimpulkan dari salam pembuka pengumuman, yaitu ”Good afternoon, all the visitors of the book fair.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) salah karena terlalu umum. Pilihan jawaban (D) salah karena bukan orang-orang yang dimaksud.

19. C.

20. B.

21. D.

22. A.

23. C.

Teks tersebut berbentuk iklan yang bertujuan untuk mempromosikan sesuatu, yaitu toko buah Green yang baru dibuka. Jadi, jawabannya adalah iklan toko buah baru. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya penemuan toko buah terbaik, (B) artinya deskripsi toko buah baru, dan (D) artinya informasi tentang pusat buah. Kata ’convenient’ artinya ’tepat’. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata appropriate yang juga berarti tepat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena memiliki arti yang berbeda. Important artinya penting, boring artinya membosankan, dan primary artinya utama. Keseluruhan teks membahas tentang deskripsi Jakarta sebagai ibu kota Indonesia, dengan gagasan-gagasan pendukung tentang fasilitas dan atraksi yang mendukung kota Jakarta. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya memberi informasi tentang sejarah Jakarta, (B) yang artinya mendeskripsikan Jakarta pada masa lalu, dan (C) yang artinya memberi informasi tentang tempat terbaik di Jakarta salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. Kedudukan Jakarta dalam bidang politik terdapat dalam paragraf dua kalimat ”Jakarta is uniquely the seat of both the national as well as the regional government.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan kedudukan Jakarta dalam bidang politik. Pokok pikiran utama paragraf empat terdapat di kalimat awal, yaitu ”Over the last several decades, Jakarta has proudly developed into one of Asia’s most prominent metropolitan centers.” yang diikuti dengan gagasan pendukung pada kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya Jakarta pada masa lampau

salah karena tidak disebutkan dalam teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) terdapat dalam paragraf satu dan (D) terdapat dalam paragraf tiga. 24. C.

Hal-hal yang ditawarkan oleh kota Jakarta dalam bidang pariwisata terdapat dalam paragraf lima, yaitu ”In the field of tourism Jakarta offers four and five-star-hotels, convention facilities, amusement parks, shopping centers, historical buildings, museums, tours, and many other tourist attractions.”. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar untuk soal pengecualian adalah (C) yang artinya bangunan pencakar langit.

25. B.

Kata ’sophisticated’ artinya ’canggih’. Kata ini juga berarti modern. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena memiliki arti yang berbeda. Unique artinya unik, different artinya berbeda, dan awkward artinya aneh.

26. D.

Kalimat soal yang artinya ”(Piramida Besar) Itu . . . oleh Firaun Khufu di Mesir sekitar tahun 2560 SM.” memerlukan kata kerja. Berdasarkan makna, kalimat tersebut berbentuk pasif, sehingga kata kerja yang benar berpola be + past participle dengan tense berbentuk past tense, yaitu was built. Pilihan jawaban (A) untuk kalimat aktif berpola the simple past tense, (B) untuk kalimat aktif berbentuk the simple present tense, dan (C) untuk kalimat pasif berpola the simple present tense.

27. A.

Kalimat soal memerlukan kata ganti kepemilikan (possessive adjectives). Karena kata ganti kepemilikan merujuk pada benda tunggal mati (the pyramid), possessive adjective yang benar adalah its yang artinya (konstruksi)-nya. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (D) salah karena merupakan possessive adjective untuk benda hidup, sedangkan (C) salah karena merupakan kata ganti kepemilikan untuk benda jamak.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

235

28. B.

Kata benda ’attractions’ merupakan kata benda jamak yang dapat dihitung, sehingga kata keterangan jumlah yang benar untuk menerangkan kata benda tersebut adalah many yang artinya banyak. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena merupakan kata keterangan jumlah untuk benda-benda yang tidak dapat dihitung.

29. A.

Kata-kata tersebut akan membentuk kalimat: ”It is impossible to finish the task on one night.” yang artinya ”Mustahil menyelesaikan tugas ini dalam waktu semalam.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena membentuk kalimat yang tidak bermakna.

30. B.

Urutan kalimat yang benar untuk membentuk teks descriptive yang benar adalah (5) The Hawaiian Islands are located in the middle of the Pacific Ocean, far away from any other lands; (2) There are eight islands of different sizes, which form the Hawaiian islands (4) While they differ from each other in some ways, they share many features, like their natural beauties; (1) They share mountains and waterfalls, rainforests, and long beaches; (3) Their waters are filled with colorful fish, dolphins, and giant sea turtles.

236

UNIT 3 Descriptive

B.

Esai

Contoh jawaban: The Must-see Ambarawa Railway Museum You can easily be accused of committing a tourism sin if you’re in Semarang and failed to visit the Ambarawa Railway Museum. This museum is situated less than an hour’s drive from the capital of Central Java. During the Dutch colonial days, Ambarawa was a military zone and the railway station was used to transport troops to Semarang through Kedungjati. It is at 474m above sea level, giving you unpolluted fresh air to breathe. The Ambarawa Railway Museum is well-maintained. It is a medium-sized building. The railway route is offered to visitors. You can enjoy the beautiful panorama during the route. All in all, this is a truly exciting treasure to visit. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: 1. ask for, give and refuse to give things, 2. invite, accept and decline an invitation, 3. deliver short functional texts (spoken messages), 4. tell past events using spoken English, 5. write short functional texts (invitation cards), 6. write recount texts, and 7. use the past continuous tense, relating/linking verbs and reflexive pronouns (-self).

Soekarno said, “The great nation is the one that respects the heroes.” What about you? How do you appreciate the heroes? You will learn a lot of things about Indonesian heroes through recount texts in this unit. You will understand how they fought to gain and defend our nation from colonizations of other countries.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

237

4.1 Expressions

Asking for, Giving or Refusing to Give Things Read the dialog and study the explanation. Vicky : Jimmy : Fred

:

Vicky : Fred :

Hi, Fred. Please come in. Fred, I’m having breakfast. Do you want to have breakfast with me? No, thank you. I’ve already had breakfast. But may I have a cup of tea, please? Sure. Wait a minute. Thank you.

The sentence “But may I have a cup of tea, please?” is the expression of asking for a thing while its response “Sure.” is the expression of giving the thing. Here are some other expressions of asking for, giving and refusing to give things. Asking for Things Can I have a bit? May I have a bit? Do you mind if I taste it? Is it O.K. if I try it?

Giving Things

Refusing to Give Things

Sure. Here you are. Please serve yourself. Not at all, please do so. Sure, please have a go.

No, you can’t. Sorry. I’m sorry you may not. Sorry, not this time. Don’t be like that.

Inviting, Accepting or Declining an Invitation Read the dialogs and study the explanation. 1.

Ramon : Are you free next Sunday morning? Lee : Um . . . yeah. What’s up? Ramon : Let’s go to my grandparents’ house. We can pick some ripe rambutans. Lee : Really? I’d love to. Ramon : Great! I’ll pick you up at 9:00 a.m.

The bold-typed sentences are the expression of inviting and accepting an invitation. Here are some expressions you can use to invite someone and respond to it. Inviting Someone ● ● ● ●

238

Let’s go to my house. What if we ask Jannice to us? How about seeing a film this afternoon? Will you come to my party?

UNIT 4 Recount

Accepting an Invitation ● ● ● ●

Let’s go./Sure./O.K. That’s a good idea./That sounds great. That would be very nice. I’d like to, thank you.

2.

Lisa : Please come to my house after school. Manda : Any business? Lisa : Hmm . . . I will have a barbeque party in the garden. Manda : That sounds great, but I have to do something else. Sorry. Lisa : That’s a pity. You can use the bold-typed sentences in the dialog to decline an invitation. Here are some other expressions you can use to decline an invitation and respond to it. Declining an Invitation ● ● ●

Thank you for your invitation, but I don’t think I can manage it. Sorry. I’m really sorry about that. I have something else to do that day. I’d like to, but I have to baby-sit my little brother. Maybe some other time.

Responding ●

It’s a pity./That’s O.K.

●

Oh, I see. Maybe some other time.

●

No problem, really./Please reschedule.

Look at the picture and answer the questions. 1.

2.

A. 1.

The girl in the picture needs chili sauce. What do you think she will say to her friend? Contoh jawaban: She will say, “Can you me the chili sauce, please?” What do you think her friend will say to respond to it? Contoh jawaban: She will say, “Sure. Here you are.”

Read and practice the dialogs below. Diana is going to go out with her friends, Nella, Merlyn and Sasha. They decide to meet at Diana’s house. Diana is having a small chat with Nella and Merlyn before Sasha arrives. Diana : Hello, everyone. Please come in. Wow, you are sweaty! Nella : Yeah, it’s very hot outside. Merlyn : Nella’s right. Diana, can I have a glass of water, please? Diana : Sure. And you, Nella? Nella : I’d like iced-tea, please.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

239

Diana : Sorry, I ran out of the ice. Nella : O.K., a glass of water, then. Thanks. Diana : Wait a second, please. I’ll get them for you. 2.

Ajeng meets Detty to deliver an invitation. Ajeng : Detty, I’m having a get-together in my house on Saturday night. Would you like to come? Detty : Well, I’d love to, but I’m going out with my family. We’ve promised to accompany Aunt Anissa on Saturday night. Ajeng : That’s O.K. How is your aunt by the way? Detty : She’s still in hospital, but she’s getting better, thanks.

Variasi: Guru menyuruh siswa memperagakan percakapan berikut. Mr. Hermawan just arrived home from Bandung. Unfortunately, he forgot to take his suitcase. He left it in the wagon. He meets the travel agent now. Mr. Hermawan : Excuse me, I left a suitcase in the wagon from Bandung yesterday morning. Travel agent : Let me see. Um . . . is this case yours? Mr. Hermawan : No, that’s not mine. It’s a small brown case. There’s a tag of my name on it. Travel agent : What about this one? Mr. Hermawan : That’s right. Hermawan, Jl. Aceh No. 246 Bandung. Thank you. Travel agent : You are welcome. B.

Your teacher will ask you some questions about the dialogs in Task A. Answer his/her questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. For dialog 1. Where does the dialog happen? 2. What is the dialog about? 3. Who hasn’t come? 4. What did Diana’s friends say to ask for some drink? 5. What did Diana say to respond to it? 6. For dialog 2. Who are talking in the dialog? 7. What will Ajeng do on Saturday night? 8. Will Detty come? Why/why not? Jawaban: 1. In Diana’s house. 2. About Diana’s friends who ask for drink. 3. Sasha hasn’t. 4. They said, “Diana, can I have a glass of water, please?” and “I’d like iced-tea, please.” to ask for something. 5. Diana said, “Sure.” to give the thing and “Sorry, I ran out of the ice.” to refuse to give the thing. 6. Two good friends, Ajeng and Detty. 7. She will hold a get-together in her house. 8. No, she won’t. She will accompany Aunt Anissa in hospital.

240

UNIT 4 Recount

C.

Complete the dialogs while listening to your teacher.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Soni : You’re working hard, Dad. What are you doing? Father : I’m fixing this table. (1) Give me that nail, please. Soni : Which nail? This one? Father : (2) No, not that one. The small one. Soni : (3) Here you are. Father : Thanks. Dialog 2 Aling : Windi : Maylan : Dewi :

I’m bored. I think I’m going to the game zone. (4) Want to ? I would love to, but I have to attend a math course at 4:00 p.m. Don’t worry. I’ll drop you there. Is that so? (5) I’ll come with you, then. Let’s go.

Variasi: Guru mengucapkan lima ungkapan pendek berikut dua atau tiga kali. Siswa disuruh meresponsnya dengan ungkapan yang benar. Guru dapat menyuruh siswa melakukan hal seperti ini secara berkelompok. Listen to your teacher. Respond to him/her with proper expressions. Example: Teacher said, “Do you want a story book? I have some.” Student said, “That would be great, thanks. I love reading, you know.” Ungkapan-ungkapan yang diucapkan guru: 1. I’m hungry. 2. I have nothing to do next holiday. 3. There’s a book fair in the town hall. 4. Marini, our friend, is in hospital for two days. 5. I have to go to Fajar’s house, but my bike is broken. Contoh jawaban: 1. ● I have some cookies. You can have some. ● Let’s go to the canteen. ● Sorry. I have nothing to share. 2. ● What if we go hiking/camping? ● I want to spend my holiday in my grandparents’ house. Want to ? ● Let’s go swimming. 3. ● Let’s see it this afternoon. ● What if we go there together after school? 4. ● What if we see her after school? ● Let’s see her this afternoon. 5. ● Don’t worry. You can use mine. ● Let me take you there. ● I want to go out. Let’s go together, then.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

241

D.

Practice the dialogs in Task C with your friend.

E.

Listen to your teacher, and then answer the questions orally.

Dialog 1 Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Ferry : While waiting for the others, may I have something to drink? Tata : Of course. Hot or cold? Ferry : Er . . . cold, please. Tata : I have many choices, soft drink, juice, iced tea or iced water. What do you like? Ferry : Sorry for asking. Is this a restaurant? Tata : Yes, it is. No, just kidding. Ferry : Well, give me soft drink if it does not trouble you. Tata : Not at all. I’ll be right back. 1.

Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Two friends. Where do you think the dialog happens? Jawaban: In Tata’s house. Ferry said, “. . . , may I have something to drink?” What does it mean? Jawaban: He asks for something. How did Tata respond to it? Jawaban: By saying, “Of course.” What does Ferry finally have? Jawaban: He has soft drink.

2. 3. 4. 5.

Dialog 2 Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Nita : It’s very hot today. Lesly : That’s right. Nita : It makes me thirsty. Let’s go to the food stall to have something to drink. Lesly : Sorry, I’m broke. Nita : Don’t worry. I’ll treat you. Lesly : Really? Nita : Yup! Lesly : Thanks. O.K., let’s go. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

242

How is the weather that day? Jawaban: It is very hot. How does Nita feel? Jawaban: She feels thirsty. Where will the girls go? Jawaban: They will go to the food stall to buy something to drink. Who will pay the drink? How do you know? Jawaban: Nita will. She said, “Don’t worry. I’ll treat you.” What did Lesly say to express her gratitude? Jawaban: She said, “Thanks.”

UNIT 4 Recount

F.

Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Listen to the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2.

3.

What does Angel ask Lilly to do? A. To read books in Paradise bookstore. B. To browse in Paradise bookstore. C. To spend the night together. D. To go out together. Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama dan kedua pada percakapan yang dibacakan guru, yaitu ”Angel likes to browse in bookstores. She asks Lilly whether she wants to go there with her that afternoon.”.

4.

Why does Lilly decline Angel’s invitation at first? Because ________. A. she has no time B. she has a little money C. she has no companion D. she has to do something else Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang disimpulkan dari kalimat Lilly, yaitu “I’d love to, but I only have a little money left.” yang artinya ”Saya ingin pergi, tetapi uang saya tinggal sedikit.”.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Yanti goes home from school with Teguh. They go by bikes. Yanti : Oh, my! It’s really hot! Teguh : Look! There’s an ice cream stand. Let’s get something to drink. Yanti : That sounds lovely. Let’s go. Teguh : Let’s. 1.

Who invites to stop at the ice cream stand? A. Yanti does. B. Teguh does. C. No one does. D. Teguh and Yanti do. Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Teguh, ”Look! There’s an ice cream stand. Let’s get something to drink.”.

2.

Teguh said, “________” to invite to drink. A. Look! There’s an ice cream stand. B. That sounds lovely! Let’s go. C. Oh, my! It’s really hot! D. Let’s get something to drink. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan tersebut, Teguh mengajak Yanti minum dengan mengatakan ”Let’s get something to drink.”.

Listen to the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Angel likes to browse in bookstores. She asks Lilly whether she wants to go there with her that afternoon. Angel : Lilly, do you want to come to Paradise bookstore with me? Lilly : I’d love to, but I only have a little money left. Angel : So do I, but I just want to browse. Lilly : Are you sure you just want to browse? Angel : Yeah. I like to read new magazines or comic books there. I don’t have enough money to buy them, but I can go there and read, right?

Listen to the dialog and answer question 5. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: David invites Helena for lunch next Sunday afternoon. David : Are you free next Sunday afternoon? Helena : Yes. What’s up? David : Why don’t we have lunch in Merapi Restaurant? Helena : I’d love to. Thanks. David : Well, I’ll pick you up at one, O.K.? Helena : That would be great! I look forward to it. David : See you, then. Helena : See you. 5.

When will David and Helena go out for lunch together? A. Last Sunday afternoon. B. Last Saturday afternoon. C. Next Sunday afternoon. D. Next Saturday afternoon. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat di awal percakapan yang dibacakan guru, yaitu ”David invites Helena for lunch next Sunday afternoon.”. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

243

A. 1.

2.

Practice the dialogs below with your friend. Woman : I want some envelopes, please. Assistant : Which size do you want, Madam? The large, medium or the small one? Woman : The medium size, please. By the way, do you have any writing-paper? Assistant : Yes, we do. Woman : Give me some, also a small pad and a bottle of black ink. Assistant : O.K. Here you are. Is that all? Woman : That’s all, thank you. Rendi gave a ride to Selma. They are in Selma’s house yard now. Selma : Thanks for the ride, Ren. Rendi : No problem. Selma : Won’t you come in for a drink or something? Rendi : No, thanks. Maybe some other time. Selma : Well, then. See you. Rendi : See you.

Variasi: Guru membaca kata-kata berikut. Siswa disuruh menulisnya di selembar kertas dan kemudian mencari artinya. Setelah selesai, mereka disuruh mengumpulkan hasilnya. What do the words below mean? Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. envelope = amplop 2. 3. size = ukuran 4. 5. ride = tumpangan 6. 7. house yard = halaman rumah 8. B.

ink writing-paper come in medium

= = = =

tinta kertas tulis masuk sedang

Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A orally.

Dialog 1 1. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: A customer and a shop assistant. 2. Where does it occur? Jawaban: In a stationery shop. 3. What does the woman need? Jawaban: She needs envelopes, writing-paper, a pad and a bottle of black ink. Dialog 2 1. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Two friends, Selma and Rendi. 2. What did Selma say to invite Rendi? Jawaban: She said, “Won’t you come in for a drink or something?” 3. Did Rendi accept it? What did he say? Jawaban: No, he didn’t. He said, “No, thanks. Maybe some other time.”

244

UNIT 4 Recount

Variasi: Read the dialogs in Task A once again. Then, write down the expressions that we use to invite someone, to ask for something, and to respond to them. Say those expressions with proper pronunciation. Jawaban: 1. I want some envelopes, please. (asking for something) 2. Which size do you want, Madam? (responding to asking for something) 3. Give me some, also a small pad and a bottle of black ink. (asking for something) 4. O.K. Here you are. (giving the things) 5. Won’t you come in for a drink or something? (inviting someone) 6. No, thanks. Maybe some other time. (declining an invitation) C.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Jawaban: D Respons Lena ”No, I don’t feel like it. I’m tired.” yang artinya ”Saya tidak ingin pergi ke sana. Saya lelah.” digunakan untuk menolak ajakan atau undangan.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Dina : Lena, Super Jumbo Mall is having a big sale in four days only. Do you like to me to go there? Lena : No, I don’t feel like it. I’m tired. Dina : You can refresh your mind by doing window shopping, right? Lena : Nope! I prefer staying at home to going out at this time. 1.

2.

What does Dina and Lena talk about? A. About Lena’s feeling that day. B. About Lena’s intention to go out. C. About a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall. D. About Dina’s invitation to see a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut, Dina mengajak Lena pergi ke Mal Super Jumbo karena di sana ada obral. Jadi, Dina dan Lena membicarakan tentang obral tersebut (a big sale in Super Jumbo Mall). Lena declines the invitation by saying, “________” A. Do you want to me to go there? B. Lena, Super Jumbo Mall is having a big sale in four days only. C. You can refresh your mind by doing window shopping, right? D. No, I don’t feel like it. I’m tired.

Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Arum : What do you have for lunch break? Karlina : I have five pieces of dorayaki. Arum : Dorayaki? What is that? Karlina : It’s a cake that tastes delicious. Arum : May I have it? Karlina : Sure. Here you’re. Arum : Thanks. Hmm . . . delicious. 3.

Where do you think the dialog happens? A. At home. B. At school. C. In the yard. D. On the bus. Jawaban: B Pada awal percakapan Arum mengatakan, ”What do you have for lunch break?” yang artinya ”Apa yang kamu punya untuk makan siang pada jam istirahat ini?”. Ucapan Arum tersebut menunjukkan bahwa percakapan terjadi di sekolah (at school) pada saat jam istirahat.

4.

Arum said, “May I have it?” It means ________. A. she asks for something B. she receives something C. she rejects something D. she offers something

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

245

Jawaban: A Dalam percakapan tersebut Karlina membawa lima potong kue dorayaki. Pada saat itu Arum belum tahu apa itu dorayaki. Dia pun memintanya. Jadi, ucapan Arum tersebut digunakan untuk meminta sesuatu (ask for something).

D.

5.

The word ‘it’ in “May I have it?” refers to ________. A. the school B. the lunch break C. the food D. the cake Jawaban: D Kata ’it’ mengacu pada kata benda yang telah disebutkan dalam kalimat sebelumnya. Berdasarkan ucapan sebelumnya, yaitu ucapan Karlina, ’it’ tersebut mengacu pada the cake (kue dorayaki).

Complete the dialogs with the suitable expressions in the boxes. Practice them with your friend.

1.

● ● ●

2.

● ● ● ●

Here you are. No, thanks. port, please?

Officer Tourist Officer Tourist Officer Tourist

I’ll call her later. Why don’t you come over to meet her? Let me know if you can come. I’d love to, but I can’t.

: : : : : :

Good morning. (a) ________ (b) ________ Thank you very much. Are you a tourist or on business? I’m a tourist. That’s fine. Have a nice stay! Thank you.

Luna Coki Luna Coki

My cousin will be coming here next week. Is she your cousin from Perth? Right! (c) ________ (d) ________ I have to finish my paper report. Anyway, how long will she be here? Luna : She’ll be here for a week. (e) ________ Coki : O.K. I will be very interested in meeting her.

Jawaban: a. port, please? c. Why don’t you come over to meet her? e. Let me know if you can come.

: : : :

b. d.

Here you are. I’d love to, but I can’t.

Variasi: Guru menanyakan pertanyaan-pertanyaan tentang percakapan-percakapan di atas. Siswa disuruh menjawabnya secara lisan. A.

Listen to your teacher. Answer his/her questions based on the dialogs in Task D orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Where do you think dialog 1 takes place? 2. What do the people talk about? 3. What does the officer ask the tourist to do? 4. In dialog 2, who will come to Luna’s house? 5. What did she say to invite Coki to meet her? Jawaban: 1. In a boarding desk in an airport. 2. A port and the tourist’s business. 3. To show his port. 4. Her cousin from Perth. 5. She said, “Why don’t you come over to meet her?”

246

UNIT 4 Recount

B.

Rearrange the sentences into proper dialogs. Practice them with your friend.

Percakapan-percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Dialog 1 Eka will have a boy scout activity at school this afternoon. He is unwilling to go there alone. He calls Ari to ask him to go together. 3 Eka : What if we go together? 6 Ari : Sorry. Maybe some other time. 1 Eka : Ri, will you go to the boy scout this afternoon? 4 Ari : I’m really sorry, but my brother will take me there. 5 Eka : That’s too bad. ” Ari : Yup! Dialog 2 Galang and Yoyok are invited to Jasmine’s house to have a party. But, her house is quiet when they arrive. Then, they decide to try the back door. They find out that the party is in the garden. 6 Galang : Is it, Jas? 3 Jasmine : Hi, guys! Everybody wants to have the party in the garden. Please come and have something to drink. Yoyok : Water? There’s none left. 5 1 Galang : Look! Everyone’s in the garden. 7 Jasmine : Don’t believe him, Galang. He’s only joking. I’ll get you some water. 4 Galang : Thanks, Jas. May I have a glass of water, please? 2 Yoyok : Yeah. Hi, Jasmine! E. 1. 2. 3.

Make dialogs based on the situations below. Practice them. You visited your friend last week. He/she has never visited you before. Invite him/her to your house. He/she accepts your invitation. How would the dialog go? It rains heavily today. There is a woman taking shelter in the veranda. You invite her to come inside. She declines it, but you insist her to come inside. You tell the reason. Finally, she accepts it. How would the dialog go? Your friend invites you to attend her sister’s birthday party. Unfortunately, you can’t come. You have to prepare for your test. How would the dialog go?

Contoh jawaban: 1. You : It’s time for me to leave. Your friend : Why do you leave so soon? You : It’s 4:00 p.m. already. Your friend : O.K. then. You : What if you come to my house next Saturday afternoon? Your friend : O.K. I’ll come! 2. You : Why don’t you come inside, Ma’am? Woman : No, thanks. Thank you for offering me, but I’m all right. You : Look! It rains heavily and the wind blows hard. You’ll be safe if you stay inside. Come inside, please?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

247

3.

Woman You Woman Your friend You Your friend You Your friend You Your friend You Your friend

: : : : : : : : : : : :

You’re right. May something happen. Right. Please enjoy your stay. Thank you very much. Hi! Hi! My sister, Wilda, will have a birthday party this afternoon. She invites you to come. I’d like to, but I can’t. Why? She’ll be upset if you don’t come. I hope not. You know, I have two tests tomorrow. So, I must prepare myself. I see. Please ask her to forgive me. I’ll meet her tomorrow after school. O.K., I will.

Variasi: A.

Work individually. Make dialogs based on the situations below. Practice the dialogs with your friend.

1.

Your friend lost her purse. She looks worried how she goes home. She asks you to lend her some money. How would the dialog go? Your friend has some cookies. He/she made them himself/herself. You ask him/her to try some. How would the dialog go?

2.

Contoh jawaban: 1. You : You look so worried. What happened? Your friend : Um . . . I lost my purse and now I have no money at all. You : I’m sorry to hear that. Your friend : I don’t know how to go home. Could you lend me some money to pay the bus fare? You : Of course. Here you are. Your friend : Thank you. Sorry to trouble you. You : No, not at all. 2. You : What are you eating? Your friend : Cookies. You know, I made them myself. You : Really? Can I try some? Your friend : With pleasure. Taste it. What do you think? You : It taste to good. I think you’ll be a great baker someday. Your friend : Thanks.

248

UNIT 4 Recount

4.2 Genre

Spoken Text Read the monolog and study the explanation. Look! This is a music band named Koes Plus. You know, Koes Plus was a well known pop music group in the seventies until the eighties. At that time most Indonesian people were crazy about their songs because they were nice and simple. Every radio station broadcast their songs and always put them in the top of pop music. Their music shows were always full of audience. Well, you can still enjoy their songs by buying their CD’s. You can also listen to them in certain television stations.

Picture source: www.photos.friendster.com

Adapted from: Ujian Nasional 2004/2005

The text above is a recount text in spoken form. A recount text tells about past events. They can be people’s experiences, certain events such as traffic accidents, historical events such as the Indonesia’s independence or biographies such as the life of Indonesian heroes. Speaking Tips: Don’t be afraid to repeat what you’re saying, especially if you can do it in a slightly different way. If you forget the word you want to use, you can say: ● “What I want to say is . . . .” ● “I can’t find the word I’m looking for . . . .” ● “I’m not sure this is the right word, but . . . .”

Written Text Read the text and study the explanation. Title

Mohammad Ali

Orientation

Mohammad Ali is still one of the most recognizable men on earth. And decades after he burst upon the scene as a gold medal winner at the 1960 Olympics in Rome, Italy, Muhammad Ali remains a magical figure, known and loved throughout the world.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

249

Events

Ali brought new speed and grace to his sport, and his charm and wit changed forever what we expect a champion to be. His accomplishments in the ring were the stuff of legend: two fights with Sonny Listen, where he proclaimed himself “The Greatest” and proved he was; three ambitious wars with Joe Frazier; the stunning victory over George Foreman in Zaire; and dethroning Leon Spinks to become the heavyweight champion for the third time. But there was always far more to Muhammad Ali than what took place in a boxing ring. His early embrace of the Nation of Islam and his insistence on being called Muhammad Ali instead of his “slave name”, Cassius Clay, introduced a new era in black pride. His refusal to be inducted into the United States army anticipated the growing antiwar movement of the 1960s. And his willingness to stage his fights in different countries such as Kinshasa, Zaire; Manila, the Philippines; and Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, signaled a shift away from super power dominances toward a growing awareness of the importance of the third world.

Re-orientation

Today Ali is a deeply religious man who causes feeling of love and respect wherever he travels. Adapted from: An official biography by Tom Ha

The text is also a recount text, but in written form. The main feature of a recount text is the use of the simple past tense. A recount text has certain elements. Those are orientation, a series of events and sometimes re-orientation. ● Orientation tells about what happened, where the story happened, who was involved in the story, when it occured, or why it happened. ● A series of events tell the story. These are usually described in time order. ● Re-orientation is the closure of events (usually optional).

Grammar Section The Past Continuous Tense Read the dialogs and pay attention to the bold-typed sentences. Study the explanation. 1. Lelly : Where were the girls? Dion : They were singing in the veranda when I was here. 2. Jarot : Have you met your cousin? Vina : Not yet. I was taking a nap when she arrived. The bold-typed clauses use the past continuous or the past progressive tense. You use it to indicate that an action was going on at a certain time in the past. Pattern: Subject + was/were + V-ing + complement Examples: 1. Dina : What were you doing at 2:00 p.m. yesterday? Metta : I was doing my homework. 2. Tuti was watching TV at about 9:00 p.m last night.

250

UNIT 4 Recount

The past continuous tense is also used to indicate that two actions happened at the same time in the past. The past continuous tense is used for a longer action. Patterns: Subject (1) + be (was/were) + V-ing + complement + when + subject (2) + Vpast + (complement) Examples: 1. Mother was cooking when the children went home. 2. Dita and Eka were chatting when we met them. Subject (1) + be (was/were) + V-ing + (complement) + while + subject (2) + be (was/ were) + V-ing + complement Examples: 1. Mother was cooking while my sister was cleaning the dining table. 2. While I was having breakfast, mother was making a cup of coffee for father. Relating/Linking Verbs Read the sentences and pay attention to the bold-typed words. Study the explanation.

The rain seems unstoppable.

The melon syrup tastes sweet and nice.

The bold-typed words are called relating verbs or also well-known as linking verbs. Relating verbs are verbs that connect subjects with adjectives (complements) that describe the subjects. Here are some common relating verbs. ● ●

feel smell

● ●

turn become

● ●

look taste

● ●

seem get

Pattern: Subject + relating verb + complement (adjective) Examples: 1. The rocking chair looks comfortable. 3. Ayu and Gea seem disappointed.

2. 4.

The children feel happy. These roses smell good.

Reflexive Pronouns Read the dialogs and study the explanation. 1. 2.

Tiara Siska Tefi : Inug :

: Wow! It’s a beautiful drawing. Who made it? : I did it myself. Do you know what that band is? The band call themselves “Heaven”.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

251

The bold-typed words are called reflexive pronouns. You use them when the subject and the object of a sentence are the same. You use those words when you want to emphasize the subject, like the examples above. You also use reflexive pronouns to mean alone, such as “I walked home by myself last night”. Here are the reflexive pronouns. Subject Pronouns

Reflexive Pronouns

Subject Pronouns

Singular 1st person 2nd person 3rd person

I you he she it

myself yourself himself herself itself

Reflexive Pronouns

Plural we you they

ourselves yourselves themselves

Examples: 1. That boy hurt himself when he tried to cut the branches. 2. Ririn often talks to herself when she is nervous.

Look at the picture. Tell briefly about the man.

Picture source: www..wikimedia.org

Jawaban: This man is the late General (Anumerta) Ahmad Yani. He is one of the Heroes of the Revolution. He died on September 30, 1965 on the tragedy of September 30th Movement.

252

UNIT 4 Recount

A.

Listen to your teacher and make some notes if necessary. What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru: This is the early life of Ahmad Yani. He was born in Jenar, Purworejo, Central Java on June 19, 1922. His family, Wongsoredjo family, worked at a sugar factory. In 1927, Yani moved with his family to Batavia. At Batavia, Yani worked his way through primary and secondary education. In 1940, Yani left high school to undergo compulsory military service in the army of the Dutch East Indies colonial government. He studied military topography in Malang, East Java. Unfortunately, this education was interrupted by the arrival of the invading Japanese in 1942. In 1943, he ed Peta (Defenders of the Motherland) army. He underwent further training in Magelang. After completing this training, Yani enlisted himself to be trained as a Peta platoon commander. He was transferred to Bogor, West Java to receive his training. Upon completion, he was sent back to Magelang as an instructor. In the early hours of October 1, 1965, he was kidnapped by kidnappers who came to Yani’s house. They killed the general. His body was taken to Lubang Buaya and was hidden in a disused well. Yani’s body was recovered on October 4. He was given a state funeral the following day before being burried at the Hero’s Cemetery at Kalibata. On the same day, Yani was officially declared the Hero of the Revolution. Today, many Indonesian cities have roads named after him, and his former house, at Jalan Latuhahary No. 6, Menteng, Jakarta is a museum. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmad_Yani (January 1, 2009)

Jawaban: It tells about the late General (Anumerta) Ahmad Yani, one of the Revolutionary Heroes. Variasi: Rewrite the words and find their meanings. 1. sugar factory = ________ 2. 3. through = ________ 4. 5. compulsory = ________ 6. 7. interrupted = ________ 8. 9. defender = ________ 10. 11. enlist = ________ 12. 13. commander = ________ 14. 15. kidnapped = ________ 16. 17. disused = ________ 18. 19. burried = ________ 20. Jawaban: 1. pabrik gula 2. pindah 5. wajib, kewajiban 6. sayangnya 9. pembela 10. tanah air 13. komandan 14. dipindah 17. tidak terpakai 18. sumur

3. 7. 11. 15. 19.

move undergo (underwent) unfortunately arrival motherland platoon transferred hidden well officially

= = = = = = = = = =

________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________

melalui 4. melaksanakan terganggu 8. kedatangan mendaftarkan diri 12. peleton diculik 16. disembunyikan dimakamkan; dikubur 20. secara resmi

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

253

B. 1.

Answer the following questions based on the mono Task A. When was Ahmad Yani born? Jawaban: On June 19, 1922. How old was he when his family decided to move to Batavia? Jawaban: Five years old. What is Batavia now called? Jawaban: Jakarta. According to the text, when did Japanese troops arrive in Malang? Jawaban: In 1942. Where did he got the Peta training? Jawaban: In Magelang.

2. 3. 4. 5.

Variasi: Your teacher will ask you more questions about the mono Task A. Answer the questions orally. 1. Who killed Ahmad Yani? Jawaban: Kidnappers did. 2. How old was he when it happened? Jawaban: Forty-three years old. 3. Where was his dead body hidden? Jawaban: In a disused well in Lubang Buaya. 4. Where was he burried? Jawaban: At the Hero’s Cemetery, Kalibata. 5. What honor did her received from the government? Jawaban: The Hero of the Revolution. C.

Listen to your teacher and complete the text. Read your work aloud.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Donald Izacus Panjaitan, born on June 9, 1925 and died on October 1, 1965, was one of the Heroes of the Revolution. He was an Indonesian general who was (1) killed during a kidnap attempt by of the September 30th Movement. D.I. Pandjaitan was (2) born in Sitorang, Balige in the Tapanuli region of North Sumatra. After completing elementary and high school, he underwent Japanese Giyugun military education. He was then posted to Pekanbaru. He was there when Indonesian (3) independence was declared on August 17, 1945. In November 1945, Pandjaitan, together with other youths, helped (4) set up a local branch of the People’s Security Army (TKR), initially serving as a battalion commander. In March 1948, he was appointed commander of the commander for organization and education of XI/Banteng Division at Bukittinggi, West Sumatra. Not long after, he (5) became the fourth deputy commander (supplies) for the Sumatran Army Command. When the Dutch launched their second “police action” against the Republic, he was put in charge of supplies for the Emergency Government of the Republic of Indonesia. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Donald_Izacus_Panjaitan (January 1, 2009)

254

UNIT 4 Recount

Variasi: A. Answer the questions based on the text in Task C orally. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

B.

What is the text about? Jawaban: About Donald Izacus Panjaitan, one of the Heroes of the Revolution. Where was the man born? Jawaban: In Sitorang, Balige in the Tapanuli region of North Sumatra. When did he die? Jawaban: On October 1, 1965. How old was he when he died? Jawaban: He was forty years old. According to the text, what was his role when the Dutch launched their second “police action” against the Republic? Jawaban: When the Dutch launched their second “police action” against the Republic, Panjaitan was put in charge of supplies for the Emergency Government of the Republic of Indonesia. Listen to the story of Supriyadi, then choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Supriyadi was born in Trenggalek, East Java on April 13, 1923. In October 1943, the Japanese established a militia, PETA (Defenders of the Motherland) to assist Japanese forces against the Allies. Supriyadi ed PETA. After training, he was posted to Blitar, East Java. He had to oversee the work of the Romusha forced laborers. The plight of these workers inspired him to rebel against the Japanese. In the early hours of February 14, 1945, rebels attacked Japanese troops. This caused heavy casualties. However, the Japanese defeated the rebellion. On October 6, 1945 in a government decree issued by the newly independent Indonesia, Supriyadi was named minister for public security in the first cabinet. However, he failed to appear. Then, he was replaced on October 20, by ad interim minister Muhammad Soeljoadikusuma. To this day his fate remains unknown. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Supriyadi (January 1, 2009)

1.

Suppose Supriyadi is still alive now. He will be ________ years old. A. 27 B. 68 C. 86 D. 98 Jawaban: C Supriyadi lahir pada tahun 1923. Sekarang tahun 2009. Jadi, andaikan sekarang Supriyadi masih hidup, dia akan berusia 86 tahun (2009 – 1923 = 86).

2.

What is PETA? A. The Japanese army. B. A militia to assist Japanese forces against the Allies. C. A militia which was set up by Supriyadi to fight against Japanese troops. D. Supriyadi’s troops who fought against the allies. Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua bacaan tersebut, yaitu ”In October 1943, the Japanese established a militia, PETA (Defenders of the Motherland) to assist Japanese forces against the Allies.”.

3.

“To this day his fate remains unknown.” (Paragraph 3) The word ‘his’ refers to ________. A. Supriyadi B. Muhammad Soeljoadikusuma C. a minister for public security D. Romusha forced laborer

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

255

Jawaban: A Kata ’his’ tersebut menggantikan subjek kalimat sebelumnya. Subjek kalimat sebelumnya adalah ’he’ yang mengacu pada Supriyadi. Jadi, kata tersebut mengacu pada Supriyadi. 4.

D.

“However, the Japanese defeated the rebellion.” (Paragraph 2) The underlined word has the opposite meaning to ______________. A. fought B. freed C. won D. conquered Jawaban: C Kata ’defeated’ artinya ’mengalahkan’. Lawan kata mengalahkan adalah

menang (won). Fought artinya berjuang; berperang; berkelahi. Freed artinya membebaskan. Conquered artinya menaklukkan; mengalahkan. 5.

What position would he have in the first cabinet? A. PETA commander. B. Minister for National Security. C. Minister for Public Affairs. D. Minister for Public Security. Jawaban: D Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, yaitu ”Supriyadi was named minister for public security in the first cabinet.”.

Listen to your teacher. Write down his/her sentences.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Lisa was going to the market when I called her. 2. Was the mechanic fixing the computer? 3. When Dayu arrived home, his brother was making a kite. 4. My brother was doing his homework when I asked him to have dinner. 5. When Hanung and Agung came, Bowo was cleaning his motorcycle. 6. There were two mobile phones in the drawer when I entered Yeni’s room. 7. Itang was giving some money to the porter when his father picked him up. 8. The sun was shining brightly when we arrived at the beach last Sunday. 9. My brother was operating the computer when the light was suddenly off. 10. Was Mr. Ketut Nuarta having a conversation with the principal when Jaya was in the teacher’s office? E.

Label the pictures below using the proper sentences in Task D.

Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban: 1

2

When Dayu arrived home, his brother was making a kite.

256

UNIT 4 Recount

When Hanung and Agung came, Bowo was cleaning his motorcycle.

3

Itang was giving some money to the porter when his father picked him up.

4

5

My brother was operating the computer when the light was suddenly off.

A.

My brother was doing his homework when I asked him to have dinner.

6

There were two mobile phones in the drawer when I entered Yeni’s room.

Read the text. Deliver a monolog based on the text.

Halim Perdana Kusuma is an Indonesian hero. This man, born in Sampang, November 18, 1922, died in Malaysia, in Desember 14, 1947. This occurred during the Indonesian struggle against the Dutch colonalization. That time he was assigned to buy and carried weapons, such as sten-guns, pistols, bombs and karbin, using airplane. He flew “Enderson” airplane from Thailand. He did this duty with his colleague, Marsma Ismayudi. On their way home, their plane crashed. Nobody knew why it happened. Some said this was caused by bad weather or sabotage. Their crashed airplane was found in a forest not far from Lumut, Perak, Malaysia. Yet, only Halim’s dead body was evacuated by the rescue team. Ismayudi remains unknown up to now. Neither do all the weapons they carried. Halim’s dead body was firstly interred in Mount Mesah, near Gopeng, Perak, Malaysia. Some years later, his body was taken back to Indonesia and was interred in Kalibata, Jakarta. Indonesian government bestowed him as an Indonesian National Hero. International airport in Jakarta was named after him, Halim Perdana Kusuma. Source: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/h/halim-perdana-kusuma/index.shtml (December 23, 2008)

Example: Good morning, friends. I would like to tell you the story of Halim Perdana Kusuma. You are quite familiar with him, don’t you? International airport, Halim Perdana Kusuma is for his name. One day, he and his colleague Ismayudi got a duty to buy and carried many weapons, such as sten-guns, pistols, boms and karbin. On their way home, something happened. _______________ ______________________________________________________________________________ Contoh jawaban: Good morning, friends. I’d like to tell you about Halim Perdana Kusuma. Sound familiar, doesn’t it? Well, Halim Perdana Kusuma International Airport is named after him. Here’s the story. One day, he and his colleague Ismayudi got a duty to buy and carried many weapons, using airplane. He flew an airplane named “Enderson” from Thailand. However, on the way home, a bad thing happened; his plane crashed. The cause is still a mystery. Some people said that his plane was due to bad weather or sabotaged. The rescue team found the plane in a forest not far from Lumut, Perak, Malaysia. They only evacuated Halim’s dead body while Ismayudi remains unknown. They even couldn’t find the weapons which Halim bought and carried. Firstly, Halim’s dead body was burried in Mount Mesah, near Gopeng, Perak, Malaysia. Some years later, his body was taken back to Indonesia and was burried in Kalibata, Jakarta. Later, the government bestowed him the Indonesian National Hero. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

257

Variasi: A. Find the meanings of the words below and find their synonyms in the text before. Jawaban: No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Meaning

Word woods arm brought entitled ed away

Synonym

hutan senjata membawa diberi nama meninggal dunia

forest weapon carried named after died

B.

Complete the sentences with your answers in Task A correctly.

1. 2. 3. 4.

What does that woman ________ in the basket? It looks heavy. Indonesian heroes had to flee to the ________ to save their lives. Pangeran Diponegoro ________ in Makassar during his exiled. Indonesian heroes only used sharp bambooes as their ________ to fight against the Dutch troops. The international airport Soekarno-Hatta was ________ our founding fathers.

5.

Jawaban: 1. carry 4. weapons C.

2. 5.

forest named after

3.

died

State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the story of Halim Perdana Kusuma.

1. ______ Halim Perdana Kusuma was a pilot. 2. ______ He died because the Dutch troops shot his plane down. 3. ______ Halim’s dead body was evacuated from Mount Mesah, Malaysia. 4. ______ The rescue team only found the weapons Halim brought from Thailand. 5. ______ The international airport Halim Perdana Kusuma was named after him. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F. He died because his plane crashed and nobody knew how or why it happened. 3. F. “The crashed airplane was found in a forest not far from Lumut, Perak, Malaysia. Yet, only Halim’s dead body was evacuated by the rescue team.” So, his dead body was evacuated from Lumut, Perak. Mount Mesah was the first place where he was burried after the evacuation. 4. F. Based on the sentence “Neither do all the weapons they carried.”, it means they didn’t find any weapons. 5. T D.

Complete the monolog with the suitable words in the box. Read your work with proper pronunciation. Hans Bague Yassin

a. f.

declared loved

b. g.

ed away magazines

c. h.

interred born

d. i.

made excellent

e. j.

second diligent

H.B. Yassin was (1) ________ in Gorontalo, North Sulawesi on July 31, 1917. He was the (2) ________ child of six children. He (3) ________ reading books when he sat in elementary school. He said, “That time, the way teachers motivated the students to read was (4) ________.”

258

UNIT 4 Recount

He learned how to write and understand poetry there. He began to write literature criticism and his works were published in some (5) ________ when he moved to Medan with his father. H.B. Yassin had great effects on the Indonesian literature. He was the man who (6) ________ Chairil Anwar as the pioneer of ‘Angkatan 45’. He was (7) ________ in documenting literary works and some other works relating to work of arts. He had (8) ________ about twenty original works and did ten translations. Some of them were Gema Tanah Air, Tifa Penyair dan Daerahnya, Kesusasteraan Indonesia Baru Masa Jepang, Kesusasteraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan Esai (four volumes, 1954–1967) and Tafsir Al Quran in the book of Qur’an Bacaan Mulia. H.B. Yassin (9) ________ on Saturday morning, March 11, 2000 when he was nursed in Cipto Mangunkusumo Hospital because of a heart attack (stroke) he suffered from. He was (10) ________ in Kalibata, Jakarta Adapted from: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/h/hb-jassin/index.shtml (December 27, 2008)

Jawaban: 1. h 6. a E.

2. e 7. j

3. f 8. d

4. i 9. b

5. g 10. c

Your teacher will ask you some questions about H.B. Yassin. Answer his/her questions orally.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. When was H.B. Yassin born? 2. Suppose he is still alive today, how old is he now? 3. How many siblings did he have? 4. What did he like on his childhood? 5. How many works had he made? 6. What were some of his works? 7. According to H.B. Yassin, who was the pioneer of ‘Angkatan 45’? 8. When did he away? 9. Where was he interred? 10. “That time, the way teachers motivated the students to read was excellent.” What do the words ‘that time’ refer to? Jawaban: 1. On July 31, 1917. 2. 92 years old. 3. Five. 4. He liked reading books. 5. He had made about twenty original works and did ten translations. 6. Some of them were ‘Gema Tanah Air’, ‘Tifa Penyair dan Daerahnya’, ‘Kesusasteraan Indonesia Baru Masa Jepang’, ‘Kesusasteraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan Esai’ (four volumes, 1954–1967) and Tafsir Alquran in the book of Qur’an Bacaan Mulia. 7. Chairil Anwar was. 8. On March 11, 2000. 9. In Kalibata, Jakarta. 10. It refers to the time when he sat in elementary school.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

259

B.

Tell about the pictures using sentences in the past continues tense.

Example: 1

I was taking a walk when I saw Ardian open the door. 3

_________________________

4

_________________________

2

_________________________

_________________________

5

_________________________

Contoh jawaban: 1. Father was watching TV when Ade turned on the lamp. 2. I was cleaning the white board when the teacher called my name. 3. Ida was sweeping the floor when her friends arrived. 4. Bagus was doing his homework when his father went home. 5. Were you taking a nap when Ipung phoned you? Variasi: the events you saw or experienced during this week. Tell your friends about them using the past continuous tense. Do it in turns. Example:

I saw your sister ride a bike with her friend when I went to school this morning.

260

UNIT 4 Recount

C.

Tell about the pictures using sentences with suitable relating verbs.

Example:

The students look happy playing together. 1

_________________________ 4

_________________________

2

_________________________

3

_________________________

5

_________________________

Contoh jawaban: 1. My mother seems busy cooking for the party. 2. It appears difficult for my brother washing his jeans. 3. The boy seems respectful to older people. 4. Doni gets hungry after having PE lesson. 5. Doni looks diligent doing his homework.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

261

A.

● ● ●

Look at the pictures of the Indonesian heroes. Who are they? Imam Bonjol Teuku Umar Cut Nyak Dien

● ● ●

Pattimura Hasannudin Ki Hajar Dewantara

● ● ●

Cut Nyak Meutia Christina Marta Tiahahu Sisingamangaraja

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Picture source: www.foto-foto.com (December 22, 2008)

Jawaban: 1. Ki Hajar Dewantara 2. Imam Bonjol 3. Cut Nyak Dien 4. Sisingamangaraja 5. Cut Nyak Meutia 6. Hasannudin 7. Pattimura 8. Christina Marta Tiahahu B.

Read the biography of Muhammad Yamin and answer the questions.

Muhammad Yamin (1903–1962) was born in Talawi, Sawahlunto, Sumatra. He was the son of Oesman Gelar Baginda Khatib the Penghulu (Prince) of Indrapura. In 1937, Yamin married Siti Sundari, daughter of a nobleman from Surakarta, Central Java, by whom he had one child, a son, Dang Rahadian Sinayangsih Yamin (“Dian”). Muhammad Yamin was a historian, poet, playwright and politician. He was educated at the Algemene Middelbare School (AMS) in Yogyakarta, majoring in history and far eastern languages, including Malay, Javanese and Sanskrit.

262

UNIT 4 Recount

In 1928, Yamin participated in the Second Congress of Indonesian Youth, which issued the Sumpah Pemuda. Through the organization Indonesia Muda, Yamin became an active proponent for Malay to become the national and unifying language. It has since been renamed “Indonesian” and made the official language of the Republic of Indonesia and the principal vehicle for innovative literary expression. Yamin was active in the Jong Sumatranen Bond in one of whose forums he befriended Mohammad Hatta, Indonesia’s first Vice President. He earned his living through writing and reporting. On May 29, 1945 in one of Preparatory Committee’s sessions, Yamin rose to deliver a speech on certain philosophical and political foundations and enumerated five principles for the nation that would emerge after independence. Those five principles Pantja Sila were later incorporated in the Preamble of the 1945 Constitution. Most histories credit Soekarno for the creation of Pantja Sila. Pantja Sila, in modern spelling Pancasila, is the state ideology of the Republic of Indonesia and consists of the following: (1) Belief in the God Almighty; (2) Just and civilized humanity; (3) The unity of Indonesia; (4) Democracy guided by the inner wisdom in the unanimity arising out of deliberations amongst representatives; (5) Social justice for the whole of the people of Indonesia. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mohammad_Yamin (January 1, 2009)

Questions: 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: About Muhammad Yamin. 2. What does paragraph one tell you about? Jawaban: It tells about the early life of Muhammad Yamin. 3. When did he make friends with the Indonesia’s first Vice President? Jawaban: When he was active in the Jong Sumatranen Bond. 4. What did he do? Jawaban: He was a writer and reporter. 5. When was the Youth Pledge issued? Jawaban: In (October 28,) 1928.

Variasi: A. Rearrange the sentences into a good recount text. Then, read your work aloud Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Alfred Simanjuntak 3

1

4

Here is his song, ‘Bangun Pemudi Pemuda’ by A. Simanjuntak Bangun pemudi pemuda Indonesia Tangan bajumu singsingkan untuk negara Masa yang akan datang kewajibanmu lah Menjadi tanggunganmu terhadap nusa Menjadi tanggunganmu terhadap nusa Alfred Simanjuntak was the man who created a national song entitled ‘Bangun Pemudi Pemuda’. It seems the song was the obsession of this Bataknese. He was born on September 8, 1920 in Parlombuan, North Tapanuli, North Sumatera. In his early life, Alfred Simanjuntak had a simple and happy life. He was the son of Lamsana Simanjuntak and Kornelia Silitonga. He ed when he had to eat rice with cassava leaves and a tiny fish. However, he was very grateful for the grace of God and he lived happily with his family. This grateful was reflected on his daily life, singing.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

263

5 2

His musical skill developed when he studied in Hollands Inlandsche Kweek School (a kind of teacher school) in Margoyudan, Solo, Central Java, 1935–1942. Now, Alfred Simanjuntak has already had eleven grandchildren of his four children, Aida, Toga, Dorothea and John. Alfred Simanjuntak who was a song creator dedicated his life to become a teacher. He was twenty-three years old (in 1943) when he created ‘Bangun Pemudi Pemuda’. That time, he was a teacher in Sekolah Rakyat Sempurna Indonesia in Semarang, Central Java. Talking about this song, he said, “I was taking shower when the God whispered the song. Then, I finished my shower and wrote the song.” Adapted from: http://www.tokohindonesia.com/ensiklopedi/a/alfred-simanjuntak/index.shtml (December 27, 2009)

B.

Read the words. Find their synonyms.

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Word blue-blooded man participated released made made friend session arose law faith entire

Meaning bangsawan ambil bagian mengeluarkan membuat berteman pertemuan bangkit hukum keyakinan keseluruhan

Synonym nobleman took part issued created befriended meeting got up principle belief whole

C.

Complete the sentences with the answers in Task B. Read your work aloud.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Finally, the government ________ the rule to reduce the price of petroleum. The Board of Directors has an end-year ________. It is in progress now. Prince William is a ________. He is the son of Prince Charles and Lady Diana. Mr. President ________ from his chair and walked to the stage. We want to know if Lidya and Masayu ________ in the charity.

Jawaban: 1. issued 2. meeting 3. nobleman 4. got up 5. took part

264

UNIT 4 Recount

C.

Complete the dialogs with the words in brackets in correct forms.

1.

Anjar : Have you called Yuyun and Faqih? Devi : Yes, I have. When I ________ (phone) them, they ________ (get on) the bus. 2. Mr. Sarjana : What ________ (happen) to Mr. Aris? Mr. Istamar : He ________ (cultivate) his field when suddenly a lightning ________ (strike) him. 3. Father : What were the boys doing yesterday afternoon? Mother : Aeron ________ (search) the materials in the Internet while Ganang ________ (type) the paper report. 4. Salsa : Poor people. They ________ (lose) their wealth in a second. Jimmy : Yeah. They ________ (go) out of the town when the flood ________ (hit) their house. They didn’t have much time to save their wealth. 5. Vivi : ________ you ________ (take a nap) when Rosa ________ (call)? Etta : Right. Sorry, I ________ (not/hear) it. Jawaban: 1. phoned; were getting on 2. happened; was cultivating; struck 3. was searching; was typing 4. lost; were going ; hit 5. Were (you); taking a nap; called; did not hear D.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

1. No one likes Agus. He only thinks of ________. A. herself B. ourselves C. himself D. themselves 2. Your sister loves dres. She often looks at ________ in the mirror. A. herself B. yourselves C. himself D. themselves 3. Alvin has big confidence. He does all his work by ________. A. yourselves B. himself C. yourself D. itself

4.

Variasi: Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan soal-soal latihan berikut.

4.

1.

2.

3.

It’s late at night. Don’t let Marcelina goes ________. A. by himself B. by yourself C. by itself D. by herself I saw no one near the opened door. Do you think the door was opened ________? A. by itself B. by ourselves C. by myself D. by yourself This mathematics exercises are difficult. I can’t solve them ________. A. itself B. themselves C. myself D. yourselves

5.

The mother dove keeps her chicks by ________. A. herself B. themselves C. yourselves D. itself It was Eva and Rianti ________ who met the Principal in the office. A. yourself B. herself C. ourselves D. themselves

Jawaban: 1. C 4. A

5.

2. 5.

A D

3.

B

That old tiger can’t take care of ________. Poor animal. A. himself B. itself C. yourselves D. yourself Yuda always goes to school by bike alone. It means ________. A. he prepares his bike itself B. he goes to school by himself C. he himself goes to school D. he does his work by himself

Jawaban: 1. D 4. B

2. 5.

A B

3.

C

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

265

A.

Look at the pictures. Make sentences using suitable relating verbs and the words provided.

Example: 1

Be careful! The knife seems very sharp.

5

seem/wild

look/untidy Contoh jawaban: 1. The satay tastes very delicious. 3. Your room looks untidy. 5. The sky gets dark and dark.

2. 4.

get/dark

The street becomes crowded during the peak hours. The monkey seems wild.

Make five sentences using reflexive pronouns. Read your work with proper pronunciation.

Contoh jawaban: 1. I fix the printer myself. 2. 3. Did you paint the fence by yourself? 4. 5. We prepare ourselves to face the midterm test. C.

become/crowded

taste/delicious

4

3

B.

2

Galih mops the floor himself. The girls made the crafts by themselves.

Write the life of one of the greatest Indonesian people. Read your work aloud.

Contoh jawaban: Tribhuwanattunggadewi Jayawishnuwardhani was the empress of Majapahit who reigned 1328–1350 AD. She was the daughter of Raden Wijaya, the first king of Majapahit from his consort; Dyah Gayatri Rajapatni. She was the mother and predecessor to Hayam Wuruk, the emperor of the Majapahit. She also bore the title Bhre Kahuripan meaning Duchess of Kahuripan. According to “Nagarakretagama”, Tribhuawana comes to throne by the order of her mother Gayatri in the year of 1329. She replaced Jayanagara who was killed in 1328. Tribhuwana’s reign ended as Gayatri ed away in 1350. Tribhuwana governed with the help of her husband, Kertawardhana. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tribhuwana_Wijayatunggadewi (January 27, 2009)

266

UNIT 4 Recount

4.3 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Messages and Invitation Cards

Spoken Text Read the text and study the explanation. Aswar, Aldi called when you were out. He will come to do the homework together.

Thanks, Mom.

The text is a spoken message. Aswar’s mother received a message from Aldi. Then, she delivered it to Aswar. The message should be delivered clearly and immediately. So, the person who gets the message can understand it easily.

Written Text Read the text and study the explanation. To: Brad You are invited to Kevin’s birthday party. He will be twelve! The BIG party will be held: Sunday, October 18 at 10:00 a.m. in Kelapa Hijau Restaurant, Jl. Radio No. 2 See you there!

The text is an invitation card. Kevin wrote it in order to invite Brad to his birthday party. He gave it to Brad so that he would it.

Answer the questions. 1. 2. 3.

When do you celebrate your birthday? Contoh jawaban: On February 5. If you hold a party for it, who are invited? Contoh jawaban: All of my classmates, friends and relatives. Will it be merry? Why/why not? Contoh jawaban: Yes, it will. Because we will have a barbeque in the yard. Everyone will have a lot of fun.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

267

A.

Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Mom, Ms. Emy called you when you were in the toilet. She would bring your order this afternoon. 1.

Who delivered the message? Jawaban: A son/daughter did. Who received the message? Jawaban: His/her mother. Who just called? Jawaban: Ms. Emy did. What is it about? Jawaban: About Ms. Emy’s information that she would bring the speaker’s mother’s order. Where was the speaker’s mother that time? Jawaban: In the toilet.

2. 3. 4. 5. B.

Read the text, then answer your teacher’s questions orally.

Burhan, father is looking for you. He wants you to take his letter to Mr. Rivai. He’s in the living room now. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. In your opinion, who said the message? 2. What is the message about? 3. Where should Burhan go? 4. Why should he go there? 5. Where should he meet his father? Jawaban: 1. Burhan’s sister or brother. 2. Asking for someone’s help to send a letter to Mr. Rivai. 3. To Mr. Rivai’s house. 4. To give his father’s letter. 5. In the living room.

268

UNIT 4 Recount

C.

Listen to your teacher and complete the card.

Kartu undangan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:

October 19, 2009 To: Kukuh You are (1) invited to a (2) monthly meeting. It will be (3) held: on (4) Saturday, October 24, at 4:00 p.m. ● in Johnson’s house, Perum Sidomukti Blok F Jalan Kemanggisan No. 59 Sidoarjo. ●

Please come (5) on time! Chairperson Pratmana

Variasi: Listen to your teacher and write down his/her words. What do they mean? Kata-kata yang dibaca guru dan jawaban: 1. monthly meeting = pertemuan bulanan 2. held = dilaksanakan, diselenggarakan 3. come = datang 4. on time = tepat waktu 5. chairperson = ketua D.

Listen to your teacher and write down the message. Read your work aloud.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Dad, Mr. Smith sent a warm greeting to you. He would have a summer holiday. He asked you to call him whenever you need him. Variasi: A.

Answer your teacher’s questions based on the text in Task D.

1.

Who sent the greeting? Jawaban: Mr. Smith did. Where would he go? Jawaban: A summer holiday. What was his message? Jawaban: He asked the spreaker’s father to call him whenever he needed him.

2. 3.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

269

B.

Listen to your teacher and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Listen to the text and answer questions 1 and 2.

3.

Who came by to the speaker’s house? A. Mr. Sabirin did. B. Mr. Arifin did. C. Mr. Garin did. D. Mr. Ponirin did. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama pesan tersebut, yaitu ”Dad, Mr. Arifin just came by.”.

4.

Where would he go? A. To the hospital. B. To the speaker’s house. C. To his house. D. To the office. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ketiga pesan tersebut, yaitu ”He had to go to the hospital.”.

Teks yang dibacakan guru: Doni, your mobile phone rang three times. You should bring it with you. 1.

2.

The message is about ________. A. information that Doni should bring his mobile phone B. information that the speaker had called Doni three times C. information that Doni’s mobile phone rang three times D. information that Doni had called the speaker three times Jawaban: C Jelas bahwa pesan itu berisi pemberitahuan bahwa telepon genggam Doni berdering tiga kali. Kalimat berikutnya hanya sebagai informasi tambahan. “You should bring it with you.” The word ‘it’ refers to ________. A. Doni’s mobile phone B. three times C. mobile phone's ringtone D. you Jawaban: A Kata ‘it’ adalah kata ganti benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya. Kata benda yang disebutkan dalam kalimat sebelumnya adalah Doni’s mobile phone.

Listen to the text and answer questions 3 and 4. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Dad, Mr. Arifin just came by. He said he couldn’t go with you. He had to go to the hospital. He would send you an SMS.

270

UNIT 4 Recount

Listen to the text and answer questions 5. Teks yang dibacakan guru: Erlin, Mimi asked you to call her. She tried to reach you, but she couldn’t. 5.

Who got the message? A. Mimi did. B. Maya did. C. Erwin did. D. Erlin did. Jawaban: D Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama pesan tersebut, yaitu ”Erlin, Meme asked you to call her.”. Jadi, pesan itu ditujukan kepada Erlin.

A. 1. 2.

Read the texts with proper pronunciation. Oki, Sandy was here this morning. He has a message for you. I put it in your message box. Excuse me, Sir. Mr. Bernard asks for an apology. He can’t attend the meeting due to out of the town now.

Variasi: Answer the following questions based on the texts in Task A. Text 1 1. Who left a message for Oki? 2. Where can Oki find the message? 3. The speaker said, “I put it on your message box.” What does the word ‘it’ refer to? Text 2 4. Who can’t attend the meeting? 5. Why can’t he attend it? Jawaban: 1. Sandy did. 2. In his message box. 3. Sandy’s message. 4. Mr. Bernard. 5. Because he’s out of the town. B.

Read the text with proper pronunciation. Then, ask and answer questions based on the text.

Adapted from: http://www.ibizgrams.com/images/voxwire-invitation.jpg

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

271

Example: A : What is the text about? B : It's about an online invitation. By the way, who are invited? A : Anyone who reads the invitation. Contoh jawaban: A : When will the meeting take place? B : On Tuesday, December 15. A : And what time is it? B : It’s at 8 o’clock in the evening. C.

Make simple messages based on the situations below. Deliver your messages in front of the class.

1.

Your mother is out for business. She got a phone call from Ms. Yenny. She didn’t leave any messages. So, she asked your mother to call her. What would you say to your mother? 2. Nana, your best friend, borrowed your bike this morning. She returned it when you were out. She only met your mother. She expressed her gratitude. What would your mother say to you? 3. You and your sister are at home. You just got an SMS from your mother. She told you that they (your father and mother) will be home late. She wanted you and your sister to stay at home. What would you say to your sister? Contoh jawaban: 1. Mom, Ms. Yenny called you when you were out. She didn't leave any messages. She asked you to call her back. 2. Nana has returned your bike. She said thank you. 3. Mother and father will be home late. They want us to stay at home. Variasi: Dengan kegiatan pembelajaran yang sama, guru dapat memberikan tambahan situasi soal. 1. 2.

You were out when someone came to your house. He wanted to meet you. He met your brother. Then, he left a message. He said that he would send an SMS. What would your brother say to you? You have a neighbor named Elvis. He lost his lovely cat. He has tried to find it for two days, but he hasn’t found it yet. He came to your house when you were out. He met your mother. He asked you to tell him when you saw his cat around. What would your mother say to you?

Contoh jawaban: 1. Fenty, someone wanted to meet you when you were out. He gave you this message. He will send an SMS. 2. Elvis was looking for his lovely cat. He has lost it for two days. He asked you to tell him if you see his cat around.

272

UNIT 4 Recount

A.

Read the text and answer the questions.

To: Tiara Let’s have fun on my party! Please us in the New Year celebration. Thursday, December 31 Starting at 10:00 p.m. Hollywood Cafe, Jl. Soekarno No. 26

Questions: 1. What is the invitation about? Jawaban: About the New Year celebration party. 2. Who sent it? Jawaban: Freddy did. 3. Whom was the letter for? Jawaban: Tiara. 4. When would the party be held? Jawaban: On Thursday, December 31, starting at 10:00 p.m. 5. Where would it be held? Jawaban: In Hollywood Cafe, Jl. Soekarno No. 26.

Don’t miss it! Freddy Variasi: Read the text below. What do the words mean? Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. mate = teman karib 2. come aboard = naik ke kapal 3. pirate = perompak 4. bounty = hadiah 5. scavenger = burung pemakan bangkai 6. hunt = memburu, berburu 7. ghostly = remang-remang, seperti hantu 8. reply = menjawab 9. wear = mengenakan, memakai 10. plank = papan penyeberangan dari kapal ke dermaga.

Adapted from: http://www.party411.com/ invite-pirate01.jpg (January 1, 2009)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

273

B.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. dengan tema acara tersebut, yaitu ”The Nightmare on the Ash Street” yang artinya ”Mimpi Buruk di Jalan Ash”. Jadi, kostum yang dikenakan harus menggambarkan mimpi buruk atau sesuatu yang menakutkan.

Read the card and answer questions 1 to 3.

Read the card and answer questions 4 and 5.

Source: http://farm4.static.flickr.com/3064/ 2675905419_91ddac8446.jpg?v=0 (January 1, 2009)

1.

2.

3.

274

The word ‘nightmare’ in Indonesian means ________. A. menakutkan B. mimpi buruk C. neraka D. heboh Jawaban: B Kata ’nightmare’ artinya ’mimpi buruk’. Pilihan jawaban (A) dalam bahasa Inggris adalah scary, (C) adalah hell atau inferno, dan (D) adalah sensational. The text is called ________. A. a brochure B. an ment C. a leaflet D. an invitation Jawaban: D Teks tersebut disebut undangan karena diawali dengan kalimat ”Your presence is requested at:” yang artinya ”Kehadiran Anda diharapkan pada:”. Which of the following guests cannot attend the party? A. Nola wears a witch costume. B. Dellon wears a mummy costume. C. Deddy wears a casual T-shirt and sneakers. D. Galang wears a costume as if he were on fire. Jawaban: C Deddy tidak boleh ikut pesta karena dia salah kostum. Sesuai undangan, setiap tamu harus mengenakan kostum sesuai

UNIT 4 Recount

Source: http://www.party411.com/invitevalentines04.jpg (January 1, 2009)

4.

What is the invitation about? A. A Valentine party. B. A graduation party. C. A farewell party. D. A house-warming party. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama undangan tersebut, ”Happy Valentine’s Day”. Jadi, undangan itu tentang undangan pesta Valentine.

5.

Where will the party be held? A. On February 7. B. At 7:30–10:30 p.m. C. In 714 Lover’s Lane Heartsville, MD. D. On February 14. Jawaban: C Pertanyaan itu menanyakan tempat pelaksanaan pesta. Jadi, jawaban yang tepat adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang menjelaskan alamat. Pilihan jawaban lain salah karena merupakan keterangan waktu.

Variasi:

Jawaban: A Pada undangan terdapat keterangan RSVP (Respondez s’il cous platt) yang maksudnya adalah undangan tersebut supaya direspons. Itu berarti tamu undangan bisa menghubungi 555-5553644 untuk konfirmasi apakah mereka akan datang atau tidak.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the card and answer questions 1 to 3.

3.

Source: http://www.party411.com/custominvitation-sample.jpg (January 1, 2009)

1.

Who would have the party? A. Jeremy and Melissa. B. Marilyn and Jeffs. C. Scot and Amy. D. Amy and Sam. Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”Help us Celebrate Marilyn and Jeffs 35th Anniversary and 60th birthdays”. Jadi, yang mengadakan pesta adalah Marilyn dan Jeffs.

2.

Anyone who were invited should confirm whether they will attend the party or not. What should they do? A. They should call 555-555-3644 for confirmation. B. They should call the hosts. C. They should come to the party on time. D. They should inform Marilyn dan Jeffs.

There is a sentence that says “No gifts please.” It means ________. A. Marilyn and Jeffs will give souvenirs to the attendants B. the guests shall give presents to Marilyn and Jeffs C. any presents are warmly welcomed by Marilyn and Jeffs D. Marilyn and Jeffs won’t accept any presents from the guests Jawaban: D Kalimat ”No gifts please.” artinya mohon jangan memberi hadiah. Itu berarti Marilyn dan Jeffs tidak akan menerima hadiah apa pun dari para tamu (won’t accept any presents).

Read the card and answer questions 4 and 5.

Adapted from: http://bp1.blogger.com/ _27utwH4jPDY/R89NJQXraHI/ AAAAAAAAACI/HCv-bYbyjyU/s400/ wedding-d.jpg (January 1, 2009)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

275

4.

What is the invitation about? A. A birthday party. B. Dave and Joann’s birth. C. A wedding party. D. A house-warming party. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”To our wedding ceremony at . . . .” pada undangan tersebut.

5.

When was the occasion held? A. At 335 Tanglin Road Singapore 247960. B. On March 22, 2005. C. On 2:00 p.m. D. On May 8, 2005.

Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan keterangan waktu yang tertera pada undangan itu, ”Date: March 22, 2005”. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena tidak menjelaskan waktu pelaksanaan perayaan tersebut, (C) tidak sesuai dengan waktu pelaksanaan perayaan, yaitu ”12 Noon”, dan (D) menunjukkan waktu terakhir para tamu undangan untuk memesan tempat.

Make invitation cards based on the situations below. 1. 2.

You will celebrate your fifteenth birthday next Saturday afternoon. You invite your friends to come. The party will be held in Nikmat Rasa Restaurant, Jalan Hayam Wuruk No. 124 Kebayoran. The party will begin at 3:00 p.m. till end. You really look forward to their coming. You invite the of the students committee to have a monthly meeting. It will be held in Class VIIID, on Wednesday, 2:00 p.m after school. The agenda is the preparation to in the Science and Math Olympiad and the students’ music band competition. You ask the to come on time.

Contoh jawaban: 1. Birthday Party, Guys! It’s my party! I will be 15th next Saturday. I invite you all to come to: ● Nikmat Rasa Restaurant, Jalan Hayam Wuruk No. 124 Kebayoran. ● At 3:00 p.m. till end. Let’s enjoy the merriest party ever held! Be there! Grace

276

UNIT 4 Recount

2. THE STUDENTS COMMITTEE SMP N 2, Jalan Sumpah Pemuda No. 28 Dear Toto, We invite you to attend our monthly meeting. It will be held: ● on Wednesday, 2:00 p.m. after school ● at Class VIIID Agenda: Science and Math Olympiad and the students music band competition preparation. Please be there on time. We are looking forward to your participation. Chairperson Dwiky

Variasi: Make invitation cards based on the situations below. 1. 2.

3.

You are in charge to manage the school English magazine. You intend to hold a meeting to discuss the next edition. It will be held the day after tomorrow after school at 2:00 p.m. You will use the school hall to hold the meeting. You ask your friends to come on time. You just moved to a new house at Jalan Kuda Sembrani No. 59 Sidoarjo. It has a big garden. Your parents want to have a barbeque house-warming party. They ask you to make the invitation. The party will be held next Saturday evening at 7:00 p.m. Any varieties of drink and food are served. You tell your guests that they will have a fun and cheerful party. You ask the guests to call Ade (081329016437) to confirm. Your sister just graduated from Indonesia University. She wants to have a small party to celebrate it. She asks you to make the invitation. The party will be held in Star Restaurant, Jalan Bengawan Timur No. 323 Samarinda. It will be held next Sunday at 12 noon.

Contoh jawaban: 1.

Dear Saraswati, We invite you to the routine meeting: ● on Monday at 2:00 p.m. after school ● in the school hall We will discuss about the next edition of our English Magazine. We do appreciate your contribution and ideas. It won’t be complete without your presence. Be on time! Thank you. Regards, Leader Yossi

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

277

2.

Mark your day and date! Please come and us in: A barbeque house-warming party Place: at Jalan Kuda Sembrani No. 59 Sidoarjo. Time : next Saturday evening at 7:00 p.m. This will be a fun and cheerful party. Please Ade (081329016437) for confirmation. Be there! Don’t miss any moment. Regards, Mr. and Mrs. Hartawan

3.

Your presence is requested at: Melinda’s graduation celebration! In Star Restaurant, Jalan Bengawan Timur No. 323 Samarinda. Next Sunday at 12 noon. Let’s laugh, sing and dance together! Don’t miss it. Cheers, Melinda

Do this task as instructed. 1. 2.

278

Browse the Internet and find the history of an Indonesian hero. Tell his/her life and his/her contribution to the country. You may add his/her photograph. Read and share your work with your friends’. Then, put your work on the wall magazine.

UNIT 4 Recount

Read and memorize the words. Use them whenever you speak English. kidnap nobleman away

: menculik : bangsawan : meninggal

playwright pledge poet unify unknown

: : : : :

penulis drama sumpah penulis puisi menyatukan tidak diketahui

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

279

A.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Tata

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Suddenly rain pours heavily at the end of the lesson. Erlin : What a day! I forget to bring my umbrella. Danar, do you bring an umbrella? Danar : Yeah, I do. Erlin : May I go home with you? Danar : Sure. We have the same route, right? Erlin : Right. Thanks, Nar. Danar : No big deal. 1. Where does the dialog happen? A. On the street. B. In the yard. C. At school. D. At home. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pengantar percakapan tersebut, ”Suddenly rain pours heavily at the end of the lesson.” yang artinya ”Tiba-tiba hujan turun deras pada akhir pelajaran.”. Jadi percakapan terjadi di sekolah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. 2. Erlin said, “May I go home with you?” What does it mean? A. She invites Danar to go home together. B. She asks Danar to accompany her. C. She asks Danar for something. D. She expresses her feeling. Jawaban: C Kalimat tersebut berarti ”Bolehkah saya pulang denganmu?”. Kalimat tersebut diucapkan untuk meminta sesuatu kepada seseorang (asking someone for something). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan tersebut.

280

UNIT 4 Recount

: What’s this, Mom? Wow, fried shrimps! My favorite! May I have one, Mom? Mother : Sure. Serve yourself. But , change your clothes, wash your hands and have lunch together. Tata : O.K., Mom. Right away! 3. When does the dialog happen? A. In the morning. B. In the afternoon. C. In the evening. D. At night. Jawaban: B Pada percakapan tersebut ibu Tata berkata, ”But , change your clothes, wash your hands and have lunch together.” yang artinya ”Namun, ingat, ganti bajumu, cuci tanganmu dan kita makan siang bersama-sama.”. Itu berarti percakapan itu terjadi pada siang hari (in the afternoon) saat akan makan siang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya pada pagi hari, (C) artinya pada petang hari, dan (D) artinya pada malam hari. 4. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Mother and father. B. Brother and sister. C. A teacher and a student. D. Mother and daughter. Jawaban: D Jawaban ini sesuai dengan tokoh yang tertulis pada percakapan tersebut, yaitu Tata dengan ibunya (mother and daughter). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan tersebut.

Read the dialog and answer questions 5 and 6. Lolly : Oki, will you go to Pelangi Music Shop with me this afternoon? I want to buy a CD for Rollan’s birthday present. Oki : I’d love to, but I can’t. I feel very tired. I just want to go home and sleep. I am sorry. Lolly : I see. No problem. 5. Where will Lolly go this afternoon? A. To Rolan’s birthday party. B. To Rolan’s house. C. To Pelangi Music Shop. D. To go home and sleep. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Lolly, yaitu ”Oki, will you go to Pelangi Music Shop with me this afternoon?” yang artinya ”Oki, maukah kamu pergi ke Toko Musik Pelangi denganku sore nanti?”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 6. What did Oki say to decline the invitation? A. No problem. B. Oki, will you go to Pelangi Music Shop with me this afternoon? C. I just want to go home and sleep. D. I’d love to, but I can’t. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban yang artinya ”Sebenarnya aku ingin, tetapi tidak bisa” digunakan untuk menolak ajakan/undangan. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena digunakan untuk merespons atas penolakan undangan, (B) digunakan untuk mengundang atau mengajak, dan (C) digunakan untuk memberi informasi. For questions 7 to 10, choose the suitable words to complete the text below. Itang (7) ________ home from school late this afternoon. When he (8) ________ into the house, his little sister (9) ________ something on her drawing book and his parents (10) ________. Itang directly went to his room to change his clothes and took shower.

7. A. went B. go C. is going D. goes Jawaban: A Kalimat tersebut menjelaskan peristiwa yang terjadi pada masa lampau sehingga digunakanlah bentuk simple past tense (went). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (D) menunjukkan bentuk present tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, dan (C) merupakan bentuk simple present continuous. Bentuk ini digunakan untuk menunjukkan bahwa suatu peristiwa sedang terjadi ketika perbicaraan sedang berlangsung. 8. A. steps B. stepped C. will step D. was stepping Jawaban: B Kalimat tersebut menunjukkan dua peristiwa yang terjadi bersamaan pada masa lampau (this afternoon), yang satu terjadi secara singkat dan yang lainnya terjadi lebih lama. Oleh karena itu, peristiwa yang terjadi secara singkat menggunakan bentuk simple past tense (stepped). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan jawaban (A) menunjukkan bentuk simple present tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, (C) menunjukkan bentuk future tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan peristiwa yang akan terjadi pada waktu yang akan datang, dan (D) menunjukkan bentuk past continuous tense. 9. A. draws B. were drawing C. drew D. was drawing Jawaban: D Peristiwa yang terjadi pada klausa sebelumnya terjadi lebih lama PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

281

dibandingkan dengan peristiwa pada klausa soal no.8. Jadi, peristiwa pada klausa soal no.9 menggunakan bentuk past continuous tense, yaitu was drawing karena subjek berbentuk kalimat tunggal (his little sister). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan jawaban (A) menunjukkan bentuk simple present tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, (B) salah karena subjek kalimat merupakan orang ketiga tunggal sehingga to be-nya seharusnya adalah was bukan were, dan (C) menunjukkan bentuk simple past tense. 10. A. chatted B. chat C. were chatting D. was chatting Jawaban: C Peristiwa yang terjadi pada klausa ini (nomor 10) juga terjadi lebih lama seperti peristiwa pada klausa sebelumnya (nomor 9). Jadi, peristiwa pada klausa ini juga menggunakan bentuk past continuous tense, yaitu were chatting, karena subjek kalimat jamak (his parents). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks situasi pada saat peristiwa itu terjadi. Pilihan jawaban (A) berbentuk simple past tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan peristiwa pada masa lampau, (B) berbentuk simple present tense yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan rutinitas atau fakta, dan (D) salah karena subjek kalimat merupakan orang ketiga jamak sehingga to be-nya seharusnya adalah were bukan was. 11. Sekar : What do you have here? Choki : Martabak. ________ Please serve yourself. Sekar : Martabak? Choki : Right. It tastes delicious. Sekar : Sorry, I don’t like it. The suitable expression to complete the dialog is ________ A. What do you think? B. Will you like to try some? 282

UNIT 4 Recount

C. How did you make it? D. Can you do me a favor? Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya ”Apakah kamu mau mencicipinya?” digunakan untuk menawarkan sesuatu. Ungkapan ini sesuai dengan ucapan Choki berikutnya ”Please serve yourself.” yang artinya “Silakan ambil sendiri.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan maksud ucapan itu. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya ”Bagaimana menurut pendapatmu?” digunakan untuk meminta pendapat, (C) yang artinya ”Bagaimana kamu membuatnya?” digunakan untuk meminta informasi, dan (D) yang artinya ”Dapatkah kamu menolongku?” digunakan untuk meminta bantuan. Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13. Srivijaya (-sri meaning glitters or radiant, -jaya meaning success or excellence) was an ancient Malay kingdom on the island of Sumatra which influenced much of the Maritime Southeast Asia. From the seventh century, the powerful Srivijaya naval kingdom flourished as a result of trade and the influences of Hinduism and Buddhism that were imported with it. Source : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ History_of_Indonesia (January 8, 2009)

12. “Srivijaya (-sri meaning glitters or radiant, -jaya meaning success or excellence) was an ancient Malay kingdom ….” The underlined word can be best replaced by ________. A. powerful B. excellent C. broken D. old Jawaban: D Kata ’ancient’ yang artinya ’kuno’ dapat digantikan dengan kata old yang juga berarti kuno. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kuat, (B) artinya bagus sekali, dan (C) artinya rusak. 13. “From the seventh century, the powerful Srivijaya naval kingdom flourished as a result of trade and the influences of Hinduism and Buddhism that were imported with it.”

The underlined word refers to ________. A. the influences of Hinduism and Buddhism B. the powerful Srivijaya naval kingdom C. the seventh century D. the trade Jawaban: D Kalimat soal artinya ”Sejak abad ke-7, armada laut Sriwijaya yang kuat telah berkembang pesat sebagai akibat dari perdagangan dan pengaruh-pengaruh Hindu dan Budha yang masuk bersama dengan hal itu.”. Kata ’it’ yang artinya ’hal itu’ mengacu pada kata ’trade’ yang artinya ’perdagangan’. Read the text and answer questions 14 to 16. Japan occupied the colony between 1942 and 1945. Shortly after the Japanese had surrendered to the Allies in 1945, a small group of Indonesians, led by Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta, proclaimed its independence and established the Republic of Indonesia. They set up a provisional government and adopted a constitution to govern the republic until elections could be held and a new constitution written. Dutch efforts to reestablish complete control met strong resistance. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_Indonesia (January 8, 2009)

14. The text is about ________. A. the Indonesian struggle against Japan B. Indonesian heroes C. the establishment of the Republic of Indonesia D. Indonesian provisional government Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) sesuai dengan isi keseluruhan bacaan yang menjelaskan tentang kemerdekaan Indonesia dan berdirinya negara Republik Indonesia (the establishment of the Republic of Indonesia) pada tahun 1945 setelah Jepang menyerah kepada Sekutu.

15. “They set up a provisional government and adopted . . . .” The underlined word refers to ________. A. the Allies B. the Japanese and the Allies C. Soekarno and Muhammad Hatta D. a small group of Indonesians Jawaban: D Kata ganti ’they’ pada kalimat itu merupakan kata ganti subjek dari subjek yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya. Kalimat sebelumnya adalah ” . . . in 1945, a small group of Indonesians, led by Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta, proclaimed independence. . . .”. Jadi, jelas bahwa ’they’ mengacu pada a small group of Indonesians. 16. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The Dutch failed to reoccupy Indonesia. B. The Allies surrendered to the Japanese in 1945. C. The Japanese occupied Indonesia for about three years. D. Soekarno and Muhammad Hatta proclaimed the Indonesian Independence in 1945. Jawaban: B Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat kedua bacaan tersebut, yaitu ”Shortly after the Japanese had surrendered to the Allies in 1945, a small group of Indonesians, led by Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta, . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena justru sesuai dengan isi bacaan. Read the text and answer questions 17 and 18. Sinta, Yenni just dropped by. She left a message for you. I put it in your message box. 17. The text is about ________. A. Yenni’s coming B. Yenni, Sinta’s friend C. Yenni’s message D. Sinta’s message

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

283

Jawaban: C Teks tersebut merupakan teks fungsional pendek berbentuk pesan lisan. Pesan itu disampaikan oleh seseorang kepada Sinta. Pesan itu lebih menitikberatkan pada pesan yang diberikan oleh Yenni dan telah diletakkan di kotak pesan Sinta. 18. “I put it in your message box.” The word ‘it’ refers to ________. A. the message B. you C. Yenni D. a message box Jawaban: A Kata ’it’ pada pernyataan tersebut menggantikan kata benda yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya. Kata benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya adalah ’message’. Read the text and answer questions 19 and 20. You are invited to a BIRTHDAY PARTY for CANDRA PRADIPTA She’ll be 14. Please us on: Sunday, December 6, 2009 At 11:00 a.m. The Bustami’s Residence Jalan Gajah Mada No. 34 Malang See you there! 19. Candra was born on ________. A. December 6, 1985 B. December 6, 1994 C. December 6, 1995 D. December 16, 1995 Jawaban: C Sesuai dengan undangan tersebut, pesta ulang tahun itu diselenggarakan untuk memperingati usia Candra Pradipta yang ke-14. Pesta itu diselenggarakan pada 6 Desember 2009. Jadi, Candra lahir pada 6 Desember 1995 (2009 – 14 = 1995). 284

UNIT 4 Recount

20. The party will be held ________. A. at 1:00 p.m B. on Saturday, December 6, 2009 C. in Bustami Restaurant D. at Jalan Gajah Mada No. 34 Malang Jawaban: D Pesta itu akan diselenggarakan di rumah keluarga Bustami di Jalan Gajah Mada No. 34 Malang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi undangan itu. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Put the verbs into the correct forms. Sorry. I ________ (watch) TV, so I ________ (not notice) your coming. Uncle and auntie ________ (wait for) us when we ________ (get off) the train. Erlambang ________ (mop) the floor while his sister ________ (water) the flowers. Yesterday afternoon at this time, the boys ________ (play) football in the field. Ms. Jessica ________ (tell) us a story when suddenly we ________ (hear) a blast from the neighborhood.

Jawaban: 1. Sorry. I was watching TV, so I didn’t notice your coming. 2. Uncle and auntie were waiting for us when we got off the train. 3. Erlambang was mopping the floor while his sister was watering the flowers. 4. Yesterday afternoon at this time, the boys were playing football in the field. 5. Ms. Jessica was telling us a story when suddenly we heard a blast from the neighborhood. C. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Fill in the blanks with the correct reflexive pronouns (-self/-selves). I don’t believe in ghost until I saw it ________ last night. I was horrified. Marino cleaned his room ________. It’s clean and tidy now. Did you know that the band calls ________ “Poison”? I can’t believe this! Orangutan is really a clever animal. It peels peanuts by ________.

5.

May I ask you something? Do you go to school by ________ or your parents take you there?

Jawaban: 1. myself 4. itself D.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

2. 5.

himself 3. yourself

themselves

Fill in the blanks with the correct words: look, taste, turn, feel or get. Change the form of the words when needed. Look! Heru’s face ________ red when he is angry. Marvelous! This empek-empek ________ very delicious. You ________ so tired. Why don’t you stop and have a break? Denada and Stefi ________ happy when they finally got A for their assignment. Look! The children ________ wet because they go out in the rain.

Jawaban: 1. turns 2. tastes 3. look 4. feel 5. get

E. 1. 2.

Do the task as instructed. Make a short message. Choose your own topic. Make an invitation. Choose your own topic.

Contoh jawaban: 1. Febri is expecting your call. Please call him now. 2. THERE IS ONE SEAT FREE FOR YOU! We’ll have a big party this afternoon. In Flamingo Restaurant on Sunday, November 22, 2009 at 11:00 a.m. – end Come or you’ll be sorry! Cheers, Benhur

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 4: ● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 4. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. ● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. ● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. ● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. ● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. ● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. ● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

285

A.

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Riiing . . . riiing . . . . It’s the break time. Lala : I’m hungry. I ate nothing for breakfast. Evi : I’m sorry to hear that. By the way, I have three loaves of bread. Would you like one? Lala : It’s very kind of you, but I can’t accept it. Evi : C’mon. It tastes good. Lala : Well then, thanks. Evi : Here you are. Lala : Thank you. 1. Where does the dialog happen? A. At home. B. At school. C. In the library. D. In the school canteen. 2. What does Evi offer to her friend? A. Softdrink. B. A burger. C. A doughnut. D. A loaf of bread. 3. What does Lala say to accept the offer? A. It’s very kind of you. B. Here you are. C. Well then, thanks. D. I’m sorry to hear that. 4. Driver : Janet : Driver : Janet :

Is there anything wrong, Miss? ________? Are you serious, Miss? Yes, my class starts in ten minutes. I don’t want to be late or my professor will get angry with me. Driver : As you wish, Miss.

A. B. C. D.

You drive very fast, don’t you Can you drive more slowly Could you drive a little faster, please Do you always drive slowly, driver Ujian Nasional 2005/2006

286

UNIT 4 Recount

Read the dialog and answer for questions 5 to 7. Hanung : Mom, I smell something. Is it a fried egg or fried chicken? Mother : None of them. Hanung : Oh, I know. It must be fried nugget, right? Mother : Right! Hanung : May I have one, Mom? Mother : No, you may not. You should have them for lunch. Sorry. Hanung : All right, then. 5. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Mother and son. B. Mother and father. C. Brother and sister. D. A teacher and a student. 6. Where does the dialog happen? A. In the school canteen. B. In the dining room. C. In a restaurant. D. In the garden. 7. What does Hanung say to ask for something? A. You should have them for lunch. Sorry. B. Is it a fried egg or fried chicken? C. It must be fried nugget, right? D. May I have one, Mom? 8. Nurma : Hi, Kristin! Kristin : Oh hello, Nurma. Look, this suitcase is too heavy for me. ________? Nurma : With pleasure. Well, come on let’s lift it up together. A. B. C. D.

Would you help me, please How could I do it myself Shall I lift it up for you What can I do for you Ujian Nasional 2006/2007

9. A : Hello. Is Ira there? B : She’s having lunch right now. ________ her back in an hour? A : Sure. Thanks. A. B. C. D.

Do you call Could you call Are you calling Don’t you call Ujian Nasional 2005/2006

Read the dialog and answer questions 10 and 11. Ajeng : Sani, will you go to see Ungu concert this afternoon? Look, I have two free tickets. Sani : I really want to go, but I can’t. I am sorry. I have lots of homework to do. Ajeng : I see. No problem. 10. Where will Ajeng go this afternoon? A. To see Ungu concert. B. To Sani’s house. C. To do the homework. D. To buy tickets. 11. What does Sani say to decline the invitation? A. Will you go to see Ungu concert this afternoon? B. Look, I have two free tickets. C. I really want to go, but I can't. D. No problem. Read the dialog and answer questions 12 and 13. Ario : Feb, are you free this afternoon? Febri : Yeah, I am. What’s up? Ario : Um . . . I want to go to Widya’s house to study together. Elisa will be there too. What if you us? Febri : What will you study? Ario : Science. Don’t you that we will have a test the day after tomorrow? Febri : You're right. O.K., I’ll go with you. 12. Ario said, “What if you us?” What does it mean? A. He invites Febri. B. He accepts Febri’s invitation. C. He gives an opinion to Febri’s idea. D. He asks for confirmation.

13. Ario and his friends will ________ that afternoon. A. see Widya B. see Elisa and Widya C. study together D. do their homework together 14. Aris : Can you drop by my house after school? There’s something I want to give you. Adi : ________. But why don’t you tell me what it is now? Aris : Oh no. Be patient, man. A. B. C. D.

I don’t think so Sure, I can I like it Fine, go ahead Ujian Nasional 2006/2007

15. Rika : Rio, will you come to my birthday party this afternoon? Rio : ________. Rika : O.K., then. I’ll wait for you. A. Sure, I will B. I’m afraid I can’t come C. Forgive me D. Frankly, I can’t go to your house Read the text and answer questions 16 to 18. Budi Utomo (also Boedi Oetomo; “Pure Endeavor”), founded in May 20, 1908, was the first native political society in the Dutch East Indies. Today, the year 1908 is commemorated as the birth year of its “nationalist awakening”. The founder of Budi Utomo was a pensioned government doctor who felt that native intellectuals should improve the masses in education and culture. The society held its first congress in May 1908. The congress was a gathering of students in Batavia. The first leader was Dr. Wahidin Soedirohoesodo, but by the organization’s first major gathering in Yogyakarta in October 1908, he stepped aside for younger organizers. Adapted from : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Budi_Utomo (January 8, 2009)

16. The main idea of paragraph one is ________. A. Dutch East Indies government B. The founding of Budi Utomo C. The founder of Budi Utomo D. The first leader of Budi Utomo PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

287

17. “. . . native intellectuals should improve the masses in education and culture.” The underlined word has the similar meaning to ________. A. develop B. create C. plan D. extend 18. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. Budi Utomo was founded in 1928. B. Dr. Wahidin Soedirohoesodo was the first leader. C. Budi Utomo held its first major gathering in Yogyakarta in October 1908. D. The year 1908 is commemorated as the birth year of Indonesian “nationalist awakening”. Read the text and answer questions 19 to 21. The first Indonesian youth congress was held in Batavia in 1926, but produced no formal decisions. However, it promoted the idea of a united Indonesia. In October 1928, the second Indonesian youth congress was held at three different locations. In the first session, the hope was expressed that the congress would inspire the feeling of unity. The second session saw discussions about educational issues. In the third and final session, held at Jalan Kramat Raya No, 126, on October 28 participants heard the future Indonesian national anthem Indonesia Raya by Wage Rudolf Supratman. The congress closed with a reading of the youth pledge. The pledge Firstly We, the sons and daughters of Indonesia, acknowledge one motherland, Indonesia. Secondly We, the sons and daughters of Indonesia, acknowledge one nation, the nation of Indonesia. Thirdly We, the sons and daughters of Indonesia, respect the language of unity, Indonesian. Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Youth_pledge (January 8, 2009)

19. The text is about ________. A. the Indonesian national anthem Indonesia Raya B. the first Indonesian youth congress

288

UNIT 4 Recount

C. D.

Wage Rudolf Supratman’s life Indonesian youth congresses

20. “However, it promoted the idea of a united Indonesia.” The underlined word refers to ________. A. the idea of a united Indonesia B. the first Indonesian youth congress C. formal decisions D. Batavia 21. When was the final congress held? A. On October 28, 1926. B. On September 28, 1928. C. On October 28, 1928. D. On November 28, 1928. 22. Sorry for that little girl. She is talking to ________ and often laughs. A. himself B. herself C. itself D. myself 23. Principal : Were the students studying in the classroom when the roof collapsed? Teacher : No, Ma’am. Fortunately, the students ________ outside when it ________. A. was playing, happens B. was sitting, happened C. were playing, happened D. were sitting, happens 24. Nissa : Yummy . . . yummy! Sari : This ice cream ________ delicious. Let’s get some more. Nissa : Come on! A. feels B. looks C. gets D. tastes Read the text and answer questions 25 and 26. Mom, grandma just called. She wanted to spend her day here. She asked you to pick her up. 25. What is the text called? A. A letter. B. An invitation. C. A warning. D. A spoken message. 26. What is it about? A. About grandma’s illness. B. About grandma’s intention to stay in the speaker’s house. C. About the speaker’s intention to stay in the grandma’s house. D. About the speaker’s duty to pick up his/her grandma.

Read the text and answer questions 27 and 28.

Source: http://images.solidcactus.com/lsretail/ic-tl3150.jpg (January 2, 2009)

27. The party will be held ________. A. in a pumpkin cafe B. in a candy store C. at 4467 Seedling Drive D. in Kerri's house 28. Based on the context, the word ‘treat’ in Indonesian means ________. A. menraktir B. menghibur C. merawat D. mengancam

29. When will the party be held? A. At 44 Devoe Road. B. At 6:30 a.m. C. On March 13. D. At the second house. 30. “Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-1722 or e-mail.” The words above tell us that we should ________. A. give information if we cannot come B. give information if we can come C. ask information how to come to the place D. Marie Salinger before we come B. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Read the text and answer questions 29 and 30. 5. You’re Invited Occasion : Kim’s Birthday Date : March 13 Time : 6:30 p.m. Place : 44 Devoe Road Directions: Take the no. 5 bus. Get off the corner of Devoe Road. Our house is at the second house on the right. Please arrive on time. This is a surprise party. Regrets only: Marie Salinger 238-1722 or e-mail [email protected]

C. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Ujian Nasional 2006/2007

D. 1. 2.

Put the verbs in brackets into their correct forms. When I ________ (phone) Jasmine, she ________ (do) her homework. ________ you ________ (listen) while Ms. Tantri ________ (explain) the theory? What ________ the people here ________ (do) when the volcano ________ (erupt)? When the computer suddenly ________ (go off) the secretary ________ (reply) the e-mail. While Bobby and Aswin ________ (walk) home from school, the policeman ________ (regulate) the traffic. Fill in the blanks with the correct reflexive pronouns (-self/-selves). Luna was horrified when she saw ________ in the mirror. There was a scratch and it hurt. Mr. Carlos hurt ________ when he cut the tree branches. Daniel, do you go take courses to learn Mandarin, or do you teach ________? Look! There’s a big white tiger washing ________ in the river. Julian, I invite your father to come to school. I need to speak to him ________. Do the tasks as instructed. Make a spoken message. Choose your own topic. Make an invitation. Choose your own topic.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

289

Jawaban Review Unit 4 A.

Pilihan Ganda

1. B.

2. D.

3. C.

4. C.

5. A.

6. B.

290

7. D.

Percakapan terjadi di sekolah. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat awal pada percakapan tersebut, ”It’s the break time.” yang artinya ”Saatnya istirahat.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Evi pada percakapan itu, yaitu ”By the way, I have three loaves of bread. Would you like one?” yang artinya ”Ngomongomong, aku punya tiga potong roti. Kamu mau satu potong?”. Itu berarti Evi menawarkan satu potong roti (a loaf of bread) kepada Lala. Pada akhir percakapan Lala menerima tawaran Evi dengan mengucapkan, ”Well then, thanks.” yang artinya ”Baiklah, terima kasih.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kamu sungguh baik digunakan untuk mengungkapkan rasa terima kasih, (B) yang artinya ini, ambillah digunakan untuk memberi sesuatu, dan (D) yang artinya saya ikut prihatin digunakan untuk mengungkapkan simpati atau perhatian. Berdasarkan konteks percakapan, Janet meminta sang sopir untuk lebih cepat (Could you drive a little faster, please?) karena dia tidak ingin terlambat. Sang sopir pun memenuhi permintaan Janet. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan tokoh yang tertulis pada percakapan tersebut, yaitu Hanung dengan ibunya (mother and son). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Pada percakapan tersebut Hanung mencium bau telur goreng atau ayam goreng. Ternyata bau nugget goreng. Berdasarkan konteks tersebut, percakapan terjadi di ruang makan (dining room). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan.

UNIT 4 Recount

8. A.

9. B.

10. A.

11. C.

12. A.

Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya ”Boleh saya minta satu, Bu?”. Ungkapan tersebut digunakan untuk meminta sesuatu. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya kamu boleh memakannya saat makan siang, maaf, digunakan untuk menolak memberi sesuatu, (B) yang artinya apakah ini telur goreng atau ayam goreng, digunakan untuk meminta informasi, dan (C) yang artinya ini pasti nugget goreng, kan digunakan untuk meminta konfirmasi. Pada awal percakapan Kristin mengungkapkan bahwa kopor itu terlalu berat. Oleh karena itu, dia meminta bantuan Nurma untuk menjinjingnya bersama-sama. Pilihan jawaban (A) merupakan ungkapan yang digunakan untuk meminta bantuan. Nurma pun membantunya dengan mengucapkan, ”With pleasure.”. Dalam percakapan itu tokoh A ingin bertemu dengan Ira, tetapi Ira sedang makan. Oleh karena itu, ucapan tokoh B yang paling tepat adalah meminta tokoh A agar menelepon kembali nanti (Could you call . . . ?). Tokoh A menyetujuinya. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Ajeng, yaitu ”Sani, will you go to see Ungu concert this afternoon?” yang artinya ”Sani, maukah kamu melihat konser Ungu sore nanti?”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya sebenarnya saya ingin, tetapi tidak bisa, digunakan untuk menolak undangan. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena ucapan itu digunakan untuk mengundang atau mengajak, (B) digunakan untuk memberi informasi, dan (D) digunakan untuk merespons atas penolakan undangan. Ungkapan tersebut artinya ”Bagaimana kalau kamu bergabung dengan kami?”. Ungkapan tersebut adalah ungkapan ajakan. Jadi, Ario mengucapkan ungkapan itu untuk

13. C.

14. B.

15. A.

16. B.

17. A.

18. A.

mengajak Febri (to invite Febri) untuk bergabung. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan maksud ucapan itu. Pilihan jawaban (C) ini sesuai dengan ucapan Ario, ”I want to go to Widya’s house to study together.” yang artinya ”Saya akan pergi ke rumah Widya untuk belajar kelompok.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan itu. Dalam percakapan tersebut Aris mengundang Adi untuk mampir ke rumahnya. Ada sesuatu yang ingin dia berikan. Adi menyetujuinya. Jadi, ungkapan yang sesuai untuk menerima undangan berdasarkan konteks isi percakapan tersebut adalah (B) Sure, I can. Dalam percakapan tersebut Rika mengundang Rio untuk datang ke pesta ulang tahunnya. Tampaknya Rio mau datang karena Rika meresponsnya dengan mengatakan, “O.K, then. I’ll wait for you.” yang artinya ”Baiklah. Aku akan menunggumu.”. Ungkapan menerima ajakan adalah (A) Sure, I will. Gagasan utama suatu paragraf biasanya terletak di awal atau di akhir paragraf terkait. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf satu, yaitu berdirinya Budi Utomo (the founding of Budi Utomo). Kalimat berikutnya merupakan kalimat pendukung. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan gagasan utama paragraf itu. Kata ’improve’ dan ’develop’ mempunyai arti sama, yaitu meningkatkan. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya menciptakan, (C) artinya merencanakan, dan (D) artinya memperpanjang; memperluas. Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (A) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat pertama bacaan tersebut, yaitu ”Budi Utomo (also Boedi Oetomo; ”Pure Endeavor”), founded in May 20, 1908, was . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi bacaan.

19. D.

20. B.

21. C.

22. B.

23. C.

24. D.

Pilihan jawaban (D) sesuai dengan isi keseluruhan bacaan yang menjelaskan terjadinya Kongres Pemuda Indonesia pertama, kedua, sampai kongres yang menghasilkan Sumpah Pemuda. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai pendukung gagasan utama bacaan. Kata ’it’ pada kalimat itu merupakan kata ganti subjek dari subjek yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya. Kalimat sebelumnya adalah ”The first Indonesian youth congress was held in Batavia in 1926, but produced no formal decisions.”. Jadi, jelas bahwa kata tersebut mengacu pada ”The first Indonesian youth congress”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) merupakan pelengkap dari kalimat itu sendiri, sedangkan (C) dan (D) bukan subjek dari kalimat sebelumnya sehingga tidak dapat digantikan oleh kata ’it’ tersebut. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”In October 1928, the second Indonesian youth congress was held . . . .” dan ”In the third and final session, held at Jalan Kramat Raya No, 126, on October 28 . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi bacaan. Subjek kalimat itu adalah ’she’, maka bentuk reflexsive pronoun-nya adalah herself. Kalimat soal itu artinya, ”Kasihan gadis kecil itu. Dia berbicara sendiri dan sering tertawa.”. Dalam percakapan tersebut ada dua peristiwa yang terjadi bersamaan, kegiatan belajar para siswa dan atap ruang kelas yang runtuh. Atap runtuh terjadi lebih cepat daripada kegiatan belajar. Oleh karena itu, kegiatan yang dilakukan anak-anak menggunakan bentuk past continuous tense (were playing), sedangkan atap ruang kelas yang runtuh dalam bentuk simple past tense (happened). Nissa dan Sari sedang makan es krim. Mereka sangat menikmatinya. Jadi, es krim itu rasanya (taste) lezat. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

291

25. D.

26. B.

27. C.

28. A.

29. C.

30. D.

292

Sesuai dengan isi teks, teks tersebut disebut pesan lisan (a spoken message). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya surat biasanya lebih panjang daripada teks itu. Surat juga memiliki bagian tanggal surat, orang yang dituju beserta alamatnya, isi surat, dan pengirim surat. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya undangan biasanya berisi orang yang dituju, isi undangan, pengundang. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya peringatan biasanya berupa kalimat perintah atau larangan. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua pesan tersebut, yaitu ”She wanted to spend her day here.”. Kalimat itu artinya ”Dia ingin tinggal di sini (rumah pembicara).”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi pesan itu. Pesta tersebut akan diselenggarakan di rumah keluarga Johnson di 4467 Seedling Drive. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) salah karena tidak tercantum dalam undangan itu. Pilihan jawaban (D) merupakan orang yang harus dihubungi untuk konfirmasi kedatangan. Kata ’treat’ yang sesuai dengan konteks itu bermakna ’menraktir’. Pilihan jawaban (B) adalah to entertain, (C) adalah to take care, dan (D) adalah to threat. Berdasarkan isi undangan itu, pesta ulang tahun Kim akan diselenggarakan pada tanggal 13 Maret, pukul 6:30 petang (bukan 6:30 pagi, pilihan jawaban (B)). Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) benar. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (D) tidak tepat karena tidak menunjukkan keterangan waktu, tetapi merupakan keterangan tempat. Pernyataan itu merupakan informasi agar tamu undangan memberitahukan kepada Marie Salinger sebelum kedatangan mereka. Hal ini merupakan hal umum di negara barat.

UNIT 4 Recount

B.

Isian

1.

When I phoned Jasmine, she was doing her homework. Were you listening while Ms. Tantri was explaining the theory? What were the people here doing when the volcano erupted? When he computer suddenly went off, the secretary was replying the e-mail. While Bobby and Aswin were walking home from school, the policeman was regulating the traffic.

2. 3. 4. 5.

C.

Isian

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

herself himself yourself itself myself

D.

Uraian

Contoh jawaban: 1.

Rio, where’ve you been? Daddy is looking for you. He’s in the living room now.

2. FREE! We’ll see a Harry Potter movie this afternoon: in Sarah’s house at 4:00 p.m.–end Drink and snacks available! Please come! We have a space already reserved for you. Best, Jane

Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 3. Ervina : Where are you going? Jessy : I want to give that beggar some money. Ervina : I don’t think you should give him money. It will make him lazy, you know. Jessy : I don’t agree with you. We shouldn’t ignore the poor. Ervina : I know, but he looks strong and healthy enough. He can find a job. 1. Ervina said, “I don’t think you should give him money.” What does it mean? A. She asks for Jessy’s opinion. B. She agrees with Jessy’s opinion. C. She tells her idea about something. D. She expresses her opinion about what Jessy will do. Jawaban: D Ucapan Ervina berarti ”Saya kira kamu tidak perlu memberinya uang.”. Berdasarkan maknanya, ungkapan ini digunakan untuk memberikan pendapat. Jadi, berdasarkan konteks percakapan tersebut, Ervina mengungkapkan pendapatnya tentang tindakan Jessy yang akan memberi uang kepada seorang pengemis laki-laki. 2. “We shouldn’t ignore the poor.” The underlined word can be replaced by ________. A. care B. neglect C. feel angry with D. relieve Jawaban: B Kata ’ignore’ artinya ’mengabaikan’. Kata ini bersinonim dengan kata neglect yang berarti mengabaikan atau melalaikan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya memberi perhatian/peduli, (C) artinya marah dengan, dan (D) artinya merasa lega atau bebas dari beban berat. 3. “It will make him lazy, you know.” The opposite meaning of ‘lazy’ is ________. A. naughty B. careful C. stubborn D. diligent

Jawaban: D Kata ’lazy’ artinya ’malas’. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata ’diligent’ yang artinya rajin. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Naughty artinya nakal, careful artinya berhati-hati, dan stubborn artinya keras kepala. 4. Utti : Wow! Look at you! ________ Widda : Do I? Thanks. A. How terrible! B. Are you sure? C. You look pretty. D. Of course. Jawaban: C Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi percakapan adalah ungkapan memberikan pujian (compliment) karena sesuai dengan ungkapan selanjutnya yang diucapkan Widda, yaitu ”Do I? Thanks.” yang artinya ”Benarkah? Terima kasih.”. 5. Wanda : Ugh! It’s very hot inside here. ________ Nindya : Sure. I’ll get it open. A. Could you open the window, please? B. What can I do to help you? C. It seems you’re in trouble. D. Close the door, will you? Jawaban: A Konteks percakapan disimpulkan dari kalimat yang diucapkan Wanda yang artinya ”Ugh! Di ruangan ini terasa panas.” dan frasa kunci dari respons Nindya, yaitu ’open it’ yang artinya ’membukanya’. Jadi, ungkapan permintaan yang tepat diucapkan Wanda adalah permintaan untuk membukakan jendela dengan berkata, ”Could you open the window, please?”. For questions 6 to 8, choose the correct expressions to complete the dialog. Regal : Mother will have her birthday next week. (6) ________ Ari : Er . . . . let’s give her a blouse, batik blouse. What do you think?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

293

Regal : (7) ________ Batik blouse must be so expensive that we can’t afford it. Ari : Well, my friend’s parents have a batik shop. She told me that there were some beautiful ones with reasonable prices. Regal : Really? O.K., let’s go there. Ari : (8) ________ 6. A. Do you agree with my idea? B. Would you like to come? C. Do you have any idea? D. That couldn’t be right. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat respons yang diucapkan Ari, ”Er . . . let’s give her a blouse, batik blouse.” yang artinya ”Er . . . ayo kita belikan ibu blus, blus batik.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan ungkapan memberi pendapat. Jadi, ucapan Regal yang sesuai adalah ungkapan meminta pendapat atau gagasan (asking for an opinion), yaitu Do you have any idea? 7. A. I don’t agree. B. Good idea! C. Brilliant! D. Of course. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena sesuai dengan ucapan Ari sebelumnya, ”Er . . . let’s give her a blouse, batik blouse. What do you think?” yang artinya ”Er . . . ayo kita belikan ibu blus, blus batik. Bagaimana menurutmu?”. Ungkapan ini digunakan untuk meminta persetujuan atas ide yang telah dilontarkannya. Regal pun mengungkapkan ketidaksetujuannya (I don’t agree) dengan disertai alasan bahwa ”Batik blouse must be so expensive that we can’t afford it.” yang artinya ”Blus batik pasti sangat mahal sehingga kita tidak mampu membelinya.”. 8. A. Wait! B. Thanks. C. Let’s go. D. See you. Jawaban: C Kalimat yang tepat diucapkan Ari untuk merespons kalimat ajakan Regal, ”O.K., let’s go there.” yang artinya ”O.K., ayo kita pergi ke sana.”, adalah Let’s go yang artinya ayo pergi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan.

294

Latihan Ulangan Semester

For questions 9 to 11, choose the correct expressions to complete the dialog. Mr. Rianto : There will be a gathering in my house this evening. (9) ________ Mr. Yoyok : Who will go to there? Mr. Rianto : Mr. Roger, Mr. Smith, Mr. Dewa and Mr. Soni have confirmed. Mr. Yoyok : (10) ________ I have already had an appointment with my children. Mr. Rianto : (11) ________ But maybe some other time. 9. A. I don’t know. B. Will you us? C. When will it be? D. It must be fun. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya ”Bersediakah Anda bergabung dengan kami?”. Ungkapan ini digunakan untuk mengundang atau mengajak. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Pak Yoyok, ”Who will go to there?” yang artinya ”Siapa saja yang akan datang?”. 10. A. Thank you for your offer. B. I’ll be there, I promise. C. How can I get there? D. I’d love to, but I can’t. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya ”Saya ingin datang, tetapi saya tidak bisa.”. Ungkapan ini digunakan untuk menolak undangan atau ajakan. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Pak Yoyok berikutnya ”I have already had an appointment with my children.” yang artinya ”Saya sudah mempunyai janji dengan anak-anak saya.”. 11. A. It would be more fun if you were there. B. I hope it won’t bother you. C. I’m happy hearing from you. D. Is that O.K.? Jawaban: A Ucapan Pak Rianto di akhir percakapan merupakan respons atas ucapan Pak Yoyok sebelumnya. Jadi, dia merasa menyesal karena Pak Yoyok tidak dapat datang dalam acara kumpul-kumpul tersebut.

Read the dialog and answer questions 12 to 14. Mr. Romeo : Excuse me. Do you know where a phone kiosk is? Beni : Yes. It’s not far, just drive on until you reach a crossroad. It is at the corner, a small shop with green wall.

15. When will the party be held? A. In the morning. B. In the evening. C. At midnight. D. At noon. Jawaban: B Sesuai undangan tersebut, pesta akan diselenggarakan pada pukul 7 petang (at 7 p.m.) atau in the evening.

12. Who are talking in the dialog? A. Students. B. Two strangers. C. Father and son. D. Two boys. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan tokoh-tokoh yang terlibat dalam percakapan tersebut, jelas bahwa yang berbicara adalah dua orang yang belum saling mengenal (two strangers).

16. Peter was born in ________. A. 1996 B. 1997 C. 1998 D. 1999

13. “It is at the corner, a small shop with green wall.” The word ‘it’ refers to ________. A. a kiosk B. a crossroad C. a phone kiosk D. a small shop Jawaban: C Kata ’it’ tersebut merupakan kata ganti dari kata benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya (benda/tempat yang dicari Pak Romeo). Jadi, kata itu mengacu pada a phone kiosk. 14. What did Mr. Romeo say to ask for help? A. Where is it? B. Excuse me. C. Do you know where a phone kiosk is? D. You’re welcome. Jawaban: C Dalam percakapan tersebut tampak bahwa Pak Romeo mencari kios telepon. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya ”Tahukah Anda letak kios telepon?” menunjukkan bahwa Pak Romeo meminta bantuan Beni untuk menunjukkan letak suatu tempat, dalam hal ini kios telepon. Read the text and answer questions 15 to 17. Hi, my friends! For a long time, I have been waiting for my special day. Finally, it is coming. I will be 10. Please come and gather at my house to have a nice party at 7 p.m. Saturday, January 11, 2009 Peter’s home: 116 West 60 Street.

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: D Pesta yang diselenggarakan pada Sabtu, 11 Januari 2009 itu untuk merayakan ulang tahun Peter yang ke-10. Itu berarti Peter lahir pada tahun 1999 (2009 – 10 = 1999). 17. What is the text about? A. An opinion about a birthday party. B. An invitation to a birthday party. C. A wish for a birthday person. D. Information about a party. Jawaban: B Berdasarkan kalimat ”Please come and gather at my house to have a nice party . . . .” yang artinya ”Silakan datang dan berkumpul di rumahku dalam sebuah pesta yang menyenangkan . . . .” dan kalimat ”I will be 10.” yang artinya ”Saya akan berusia (berulang tahun yang ke-) 10 tahun.”, teks tersebut tentang undangan ke sebuah pesta ulang tahun (an invitation to a birthday party). Read the dialog and answer questions 18 to 20. Rowan : I love to have lunch here. It’s clean and the price is very reasonable. Jimmy : One more thing, the food is really tasty. Rowan : You’re right. 18. The dialog takes place ________. A. at home B. in the classroom C. at the bus stop D. in the canteen Jawaban: D Rowan dan Jimmy berbicara tentang suatu tempat yang mereka pilih untuk makan siang. Tempat itu bersih, harga makanan murah, dan masakannya lezat. Berdasarkan pilihan jawaban yang ada, dapat dipastikan mereka bercakap-cakap di sebuah kantin (in the canteen), bukan (A) di rumah, (B) di kelas, atau (C) di halte bus.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

295

19. What are the speakers doing? A. Studying. B. Taking a rest. C. Having fun. D. Having lunch. Jawaban: D Dalam percakapan, kedua tokoh membicarakan tentang tempat mereka makan dan makanannya yang lezat. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi saat mereka sedang makan, yaitu makan siang (to have lunch). Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat pertama, ”I love to have lunch here.” yang artinya ”Saya suka makan siang di tempat ini.”. 20. “One more thing, the food is really tasty.” The word ‘tasty’ has a similar meaning to ________. A. sweet B. stale C. hot and spicy D. delicious Jawaban: D Kata ’tasty’ dan ’delicious’ mempunyai arti yang sama, yaitu lezat atau nikmat. Sweet artinya manis, stale artinya basi, dan hot and spicy artinya pedas. 21. Father : Where were you when Uncle Nolan came? He was outside for more than an hour. Agung : I’m sorry, Dad. I ________ my report paper when Uncle came. I didn’t hear he knocked at the door. A. typed B. was typing C. have typed D. type Jawaban: B Ucapan Agung menjelaskan bahwa ada dua peristiwa yang terjadi pada masa lampau, yaitu dia mengetik laporan tugasnya dan Paman Nolan mengetuk pintu. Berdasarkan pola the past continuous tense, peristiwa yang memerlukan waktu lebih lama menggunakan bentuk to be (was/were) + V-ing. Peristiwa mengetik memerlukan waktu lebih lama dibandingkan dengan mengetuk pintu sehingga mengetik berpola (was/were) + V-ing. Read the text and answer questions 22 to 25. Elizabeth II, born on April 21, 1926, is the eldest daughter of George VI and Elizabeth Bowes-Lyon. She married Philip Mountbarten, a distant cousin, in 1947; the pair has four children: Charles, Prince of 296

Latihan Ulangan Semester

Wales, Anne, Andrew and Edward. She is the first monarch to send her children to boarding schools in order to remove them from the ever-probing media. She has a strong sense of duty and diligence. Her knowledge of current situations and trends is up to date. She possesses a sense of humor rarely exhibited in public where a dignified presence is her goal. 22. The text is about ________. A. Charles B. Andrew C. Elizabeth II D. Prince Mountbarten Jawaban: C Teks tersebut menceritakan Elizabeth II, yaitu tentang tanggal kelahiran, keluarga, dan sifatnya. 23. Elizabeth II was ________ years old in 2007. A. 80 B. 81 C. 90 D. 91 Jawaban: B Elizabeth II lahir pada tahun 1926. Jadi, pada tahun 2007 dia berusia 81 tahun (2007 – 1926 = 81). 24. Anne is one of the ________ of George VI. A. sons B. daughters C. grandsons D. granddaughters Jawaban: D Menurut teks tersebut Elizabeth II adalah anak perempuan George VI. Elizabeth II mempunyai anak Charles, Prince of Wales, Anne, Andrew, dan Edward. Jadi, Anne adalah salah satu cucu perempuan (one of the granddaughters) George VI. 25. “She possesses a sense of humor rarely exhibited . . . .” The underlined word means ________. A. hidden B. shown C. found D. given Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: B Kata ’exhibited’ artinya ’dipamerkan’ atau ’ditunjukkan’. Kata ini mempunyai makna sama dengan kata shown. Hidden artinya disembunyikan, found artinya ditemukan, dan given artinya diberikan.

26. Yesterday I didn’t go to the meeting. I ________ my mother cook in the kitchen. She was busy preparing for my sister’s seventeenth birthday party. A. help B. am helping C. will help D. helped Ujian Nasional 2006/2007

Jawaban: D Keterangan waktu dalam kalimat tersebut adalah ’yesterday’. Itu berarti kalimat tersebut berbentuk the simple past tense. Jadi, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah helped. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) berbentuk the simple present tense, (B) salah karena berbentuk the present continuous tense, dan (C) berbentuk the simple future tense. Read the text and answer questions 27 and 28. Ardi, I use your bike. Mine is broken. Don’t worry. Everything will be all right. Thanks. Leo 27. The purpose of the text is ________. A. to tell Ardi that Leo uses his bike B. to ask Ardi to use Leo’s bike C. to tell Leo that Ardi uses his bike D. to ask for clarification about a bike Jawaban: A Teks soal tersebut merupakan pesan singkat/pendek (short message). Pesan tersebut artinya ”Ardi, saya memakai sepedamu. Sepeda saya rusak. Jangan khawatir. Semua akan baik-baik saja. Terima kasih.”. Kesimpulannya, teks tersebut berisi pemberitahuan kepada Ardi bahwa Leo meminjam sepedanya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya meminta Ardi menggunakan sepeda Leo, (C) artinya memberi tahu Leo bahwa Ardi menggunakan sepedanya, dan (D) artinya meminta klarifikasi tentang sebuah sepeda.

28. The writer uses Ardi’s bicycle because ________. A. he has lost his bike B. his leg is broken C. his own bike is broken D. he doesn’t have a bike Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat kedua dalam pesan tersebut, yang artinya ”Sepeda saya rusak.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi pesan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya dia kehilangan sepedanya, (B) artinya kakinya patah, dan (D) artinya dia tidak memiliki sepeda. Read the following text and answer questions 29 to 31. GoodInk–Professional Quality Refill Ink BC-02/BX-2 (Black) Refill ink for CANON BJ-10E/10EX/20/200/230 BJC-210S/210SP/240/255SP/265SP • Tap the top of the inkbottle, so no ink remains at the top portion. With push pin, puncture a hole at the top of the inkbottle. • To preserve unused ink, insert the pin into the top of the bottle to avoid it become dry. • Store the inkbottle in dry, cool, dark places. Adapted from: NuInk-Professional Quality Refill Ink

29. Which statement is NOT TRUE based on the above text? A. The color of the refill ink is black. B. The refill ink is usable for any type of printers. C. Keep the unused ink in dry, cool, dark places. D. Keep the refill ink wet all the time. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban yang salah (not true) adalah (B) yang artinya tinta isi ulang dapat digunakan untuk tipe printer apa pun. Hal ini bertentangan dengan informasi dalam teks tersebut bahwa tinta isi ulang ini hanya diperuntukkan untuk printer tipe BJ-10E/10EX/20/200/230, BJC-210S/210SP/240/255SP/265SP.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

297

Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya tinta isi ulang ini berwarna hitam sesuai dengan jenis tinta itu, yaitu BC-03/BX-3 (Black). Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya simpan tinta sisa di tempat yang kering, sejuk, dan gelap sesuai dengan kalimat ”Store the inkbottle in dry, cool, dark places.”. Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya jaga supaya tinta tetap basah sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . to avoid it (refill ink) become dry.”. 30. What will happen if you store the refill ink bottle under the direct sunlight? A. The ink will be dried. B. The ink keeps wet. C. The ink will last long. D. The color of the ink will change. Jawaban: A Berdasarkan kalimat terakhir ”Store the inkbottle in dry, cool, dark places.” yang artinya ”Simpan botol tinta di tempat kering, sejuk, dan gelap.” dan isi tinta ulang (refill ink) merupakan benda cair, maka tujuan botol tinta tidak disimpan di tempat yang terkena sinar matahari langsung adalah supaya tinta tidak menjadi kering. Dengan kata lain, apabila botol tinta disimpan di tempat terkena sinar matahari langsung (under the direct sunlight), tinta akan menjadi kering (it will be dry). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tinta tetap basah, (C) artinya tinta akan bertahan lama, dan (D) artinya warna tinta akan berubah. 31. “To preserve unused ink, . . . .” The similar meaning of the underlined word is ________. A. protect B. destroy C. ruin D. neglect Jawaban: A Kata ’preserve’ mempunyai arti yang sama dengan kata ’protect’, yaitu ’melindungi’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Destroy artinya menghancurkan, ruin artinya meruntuhkan, dan neglect artinya mengabaikan.

298

Latihan Ulangan Semester

Read the text and answer questions 32 to 35. Medan, May 4, 2008 Dear Egar, I am very sorry for this late reply. I have just returned from my hometown. I was on a holiday, but I did not really enjoy my stay there. Things have changed. When I was a child, I used to swim and go fishing with my brother and my friends in the river near my house. I liked the river because the water was clear and there were a lot of fish in it. Now, the river is full of garbage and the water is turbid. The fish are gone and the area around the river is dirty. There are no children swimming and fishing in the river because the water is ominous. The chemical waste from the factories makes it poisonous. The condition of the river makes me sad. What about your hometown? Do you have the same problem? That’s all. I have to study for the coming semester exam. Please reply soon. Yours, Zaki

32. The writer’s purpose of writing this letter is to tell his friend about his ________ concerning the river in his hometown. A. happiness B. amazement C. entertainment D. disappointment Jawaban: D Dalam surat itu, Zaki menjelaskan bahwa dia meminta maaf karena baru bisa membalas surat itu. Dia baru saja pulang kampung. Selanjutnya, dia menceritakan kekecewaannya (disappointment) karena keadaan kampungnya telah berubah menjadi lebih buruk dibandingkan ketika Zaki masih kecil. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (D). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) happiness artinya kebahagiaan, (B) amazement artinya rasa kagum, dan (C) entertainment artinya hiburan. 33. The letter shows that the condition of Zaki’s hometown on May 4, 2008 was ________ than it was when he was a child. A. cleaner B. bigger C. worse D. better

Jawaban: C Kata ’worse’ artinya ’lebih buruk’. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan penjelasan Zaki yang ditulis dalam surat itu, misalnya sungai itu kotor dan airnya keruh, ikannya lenyap, dan lingkungan di sekitar sungai kotor. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) cleaner artinya lebih bersih, (B) bigger artinya lebih besar, dan (D) better artinya lebih baik. 34. Where did Zaki write the letter? In the/his ________. A. river B. village C. hometown D. boarding room Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini tidak secara jelas atau eksplisit disebutkan pada surat itu. Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan fakta bahwa Zaki baru saja pulang kampung. Itu berarti pilihan jawaban (C) kurang tepat. Demikian pula dengan pilihan jawaban (A) dan (B) yang mengacu pada kondisi kampung Zaki. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang paling tepat dari keempat pilihan jawaban itu adalah (D) yang artinya di kamar kosnya. 35. What is the main idea of paragraph 3? A. The condition of the river now. B. Zaki’s childhood. C. Zaki and his friends. D. Zaki’s hometown. Jawaban: A Paragraf tiga menjelaskan kondisi sungai sekarang (the condition of the river now), yaitu penuh dengan sampah dan keruh, tidak ada ikan dan daerah sekitar sungai kotor, serta air sungai beracun oleh limbah pabrik. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan isi paragraf tiga. 36. Eny : I suggest that we raise money for our trip. So, we don’t have to ask for money from our parents. Kiki : ________. Eny : Great! Now, let’s think about what to do next. A. I agree B. I disagree C. No way D. I don’t know Ujian Nasional 2006/2007

Jawaban: A Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi percakapan adalah ungkapan merespons pendapat. Ungkapan tersebut dijawab dengan kalimat ”Great! Now, let’s think about what to do next.” yang artinya ”Bagus! Sekarang ayo kita pikirkan langkah selanjutnya.”. Karena respons bernada positif, ungkapan yang tepat adalah ungkapan yang menyatakan persetujuan. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah (A) yang artinya saya setuju. This paragraph is for questions 37 to 39. Some people have trips planned by travel agents who give out information about ________ (37). The agents talk with their clients to find out how to travel, what kinds of places to visit, and how much money to ________ (38). The agents will buy the necessary tickets and make ________ (39). This service is free for the travelers. 37. A. going B. traveling C. staying D. leaving Jawaban: B Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal adalah (B) traveling yang artinya perjalanan. Jawaban ini dapat disimpulkan dari kata ’trips’ (perjalanan) dan frasa ’travel agents’ (agen perjalanan). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) going yang artinya pergi, (C) staying yang artinya tinggal/menetap, dan (D) leaving yang artinya meninggalkan, salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks bacaan. 38. A. save B. waste C. spend D. borrow Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) spend benar karena dapat melengkapi kalimat soal, yang menyatakan berapa banyak uang yang dikeluarkan (how much money to spend). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) save artinya ditabung, (B) waste artinya dihamburkan (uang), dan (D) borrow artinya dipinjam, tidak cocok dengan konteks. 39. A. C.

cancelation reservations

B. D.

transportation accomodation

Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

299

Jawaban: C Pasangan kata (collocation) yang tepat menggunakan kata kerja make adalah cancelation (pembatalan) dan reservations (pemesanan), sehingga pilihan jawaban (B) transportation dan (D) accomodation salah. Secara logika kalimat, kata yang tepat adalah (C) reservations karena tugas agen perjalanan adalah menyediakan semua fasilitas yang diperlukan oleh peserta tour, antara lain menyiapkan tiket dan memesan tempat, termasuk hotel (reservations). Pilihan jawaban (A) cancelation tidak cocok dalam konteks ini. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (C). 40. in – your – the – best – speech – on – 1

2

3

4

5

6

congratulations – contest – performance! 7

8

9

The proper arrangement of the sentences is ________. A. 7–1–3–5–8–6–2–9–4 B. 7–4–9–1–2–3–5–6–8 C. 7–6–2–4–9–1–3–5–8 D. 7–6–3–5–8–1–2–4–9 Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: C Susunan kata pada pilihan jawaban (C) akan membentuk kalimat yang padu, sebagai berikut: (7) Congratulations (6) on (2) your (4) best (9) performance (1) in (3) the (5) speech (8) contest! yang artinya selamat atas penampilan terbaikmu pada lomba pidato! Susunan kata pada pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak membentuk kalimat yang padu. Read the text and answer questions 41 to 45. Vanessa Mae Vanakorn Nicholson is a musician. She is only nineteen years old, but she is a world-famous violinist. When she plays classical violin concertos on her electric violin, the world listens. Vanessa Mae is Thai-Chinese. Her mother is Chinese and her father is Thai. She is from Singapore, but she now lives in London with her mother and her English stepfather. She’s got cousins, aunts, uncles

300

Latihan Ulangan Semester

and grandparents in Thailand, Singapore, China and England. Adapted from: Snapshot, Starter page 46

41. What is the text about? A. A violinist. B. A musician. C. A pianist. D. An artist. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat kedua paragraf satu, ”She is only nineteen years old, but she is a worldfamous violinist.” yang artinya ”Dia baru berusia sembilan belas tahun, tetapi dia adalah seorang pemain biola yang terkenal.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya seorang pemusik (terlalu umum), (C) artinya orang yang ahli main piano, dan (D) artinya pekerja seni. 42. Vanessa plays violin ________. A. badly B. carefully C. classically D. wonderfully Jawaban: D Dalam paragraf satu terdapat kalimat ”When she plays classical violin concertos on her electric violin, the world listens.” yang artinya ”Ketika dia memainkan biola elektriknya di konser-konser biola klasik, dunia mendengarkan.”. Klausa ”the world listens” menunjukkan bahwa Vanessa bermain dengan sangat menakjubkan (wonderfully). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya dengan buruk, (B) artinya dengan hati-hati, dan (C) artinya secara klasik. 43. From the text we know that people ________. A. in the world are interested in all violinists B. like to listen to Vanessa playing violin C. are eager to play violin with Vanessa D. play the violin very well in a concert Jawaban: B Hal itu dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat ketiga paragraf satu, ”When she plays classical violin concertos on her electric violin, the world listens.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) salah karena tidak sesuai

dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (D) salah karena Vanessa bermain biola dengan bagus tidak hanya dalam satu konser, tetapi di berbagai konser. 44. “. . ., but she now lives in London with her mother and her English stepfather.” (Paragraph 2) The word ‘stepfather’ means a male who’s married to ________. A. one’s aunt B. one’s sister C. one’s mother D. one’s daughter Ujian Nasional 2007/2008

Jawaban: C Kata ’stepfather’ artinya ’ayah tiri’. Itu berarti seorang laki-laki yang menikah dengan ibu seseorang (one’s mother). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan makna kata tersebut. 45. What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell past events. B. To entertain the readers. C. To describe a certain person. D. To tell how to be a good and famous musician. Jawaban: C Teks tersebut mendeskripsikan seseorang, yaitu Vannesa Mae, tentang permainan pianonya dan keluarganya. Dengan demikian, teks ini berbentuk descriptive yang bertujuan untuk mendeskripsikan seseorang (to describe a certain person). Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuan teks recount, (B) adalah tujuan teks narrative, dan (D) adalah tujuan teks procedure. Read the text and answer questions 46 to 48. Attention, please. The Rajawali Airlines flight number RA 337 to Denpasar, Bali will take off in thirty minutes. To all engers, please proceed to Gate 6 immediately. Thank you. 46. “ . . . will take off in thirty minutes.” What does the underlined word mean? A. Depart. B. Leave. C. Get off. D. Switch off. Jawaban: A Kata ’take off’ artinya ’tinggal landas’. Kata yang memiliki makna sama dengan kata tersebut adalah depart yang artinya

berangkat. Leave dan get off artinya meninggalkan atau pergi, sedangkan switch off artinya mematikan. 47. Which is NOT TRUE based on the text? A. The flight destination is Bali. B. The engers have plenty of time before boarding. C. The engers have to go through Gate 6 to board the plane. D. The announcement is announced before the plane takes off. Jawaban: B Jawaban yang benar untuk soal ini adalah yang bertentangan dengan isi pengumuman. Berdasarkan pengumuman tersebut, pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya pesawat tersebut akan menuju Bali benar, sesuai dengan frasa ’flight number RA 337 to Denpasar, Bali’; pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya para penumpang pesawat harus menuju Gate 6 untuk masuk ke pesawat (boarding) benar, sesuai dengan kalimat ”To all engers, please proceed to Gate 6 immediately.”; dan pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya pengumuman ini diumumkan sebelum pesawat lepas landas (take off) sesuai dengan isi pengumuman yang memberitahukan bahwa pesawat baru akan berangkat setengah jam lagi. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya para penumpang masih mempunyai banyak waktu sebelum masuk ke pesawat benar karena bertentangan dengan isi kalimat terakhir yang meminta para penumpang segera (immediately) masuk ke pesawat. 48. The text tells about flight ________. A. delay B. cancelation C. departure D. information Jawaban: C Isi pengumuman tersebut tentang keberangkatan pesawat (flight departure). Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks yang berarti ”Pesawat Rajawali Airlines nomor penerbangan RA 337 dengan tujuan Denpasar, Bali akan lepas landas dalam 30 menit ke depan.”. Pilihan

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

301

jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya penundaan penerbangan, (B) artinya pembatalan penerbangan, dan (D) artinya informasi penerbangan (terlalu umum). 49. Formerly the farmers used animal waste or compost to fertilize their rice fields. But nowadays they ________ artificial fertilizer. A. have used B. are using C. was using D. would use Ujian Nasional 2005/2006

Jawaban: B Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat adalah (B) are using. Hal itu dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan keterangan waktu nowadays. Keterangan waktu tersebut menunjukkan the present continuous tense. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) berbentuk the present perfect tense, (C) berbentuk the past continuous tense, dan (D) berbentuk the past future tense.

302

Latihan Ulangan Semester

50. Dea : I went to Mira’s house last night, but ________ was there. Indra: She and her family went to Bandung. A. everybody B. nobody C. anybody D. somebody Jawaban: B Dea mengatakan bahwa tadi malam dia pergi ke rumah Mira. Berdasarkan kalimat Indra yang artinya ”Dia dan keluarganya pergi ke Bandung.”, dapat dipastikan bahwa dia tidak bertemu siapa pun (nobody), termasuk Mira. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena menunjukkan bahwa ada orang di rumah Mira saat Dea ke sana. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya setiap orang, (C) artinya siapa pun/seseorang, dan (D) artinya seseorang.

Reading Materials Unit 1 Descriptive Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1 Carl Rogers Carl Rogers is a train conductor. He has worked on the railroad for 28 years. It has been a good job because he likes people. Carl is very helpful and tries to make the engers comfortable. He often stops to chat with the engers. His work is interesting because he travels to many different places. Source: Easy Does It

Text 2 Tapir I saw a strange animal in the safari park. It is a tapir. It belongs to Asian tapirs. The tapir is black at the front and white at the back. It has four toes on the front feet and three behind. It also bears a pronounced, beak-shaped trunk. The tapir lies-up during the day in dense undergrowth (often close to a river or stream). Its coloring serves to confuse predators, like tigers, when it is active, at night. Although, unlike rhinos, the tapir does not wallow in mud baths, it is fond of water and is an excellent swimmer. This animal will often take to a river if pursued and spend most of its daylight time there, especially when the sun shines so brightly. Adapted from: www.kerinci.org/ff09.html (May 10, 2006)

Text 3 Malaysia Malaysia is a country where many races live side by side. Like Singapore, there are Malays, Chinese and Indians. The majority of the people are Muslims. They speak Bahasa Melayu. The Chinese make up a third of population. About ten per cent of the population are Indians. The remaining population is made up of Sikhs, Eurasians and tribal people. The musical instrument most commonly used in the local music is the gendang or drum. They also use flutes, trumpets and gongs. The Malaysians have their own art forms such as shadow-puppets and silat, a form of martial art. The local food includes satay, fried soybean curd in peanut sauce and tamarind fish curry. Source: Primary English Cloze ages 4

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

303

Text 4 Mount Le National Park Mount Le National Park is most distinguished as the home of the orang utan, a highly endangered and extremely intelligent primate. The park has two distinct orang utan reserves within its boundaries, Bohorok and Ketambe, both of which serve to rehabilitate animals back into the wild after they have lived in captivity. Orang utans are not the only interesting mammals to grace Mount Le National Park. Its whopping 10,000 square kilometers also provide protected habitat for the Sumatran rhinos, along with elephants and tigers. Overall, one can see 320 species of bird, 176 kinds of mammals, 194 reptile species and 52 species of amphibian. Plant life is even more diverse: over one half all plant species on Sumatra can be found in the forests of Mount Le. Source: http://www.geographia.com/indonesia/indono02.htm (June 26, 2006)

Text 5 The Sea Eagle There is an eagle nesting on the tree top near my grandparent’s house in Pangandaran. It was a sea eagle. The color of its feathers is light brown. It has a strong and sharp yellowish beak. Its claws are very sharp. It hunts for fish in the sea, but sometimes it hunts chickens and small birds. It is easy to recognize because it has a strong a streamlined, sharp beak and a stream-line body. Its forelimbs (or arms) serve as wings. This means that they are of little use for anything except flying. It walks on two legs and has a very flexible neck and strong beak to handle foods, to care for its feathers, and for many other jobs that non-flying animals do with paws, claws or hands on their forelimbs. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 6 The Smiths’ House Mr. Smith’s house has got four bedrooms, a living-room, a diningroom, a kitchen, a bathroom and a separate toilet. There is a toilet in the bathroom too. The bedrooms and the bathroom are upstairs, and the living room, the dining room, the kitchen and the toilet are downstairs. The first bedroom is Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s, the second one is John’s, the third one is Mary’s and the fourth one is Anne’s. Catherine’s baby bed is in Anne’s bedroom too. When you enter Mr. Smith’s house, the room on your left is the living room and the room on your right is the dining room. Where is the kitchen? It is behind the dining room. And where is the toilet? It is straight on, in front of you. There is a garden behind the house, but it is not big. Is there a garden in front of the house too? Yes, there is, but it is very small. When you go upstairs, Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s bedroom is on your left. The bedroom on your right is John’s and the bathroom is between his bedroom and Mary’s. Anne’s bedroom is behind Mary’s. There is a big bed and two big wardrobes in Mr. and Mrs. Smith’s bedroom. In John’s room there is a small bed and a wardrobe. John and Mary’s beds are big, but Anne’s is small. Mary’s wardrobe is bigger than John’s. Anne’s room has got blue walls, and there are white ships and green islands on them, because it is a child’s bedroom. John’s bedroom has got white walls and Mary’s has got gray walls. John has got pictures of horses on his walls, and Mary has got pictures of beautiful clothes. Source: http://www.edu.ge.ch/tic/prospective/projets/anglais/exercises/TheHouse.htm (January 30, 2007)

304

Reading Materials

Text 7 Kiskendo Cave Some 35 kilometers at northwest side of Yogyakarta, on a hill at the northern side of Kulon Progo Regency, a small fine asphalt road leads to Kiskendo Cave. Only a small kind of four-wheeled vehicles can reach the cave. Those who visit the cave with a bus must leave the vehicle at Niten Village, close to Giri Mulyo sub-district office, about 8 kilometres from the cave. On the way to the cave, visitors may enjoy the charming scenery along the winding road. Valleys, green farmland, and simple rural traditional houses reflect the traditional atmosphere in which the people live. Entering the Kiskendo Cave, visitors will be greeted by wonderful stalactites and stalagmites like limestone do mostly have. According to the legend, the natural shape of the cave was once the palace of two giants by the names of Mahesa Suro and Lembu Suro who were defeated by Subali as portrayed in the relief at the front of the cave. Source: http://www.jogjatravel.com/natural.html (March 7, 2007)

Text 8 Petronas Twin Towers The Petronas Twin Towers (also known as the Petronas Towers), in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, were once the world’s tallest buildings when measured from the level of the main entrance to the structural or architectural top. The towers are also the tallest twin towers in the world, and they lay claim to being the world’s tallest high rise of the 20th century. These towers, designed by architect César Pelli, were completed in 1998 and became the tallest buildings in the world on the date of completion. The 88-floor towers are constructed largely of reinforced concrete, with a steel and glass facade designed to resemble motifs found in Islamic art, a reflection of Malaysia’s Muslim religion. They were built on the site of Kuala Lumpur’s race track. Because of the depth of the bedrock, the buildings were built on the world’s deepest foundations, around 120-meter deep. Tower One is fully occupied by the Petronas Company and a number of its subsidiaries and associate companies. The office spaces in Tower Two are mostly available for lease to other companies. A number of companies have offices in Tower Two, including Accenture, Al Jazeera English, Bloomberg, Boeing, IBM, Khazanah Nasional Berhad, McKinsey & Co, Microsoft, Newfield Exploration, Exact Software and Reuters. Below the twin towers is Suria KLCC, a popular shopping mall, and Dewan Filharmonik Petronas, the home of the Malaysian Philharmonic Orchestra. Outside the building is a park with jogging and walking paths, a fountain with incorporated light show, wading pools, and a children’s playground. The feature of skybridge connect the two towers on 41st and 42nd floors. The bridge is 170 m high and 58 m long. The same floor is also known as the podium since visitors desiring to go to higher levels have to change elevators here. The skybridge is open to all visitors, but es (limited to around 1400 people per day, which usually run out before noon) must be obtained on a first-come, first-served basis. es are free. The skybridge is closed on Mondays. Source: http://www.wikipedia.com (March 7, 2007)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

305

Unit 2 Recount Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1 I have a story about being embarrassed in Australia due to differences in culture. My story is about ordering tea at a coffee shop. I always had a nice cup of tea every morning in Indonesia. It gave me a great feeling in the morning. So, when I arrived in the early morning for the first time at Sydney airport, the first thing that I looked for was a coffee shop. Finally, I found a nice coffee shop with many people queuing to order. Quite confidently I jumped into the queue. I thought that I had better English than before since I had recently learned English at IALF. Then, a very friendly girl asked me if she could help me. I said that I would like to have a cup of tea. Then, she asked me what kind of tea I would like to order, black or white tea? I thought she was making a morning joke with me. My quick response, but with some confusion, was that I said red tea please. With a very unfriendly face she asked me again, “Black or white tea, please?”, I didn’t say anything as I didn’t know what actually black or white tea was. I only knew that having tea is normally with or without sugar. Then, she said, “Next, please.” She then asked the next customer behind me. I realised then that I didn’t understand Australian customs. One day I had a cup of tea at the university tea room and I saw a lady drinking tea with milk in it. Then, I asked her, “Can I say that you are having a white tea?” She smiled and said, “Yes, you can.” Finally, I understood that black tea is no milk added and white tea is with milk. How big is the difference of having tea between Indonesian and Australian people!!! Source: http://www.kangguru.org/kgredifferentponddifferentfish.htm (January 3, 2009)

Text 2 Hi, friends. Do you know Fatahillah Square or Taman Fatahillah in Jakarta? It is an open-air museum of ‘Old Batavia’. Um . . . have you ever been there? Well, last month my family and I visited Fatahillah Square. We went there by car. Arriving there, we parked our car in the parking lot. Er . . . there are three main establishments. They are Jakarta Museum, the Fine Arts Gallery, the Ceramic Museum and the Wayang Museum. We visited the Jakarta Museum first. There, we could see the colonial history of the city. The tour guide explained us the history clearly. After that, we went to the Fine Arts Gallery and the Ceramic Museum. We found an excellent Chinese and Southeast Asian ceramic collections. The ceramics are very beautiful, you know. Anyway, do you know who donated the ceramics? Well, . . . the ceramics were donated by the late former Vice President Adam Malik. Then, we went to the western side of the square. There, we visited the Wayang Museum. Guess what we saw there! We saw many puppets used in the indigenous puppet theater. Unfortunately, we couldn’t see the demonstration of the shadow play. It is usually played on Sunday morning for about two hours. Well, that’s all my experience in Fatahillah Square. Interesting, isn’t it?

306

Reading Materials

Text 3 Last month my family and I went to Prambanan Temple. We went there by car. We arrived there in the afternoon. We walked around the temples and went upstairs step by step. In the main temple, we saw Roro Jonggrang statue. Have you ever heard the story of Roro Jonggrang? It is a very famous story among Javanese, you know. Being tired of walking around, we decided to take a rest in a nearby hotel. At night we returned to the temple. We wanted to see the Ramayana ballet. You know, it tells the story of Rama and Shinta. The performance is almost held every night. Have you ever watched it? It was really great, you know. All visitors were satisfied with the performance. Text 4 I have an unforgettable experience during my holiday in Bali. My family and I ed the Bali Adventure and we got many interesting things. I woke up early that day since I didn’t want to miss the adventure. We started the trip at about six in the morning. Our destination was Bali Adventure Tours’ Elephant Safari Park. During the trip, we saw the greenness, small villages and winding hillside roads. Arriving at the park, we saw some elephants there. Accompanied by my guide, Made, we rode on an elephant. We set off on a leisurely two hour trek through the surrounding jungle. Made and I set off on a snug trail that poked in and out of the jungle, through rice paddocks and over streams. Along the way, he pointed out every imaginable spice, fruit and vegetable. I saw rich coffee plants and cocoa trees. Two hours after we set out into the jungle, I saw a mighty elephant hum drumming its way back to the safari park with a cargo of Japanese tourists on its back. Made and I made our way behind it and followed her into the park. It was really an unforgettable experience for us. Text 5 One day Sandra Dewi fell sick in the middle of the English lesson. All the students did reading tasks. Suddenly, Sandra Dewi vomited. All other students stopped writing. Ms. Lidia helped her immediately. The captain of the class sent for the school’s doctor. In five minutes the doctor came. He examined her carefully. He examined her eyes. He felt her stomach. He listened to her heart beat. He measured her blood pressure. Then, he took her temperature. “I’m afraid she suffers from malaria. Her temperature is very high. That is why she vomited. She has a very bad cough, too. I’ll give her some pills for her malaria, some tablets for her fever and syrup for her cough. She needs a week’s rest,” said the doctor. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Text 6 Yesterday at my school we had an International day. We had performances, food stalls, displays, raffle ticket draw, and some of us were dressed in costumes. We started our day off with performances but the one I liked best was the one from fourth grade. We played games. The performance I was interested in was Labamba.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

307

Straight after our performances, we had our lunch. There were food stalls. They came from Australia, Asia, Arab and Greece. Everyone had a job. These people were from sixth grade. I did my job after I had lunch. My job was to sell International Day Books. We had displays in the hall. These displays were good but I didn’t get to see them. The displays came from a lot of countries. There was also a Trash and Treasure stall where they sold toys. The school got these things by asking the children to bring them in. Although I didn’t win anything, International Day was still fun. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas VIII Edisi 4

Text 7 Last night, I read an article about adolescence in a magazine. I learned that it was a time of change between childhood and adulthood. After I finished reading the article from the magazine, I ed my own adolescence. I was fourteen at that time. I felt very emotional about everything. But I tried to learn more about myself. I tried to discover what I wanted to do, and what kind of people I wanted to be. To divert my emotions, I took many extra curricular activities. I took piano lessons on Mondays. On Tuesdays, I ed an English course. Then, on Wednesdays and Thursdays, I had extra science and math lessons. Fridays, it was my time to play basketball with my friends. Finally, I spent most of my weekends with my family. I was able to control my emotions and to have a place where I could express my creativity in positive ways. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 8 Last Saturday I woke up early, but I didn’t get up because there was no school. Suddenly, my telephone was rung. It was my friend Fanny, she asked me to go out at 10:00 o clock. She wanted to buy something in a traditional market. Finally, we were out. In the street, I saw a piece of pink coupon. Interested in its color, I took it, then Fanny and I read this out. We were fully shocked, it was a receipt of a four nights tour to Lombok!! The expired date was that day. To our surprise, the name was Fanny Fenita and the birth date was exactly the same like Fanny my friend, and it was also valid for two persons. My God!! We were thinking that maybe the coupon just fell from the sky and it was there for us. We were hurried to the address of the tour agency that issued the coupon. The tour agency took care of everything. We went home and still could not believe what was going on. Two days later we were on the Senggigi Beach, lied in the warmth sun. Moreover, we had long public holiday, so we could enjoy the “gift” happily. We also bought some presents for our family and friends. Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

308

Reading Materials

Unit 3 Descriptive Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks descriptive yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1 Merdeka Palace Istana Merdeka is a palace complex in Central Jakarta, Indonesia. It was built in 1873 by the Dutch government. The palace was formerly named Istana Gambir. In the beginning, this 3.375 m² Greek architecture building had two stories. But in 1848, the upper floor was demolished, and the lower floor was made bigger for making a more formal impression. Now the building is still the same. As the central of the state’s activities, now the Istana Negara is the venue for official state events, such as the Independence Day ceremony, welcoming the state’s guests, receiving the Letter of Credence from foreign ambassadors, installation of ministers, ambassadors, the opening of national meetings, national and international congress and official state banquet. The Istana Merdeka has a several rooms such as, First Chamber, Residential Chamber, Guest Room, Banquet Room, Reception Hall, Regalia Room, Office, Bed Chamber, Living Room, and Kitchen. After Soekarno, the presidents no longer use the Istana as the official residence but only used the office until President Abdurrahman Wahid and Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono. Source: http://www.nationmaster.com/encyclopedia/Merdeka-Palace (January 7, 2009)

Text 2 A giant dam was built many years ago to control the Colorado River. This dam was built to protect the land and the houses around the river. This huge damn was called Boulder Dam when it was finished in 1936. Later it was renamed Hoover Dam in honor of a president of the United States. However Dam, one of the highest dams in the world, is located between the states of Arizona and Nevada. This huge dam is in the Black Canyon. It is possible to drive a car from one side of the river to the other on a road which is on top of the dam. This dam is so big that there is an elevator inside. The elevator goes down forty-four stories from the road to the bottom. There is enough concrete in this dam to build a highway from New York to San Francisco. Thousands of people worked on this dam for five years. Source: Intermediate Reading Practice

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

309

Text 3 My mother and father both work in the center of Kuala Lumpur. My father is an ant in a large insurance company. He is very happy with his job and has worked there for ten years. My mother is working at the General Post Office in the Dayabumi building. Her office is on the third floor. She likes her job and she works very hard. Mother and father are both tired when they come home in the evening so my sister and I often cook the evening meal. My sister is a good cook. She is older than I am and has been cooking for several years now. Her best dish is fish curry. I am learning how to cook but my dishes are not very tasty. My sister says if I am patient, I will be able to cook well one day. I hope so because I know that my parents will be pleased if I can prepare them a delicious meal after work. Source: New Remedial English Grammar for KBSM

Text 4 The Indian Ocean is the third-largest ocean in the world. Only the Pacific and the Atlantic are larger. More than one-fifth of all the world’s water supply is in the Indian Ocean. The Indian Ocean touches four different continents. To the south is Antarctica and to the east is Australia. Africa lies to the west and Asia lies to the north. There are several important islands in the Indian Ocean. These include the Madagascar, the largest one, which is near Africa, and Sri Lanka, which is near India. There is also a group of islands called the Seychelles and the African coast. The Indian Ocean is extremely important to the countries in Southeast Asia. Strong winds from the Indian Ocean bring warm weather and heavy rains which are necessary for growing food. Source: Intermediate Reading Practice

Text 5 Mr. Heru has been teaching for three years but everyone its that he is a very good teacher. The students like his teaching method. He is very active in class and his lessons are always so much fun. He spends a lot of time at home preparing his lessons and planning worksheets to use in class. He always marks his students’ exercises quickly and hands them back before they have time to forget what the exercise was about. The students in his classes always do well in examinations because he encourages them to study hard. Out of class, Mr. Heru is also very active. He runs the school soccer team and helps with the Red Crescent Society which meets on Saturday mornings. Everyone likes him because he always tries his best in everything he is involved in. Adapted from: New Remedial English Grammar for KBSM

310

Reading Materials

Unit 4 Recount Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks recount yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1 Bhinneka Tunggal Ika The national emblem of the Republic of Indonesia, Garuda Pancasila, is emblazoned with the words Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. They mean ‘Unity in Diversity’ or ‘We are of many kinds, but we are one’. This motto is a founding principle of the modern Indonesian nation, which declares the essential unity of its despite ethnic, regional, social or religious differences. The concept of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is not new to Indonesian history. It can be traced back to the time of the construction of Borobudur when the Sailendra dynasty ruled on the plains of Central Java in the eighth and ninth centuries. Two hundred years later, in the Brantas Valley in East Java, King Airlangga built a united kingdom based on this same principle. It was, however, the 14th century poet sage of Majapahit, Mpu Tantular, who is said to have committed the phrase to writing for the first time. In his religious poem Sutasoma, composed during the reign of King Rajasanagara (Hayam Wuruk), Mpu Tantular expounded a doctrine of reconciliation between the Hindu and Buddhist faiths. Such a spirit of religious tolerance was an essential element in the foundation and security of the newly emerging State of Majapahit, which reached the height of its power and influence under the guiding hand of the Prime Minister Gajah Mada. The words of Mpu Tantular were an inspiration to the founders of the first Independent Government of the Republic of Indonesia, and today they are found immortalized on the national emblem. Source: http://www.eastjava.com/books/majapahit/html/bhinneka.html (January 8, 2009)

Text 2 Majapahit was an Indianized kingdom based in Eastern Java from 1293 to around 1500. Its greatest ruler was Hayam Wuruk, whose reign from 1350 to 1389 marked the empire’s peak when it dominated kingdoms in Maritime Southeast Asia (present day Indonesia, Malaysia, and the Philippines). The Majapahit empire was the last of the major Hindu empires of the Malay archipelago and is considered one of the greatest states in Indonesian history. Its influence extended to states on Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo and Eastern Indonesia. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Majapahit (January 8, 2009)

Text 3 Hayam Wuruk was also called (after 1350) Rajasanagara, (1334–1389). He was the ruler of the Javanese Hindu state of Majapahit at the time of its greatest power. He was preceded by Tribhuwana Wijayatunggadewi and succeeded by Wikramawardhana. Hayam Wuruk is the son of Thribhuwana Tunggadewi and Sri Kertawardhana or Cakradhara. His mother is the daughter of Raden Wijaya the founder of Majapahit, meanwhile his father is the son of Bhre Tumapel lower king of Singhasari.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

311

Hayam Wuruk was born in 1334, where on the day of his birth sign by the earthquake in Pabanyu Pindah and the eruption of Gunung Kelud. It was also the same year that Gajah Mada declared his famous oath; Sumpah Palapa. He inherited the throne in 1350 at the age of 16 when the great patih (prime minister) Gajah Mada was at the height of his career. Under his rule, Majapahit extended its power throughout the Indonesian archipelago. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hayam_Wuruk (January 8, 2009)

Text 4 Ken Dedes the first queen of Singhasari, was the wife of Ken Arok, the first ruler of Singhasari, Java, Indonesia. She was later considered as the origin of lineage of kings that ruled Java, the great mother of Rajasa dynasty, the royal family that ruled Java from Singhasari to Majapahit era. Local tradition also mentioned her as the woman with extraordinary beauty, embodiment of such perfect beauty. Most of the record of her life come from the of Pararaton (The Book of Kings), which often mixed historical with fictional supranatural tales and story. She was the daughter of a Buddhist monk, Mpu Purwa. According to tradition, Ken Dedes’ exceptional and extraordinary beauty was famous throughout the land and attracted Tunggul Ametung, the ruler of Tumapel (now Singhasari district, East Java) whom later took her as his wife. According to local story, Ken Dedes was kidnapped and forced to become Tunggul Ametung’s wife while her father was gone meditating. Her father cursed Tunggul Ametung, saying he would be killed because of Ken Dedes’ beauty. The curse became reality when Ken Arok succeed to assassinated Tunggul Ametung and took Ken Dedes as his wife. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ken_Dedes (January 8, 2009)

Text 5 Purnawarman is not the first king of Tarumanagara. According to Book Nusantara, Rajadirajaguru Jayasingawarman founded the Tarumanagara kingdom in 358 AD. He died in 382 AD and was buried at the bank of Kali Gomati river (present-day Bekasi city). His son, Dharmayawarman ruled from 382 to 395 AD. His burial site is at Kali Chandrabaga. Purnawarman is the third king of Tarumanagara and reigned from 395 to 434 AD. Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tarumanagara (January 8, 2009)

Text 6 On Wednesday, September 19, 1945 the Ally forces/the Dutch that ed in the Mastiff Carbolic that was one of the Organization of Anglo Dutch Country Saction in Surabaya visited the headquarter of the Japanese soldiers in Surabaya. At the same time, there were a few Dutchmen who ed the Social Committee raised their flag (red-white-blue flag) on the right side of the Yamato Hotel. Arek-arek Surabaya thought that this attitude was so arrogant and unsympathize because it symbolized that the Dutch would plant their power in Surabaya again. Resident Sudirman came to the Orange Hotel and told the Ally committee to raise the flag down, but his requirement was rejected even he was pointed with a gun although he was an officer at that time. 312

Reading Materials

The fight was started. It was between 20 Dutch soldiers and young Surabayanese who came from Genteng area, Embong Malang area, Praban area and other areas. At last, a few of the young Surabayanese had successfully tore the blue side of the flag and raised the red and white flag and followed by an applause of the people below the flag in the Orange Hotel. At last, it was noted on the incident that 4 young Surabayanese were killed, they were: Sidik, Mulyadi, Hariono and Mulyono. From the Dutch side it was noted that Mr. Ploegman was killed because of the mass anger. Source: http://www.petra.ac.id/eastjava/ancient/city/Surabaya/orange.htm (April 20, 2008)

Text 7 Abraham Lincoln, or so-called Abe, was the 16th President of the United States. He was born on February 12, 1809, in a log cabin on a Kentucky farm. Abe was raised on four farms: three in Kentucky and one in Indiana. His family moved to Indiana because of their dislike of slavery. His father and mother hated slavery. Abe’s mother died of milk poisoning, so times were hard. Abe moved away and started his own life. Abraham Lincoln was a great man. He had a great personality and really cared about others. He taught many people that they could pull their own part as he did his own things to entertain his guests. Later, Abe became a lawyer and could then run for president. He decided to do so and won the election as the next president. Like his parents, the President hated slavery, so he did not tolerate the slavery in the South. Therefore, he tried to make slavery go away and he succeeded by winning the war on slavery. Abe was a happy man after slavery was vanished. One day the President received an invitation to Ford’s Theater and attended even though he might be in danger. At that time, the President’s bodyguard didn’t do his duty and took a break. The President and his wife arrived at Ford’s Theater along with General Rathbone and his wife. Then, a man came in the box and shot the President. The man who shot Abe was John Wilkes Booth. The President Abraham Lincoln ed away. Adapted from: http://teacher.scholastic.com/writewit/biograph/ biography_readrep.asp?id=10892&age=11&Page=1&sortBy= (December 22, 2007)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas VIII Semester 1

313

Anonymous. 2006. “Kevin-Narrogin.” In Dalton, K.R. KangGuru Radio English. Denpasar: IALF: p.6 Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey: Prentice hall, Inc. Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Chiang, Soh Kok. ?. Composition Letter Writing Comprehension Structure and Usage. Singapore: Mayer Book Store. Curry, D. 1996. Easy Does It. Washington D.C.: Materials Branch. Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia. Granger, C. and J. Plumb. 1981. Play Games with English 1. London: Heinemann Educational Books Ltd. Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Otto, B. 2006. “Brad - Greece.” In Dalton, K.R. KangGuru Radio English. Denpasar: IALF: p.6 Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Richards, J.C. 1989. American Breakthrough 2. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd. Teo, K. 2002. Primary English Cloze ages 4. Singapore: Postkid.com Pte Ltd. Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih. 2008. Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.

314

Daftar Pustaka